diff options
470 files changed, 2609 insertions, 2609 deletions
diff --git a/bin/cat/cat.1 b/bin/cat/cat.1 index 2873f5e6102..62b00b022af 100644 --- a/bin/cat/cat.1 +++ b/bin/cat/cat.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: cat.1,v 1.38 2014/06/15 07:27:22 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: cat.1,v 1.39 2017/07/03 21:33:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ Non-ascii characters (with the high bit set) are printed as .Sh EXIT STATUS The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh EXAMPLES The command: .Bd -literal -offset indent @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ to the standard output. .Pp The command: .Bd -literal -offset indent -.Ic cat file1 file2 \*[Gt] file3 +.Ic cat file1 file2 > file3 .Ed .Pp will sequentially print the contents of @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ It appears to have been .Sh BUGS Because of the shell language mechanism used to perform output redirection, the command -.Dq Li cat file1 file2 \*[Gt] file1 +.Dq Li cat file1 file2 > file1 will cause the original data in file1 to be destroyed! This is performed by the shell before .Nm diff --git a/bin/chio/chio.1 b/bin/chio/chio.1 index d76763e85d9..3bd146fab7c 100644 --- a/bin/chio/chio.1 +++ b/bin/chio/chio.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: chio.1,v 1.19 2016/08/25 18:16:10 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: chio.1,v 1.20 2017/07/03 21:33:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996, 1998, 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -82,46 +82,46 @@ and the EU would be .Sh SUPPORTED COMMANDS .Nm .Ic move -.Ar \*[Lt]from ET\*[Gt] \*[Lt]from EU\*[Gt] \*[Lt]to ET\*[Gt] \*[Lt]to EU\*[Gt] +.Ar <from ET> <from EU> <to ET> <to EU> .Op Ar inv .Pp Moves the media unit from -.Pa \*[Lt]from ET/EU\*[Gt] +.Pa <from ET/EU> to -.Pa \*[Lt]to ET/EU\*[Gt] . +.Pa <to ET/EU> . If the optional modifier .Pa inv is specified, the media unit will be inverted before insertion. .Pp .Nm .Ic exchange -.Ar \*[Lt]src ET\*[Gt] \*[Lt]src EU\*[Gt] \*[Lt]dst1 ET\*[Gt] \*[Lt]dst1 EU\*[Gt] -.Op Ar \*[Lt]dst2 ET\*[Gt] \*[Lt]dst2 ET\*[Gt] +.Ar <src ET> <src EU> <dst1 ET> <dst1 EU> +.Op Ar <dst2 ET> <dst2 ET> .Op Ar inv1 .Op Ar inv2 .Pp Performs a media unit exchange operation. The media unit in -.Pa \*[Lt]src ET/EU\*[Gt] +.Pa <src ET/EU> is moved to -.Pa \*[Lt]dst1 ET/EU\*[Gt] +.Pa <dst1 ET/EU> and the media unit previously in -.Pa \*[Lt]dst1 ET/EU\*[Gt] +.Pa <dst1 ET/EU> is moved to -.Pa \*[Lt]dst2 ET/EU\*[Gt] . +.Pa <dst2 ET/EU> . In the case of a simple exchange, -.Pa \*[Lt]dst2 ET/EU\*[Gt] +.Pa <dst2 ET/EU> is omitted and the values -.Pa \*[Lt]src ET/EU\*[Gt] +.Pa <src ET/EU> are used in their place. The optional modifiers .Pa inv1 and .Pa inv2 specify whether the media units are to be inverted before insertion into -.Pa \*[Lt]dst1 ET/EU\*[Gt] +.Pa <dst1 ET/EU> and -.Pa \*[Lt]dst2 ET/EU\*[Gt] +.Pa <dst2 ET/EU> respectively. .Pp Note that not all medium changers support the @@ -131,11 +131,11 @@ multiple free pickers with transient storage. .Pp .Nm .Ic position -.Ar \*[Lt]to ET\*[Gt] \*[Lt]to EU\*[Gt] +.Ar <to ET> <to EU> .Op Ar inv .Pp Position the picker in front of the element described by -.Pa \*[Lt]to ET/EU\*[Gt] . +.Pa <to ET/EU> . If the optional modifier .Pa inv is specified, the media unit will be inverted before insertion. @@ -155,21 +155,21 @@ Report which picker unit the changer is currently configured to use. .Pp .Nm .Ic setpicker -.Ar \*[Lt]unit\*[Gt] +.Ar <unit> .Pp Configure the changer to use picker -.Pa \*[Lt]unit\*[Gt] . +.Pa <unit> . .Pp .Nm .Ic status -.Oo Ar \*[Lt]type\*[Gt] Oo unit Oo count Oc Oc Oc +.Oo Ar <type> Oo unit Oo count Oc Oc Oc .Op Ar voltags .Pp Report the status of all elements in the changer. If -.Pa \*[Lt]type\*[Gt] +.Pa <type> is specified, report the status of all elements of type -.Pa \*[Lt]type\*[Gt] . +.Pa <type> . .Pp The status bits are defined as follows: .Bl -tag -width indent @@ -206,8 +206,8 @@ operation on the changer. .Pp .Nm .Ic cdlu -.Ar \*[Lt]sub-command\*[Gt] -.Ar \*[Lt]slot\*[Gt] +.Ar <sub-command> +.Ar <slot> .Pp This command is provided for controlling CD-ROM changer mechanisms which cannot use the standard changer control interface. diff --git a/bin/chmod/chmod.1 b/bin/chmod/chmod.1 index 7c3add61a9c..b5053d3c418 100644 --- a/bin/chmod/chmod.1 +++ b/bin/chmod/chmod.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: chmod.1,v 1.26 2016/08/11 00:10:42 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: chmod.1,v 1.27 2017/07/03 21:33:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ the mode of a file. .Sh EXIT STATUS The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh MODES Modes may be absolute or symbolic. An absolute mode is an octal number constructed by diff --git a/bin/csh/csh.1 b/bin/csh/csh.1 index 3c3763c1cd8..1c989ac8700 100644 --- a/bin/csh/csh.1 +++ b/bin/csh/csh.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: csh.1,v 1.53 2016/08/10 17:16:47 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: csh.1,v 1.54 2017/07/03 21:33:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -195,10 +195,10 @@ directory and The shell splits input lines into words at blanks and tabs with the following exceptions. The characters -`\*[Am]' `\&|' `;' `\*[Lt]' `\*[Gt]' `(' `)' +`&' `\&|' `;' `<' `>' `(' `)' form separate words. -If doubled in `\*[Am]\*[Am]', -`\&|\&|', `\*[Lt]\*[Lt]' or `\*[Gt]\*[Gt]' these pairs form single words. +If doubled in `&&', +`\&|\&|', `<<' or `>>' these pairs form single words. These parser metacharacters may be made part of other words, or prevented their special meaning, by preceding them with `\e'. A newline preceded by a `\e' is equivalent to a blank. @@ -226,12 +226,12 @@ The output of each command in a pipeline is connected to the input of the next. Sequences of pipelines may be separated by `;', and are then executed sequentially. A sequence of pipelines may be executed without immediately -waiting for it to terminate by following it with an `\*[Am]'. +waiting for it to terminate by following it with an `&'. .Pp Any of the above may be placed in `(' `)' to form a simple command (that may be a component of a pipeline, etc.). It is also possible to separate pipelines with `\&|\&|' -or `\*[Am]\*[Am]' showing, as in the C language, +or `&&' showing, as in the C language, that the second is to be executed only if the first fails or succeeds respectively. (See @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ It keeps a table of current jobs, printed by the .Ar jobs command, and assigns them small integer numbers. -When a job is started asynchronously with `\*[Am]', +When a job is started asynchronously with `&', the shell prints a line that looks like: .Bd -filled -offset indent .Op 1 @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ The character `%' introduces a job name. If you wish to refer to job number 1, you can name it as `%1'. Just naming a job brings it to the foreground; thus `%1' is a synonym for `fg %1', bringing job number 1 back into the foreground. -Similarly saying `%1 \*[Am]' resumes job number 1 in the background. +Similarly saying `%1 &' resumes job number 1 in the background. Jobs can also be named by prefixes of the string typed in to start them, if these prefixes are unambiguous, thus `%ex' would normally restart a suspended @@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ bench class dev mbox xmpl.out .Pp and the input is .Pp -.Dl % vi ch\*[Lt]escape\*[Gt] +.Dl % vi ch<escape> .Pp .Nm will complete the prefix ``ch'' @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ line to .Pp However, given .Pp -.Dl % vi D\*[Lt]escape\*[Gt] +.Dl % vi D<escape> .Pp .Nm will only expand the input to @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ will list all file names matching the prefix. For example, the input .Pp -.Dl % vi D\*[Lt]control-D\*[Gt] +.Dl % vi D<control-D> .Pp causes all files beginning with ``D'' to be listed: .Pp @@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ expand partial user names, if the word to be completed (or listed) begins with the character ``~''. For example, typing .Pp -.Dl cd ~ro\*[Lt]escape\*[Gt] +.Dl cd ~ro<escape> .Pp may produce the expansion .Pp @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ the command .Pp then typing .Pp -.Dl % vi x\*[Lt]escape\*[Gt] +.Dl % vi x<escape> .Pp would result in the completion to .Pp @@ -575,10 +575,10 @@ for .Ar r .It t Remove all leading pathname components, leaving the tail. -.It \&\*[Am] +.It \&& Repeat the previous substitution. .It g -Apply the change once on each word, prefixing the above, e.g., `g\*[Am]'. +Apply the change once on each word, prefixing the above, e.g., `g&'. .It a Apply the change as many times as possible on a single word, prefixing the above. @@ -604,9 +604,9 @@ a `\e' quotes the delimiter into the and .Ar r strings. -The character `\*[Am]' in the right hand side is replaced by the text from +The character `&' in the right hand side is replaced by the text from the left. -A `\e' also quotes `\*[Am]'. +A `\e' also quotes `&'. A null .Ar l (`//') @@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ Substitute the (decimal) process number of the (parent) shell. .It $! Substitute the (decimal) process number of the last background process started by this shell. -.It $\*[Lt] +.It $< Substitutes a line from the standard input, with no further interpretation. It can be used to read from the keyboard in a shell script. @@ -891,12 +891,12 @@ The standard input and the standard output of a command may be redirected with the following syntax: .Pp .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact -offset indent -.It \*[Lt] name +.It < name Open file .Ar name (which is first variable, command and filename expanded) as the standard input. -.It \*[Lt]\*[Lt] word +.It << word Read the shell input up to a line that is identical to .Ar word . .Ar Word @@ -912,10 +912,10 @@ Commands that are substituted have all blanks, tabs, and newlines preserved, except for the final newline which is dropped. The resultant text is placed in an anonymous temporary file that is given to the command as its standard input. -.It \*[Gt] name -.It \*[Gt]! name -.It \*[Gt]\*[Am] name -.It \*[Gt]\*[Am]! name +.It > name +.It >! name +.It >& name +.It >&! name The file .Ar name is used as the standard output. @@ -929,23 +929,23 @@ terminal or `/dev/null') or an error results. This helps prevent accidental destruction of files. Here, the `!' forms can be used to suppress this check. .Pp -The forms involving `\*[Am]' route the standard error output into the specified +The forms involving `&' route the standard error output into the specified file as well as the standard output. .Ar Name -is expanded in the same way as `\*[Lt]' input filenames are. -.It \*[Gt]\*[Gt] name -.It \*[Gt]\*[Gt]\*[Am] name -.It \*[Gt]\*[Gt]! name -.It \*[Gt]\*[Gt]\*[Am]! name +is expanded in the same way as `<' input filenames are. +.It >> name +.It >>& name +.It >>! name +.It >>&! name Uses file .Ar name as the standard output; -like `\*[Gt]' but places output at the end of the file. +like `>' but places output at the end of the file. If the variable .Ar noclobber is set, then it is an error for the file not to exist unless one of the `!' forms is given. -Otherwise similar to `\*[Gt]'. +Otherwise similar to `>'. .El .Pp A command receives the environment in which the shell was @@ -954,7 +954,7 @@ the presence of the command in a pipeline. Thus, unlike some previous shells, commands run from a file of shell commands have no access to the text of the commands by default; instead they receive the original standard input of the shell. -The `\*[Lt]\*[Lt]' mechanism should be used to present inline data. +The `<<' mechanism should be used to present inline data. This permits shell command scripts to function as components of pipelines and allows the shell to block read its input. Note that the default standard input for a command run detached is @@ -971,7 +971,7 @@ above). .Pp The standard error output may be directed through a pipe with the standard output. -Simply use the form `\&|\*[Am]' instead of just `\&|'. +Simply use the form `\&|&' instead of just `\&|'. .Ss Expressions Several of the builtin commands (to be described later) take expressions, in which the operators are similar to those of C, with @@ -987,13 +987,13 @@ and commands. The following operators are available: .Bd -ragged -offset indent -\&|\&| \*[Am]\*[Am] \&| \*(ua \*[Am] == != =~ !~ \*[Le] \*[Ge] -\*[Lt] \*[Gt] \*[Lt]\*[Lt] \*[Gt]\*[Gt] + \- * / % ! ~ ( ) +\&|\&| && \&| \*(ua & == != =~ !~ \*[Le] \*[Ge] +< > << >> + \- * / % ! ~ ( ) .Ed .Pp Here the precedence increases to the right, -`==' `!=' `=~' and `!~', `\*[Le]' `\*[Ge]' `\*[Lt]' -and `\*[Gt]', `\*[Lt]\*[Lt]' and `\*[Gt]\*[Gt]', `+' and `\-', +`==' `!=' `=~' and `!~', `\*[Le]' `\*[Ge]' `<' +and `>', `<<' and `>>', `+' and `\-', `*' `/' and `%' being, in groups, at the same level. The `==' `!=' `=~' and `!~' operators compare their arguments as strings; all others operate on numbers. @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ which represent decimal numbers. It is important to note that no two components of an expression can appear in the same word; except when adjacent to components of expressions that are syntactically significant to the parser -(`\*[Am]' `\&|' `\*[Lt]' `\*[Gt]' `(' `)'), +(`&' `\&|' `<' `>' `(' `)'), they should be surrounded by spaces. .Pp Also available in expressions as primitive operands are command executions @@ -1495,7 +1495,7 @@ The first form can be used in shell scripts to cause hangups to be ignored for the remainder of the script. The second form causes the specified command to be run with hangups ignored. -All processes detached with `\*[Am]' are effectively +All processes detached with `&' are effectively .Ic nohup Ns \'ed . .Pp .It Ic notify @@ -1820,7 +1820,7 @@ statement if the input is a terminal. .It Ic % Ns Ar job Brings the specified job into the foreground. .Pp -.It Ic % Ns Ar job Ic \*[Am] +.It Ic % Ns Ar job Ic & Continues the specified job in the background. .Pp .It Ic @ @@ -1831,7 +1831,7 @@ The second form sets the specified .Ar name to the value of .Ar expr . -If the expression contains `\*[Lt]', `\*[Gt]', `\*[Am]' or `|' then at least +If the expression contains `<', `>', `&' or `|' then at least this part of the expression must be placed within `(' `)'. The third form assigns the value of .Ar expr @@ -1970,7 +1970,7 @@ when there is mail in the file As described in the section on .Sx Input/output , restrictions are placed on output redirection to ensure that -files are not accidentally destroyed, and that `\*[Gt]\*[Gt]' redirections +files are not accidentally destroyed, and that `>>' redirections refer to existing files. .It Ic noglob If set, filename expansion is inhibited. @@ -2169,11 +2169,11 @@ The shell normally ignores .Ar quit signals. Jobs running detached (either by -.Ic \&\*[Am] +.Ic \&& or the .Ic bg or -.Ic %... \*[Am] +.Ic %... & commands) are immune to signals generated from the keyboard, including hangups. Other signals have the values which the shell inherited from its parent. @@ -2197,7 +2197,7 @@ Read by login shell, at logout. .It Pa /bin/sh Standard shell, for shell scripts not starting with a `#'. .It Pa /tmp/sh* -Temporary file for `\*[Lt]\*[Lt]'. +Temporary file for `<<'. .It Pa /etc/passwd Source of home directories for `~name'. .El @@ -2283,7 +2283,7 @@ list. Control structure should be parsed instead of being recognized as built-in commands. This would allow control commands to be placed anywhere, -to be combined with `\&|', and to be used with `\*[Am]' and `;' metasyntax. +to be combined with `\&|', and to be used with `&' and `;' metasyntax. .Pp It should be possible to use the `:' modifiers on the output of command substitutions. diff --git a/bin/date/date.1 b/bin/date/date.1 index 1d3e815328d..459ba02ff7a 100644 --- a/bin/date/date.1 +++ b/bin/date/date.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: date.1,v 1.44 2017/01/03 16:01:05 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: date.1,v 1.45 2017/07/03 21:33:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ The format string may contain any of the conversion specifications described in the .Xr strftime 3 manual page, as well as any arbitrary text. -A \*[Lt]newline\*[Gt] character is always output after the characters +A <newline> character is always output after the characters specified by the format string. The format string for the default display is: .Bd -literal -offset indent diff --git a/bin/dd/dd.1 b/bin/dd/dd.1 index 0cb69a8cbac..07055f4371d 100644 --- a/bin/dd/dd.1 +++ b/bin/dd/dd.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: dd.1,v 1.32 2016/08/18 22:43:49 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: dd.1,v 1.33 2017/07/03 21:33:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ specifies the recommended one which is compatible with The value .Cm oldascii specifies the one used in historic -.Tn AT\*[Am]T +.Tn AT&T and pre- .Bx 4.3 Reno systems. @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ The values and .Cm oldibm are maps used in historic -.Tn AT\*[Am]T +.Tn AT&T and pre .Bx 4.3 Reno systems. @@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ will exit. .Sh EXIT STATUS The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurred. +utility exits 0 on success and >0 if an error occurred. .Sh EXAMPLES To print summary information in human-readable form: .Pp @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ To customize the information summary output and print it through .Xr unvis 3 : .Bd -literal -offset indent dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/null count=1 \e - msgfmt='speed:%E, in %s seconds\en' 2\*[Gt]\*[Am]1 | unvis + msgfmt='speed:%E, in %s seconds\en' 2>&1 | unvis .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr cp 1 , diff --git a/bin/df/df.1 b/bin/df/df.1 index 184f47a0aa4..37f18cdcba2 100644 --- a/bin/df/df.1 +++ b/bin/df/df.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: df.1,v 1.46 2016/08/10 23:48:14 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: df.1,v 1.47 2017/07/03 21:33:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -146,14 +146,14 @@ option is specified without the options, the output will be preceded by the following header line, formatted to match the data following it: .Bd -literal -"Filesystem \*[Lt]blksize\*[Gt]-blocks Used Available Capacity Mounted on\en" +"Filesystem <blksize>-blocks Used Available Capacity Mounted on\en" .Ed .Pp The header line is followed by data formatted as follows: .Bd -literal -"%s %d %d %d %d%% %s\en", \*[Lt]file system name\*[Gt], \*[Lt]total space\*[Gt], - \*[Lt]space used\*[Gt], \*[Lt]space free\*[Gt], \*[Lt]percentage used\*[Gt], - \*[Lt]file system root\*[Gt] +"%s %d %d %d %d%% %s\en", <file system name>, <total space>, + <space used>, <space free>, <percentage used>, + <file system root> .Ed .Pp Note that the diff --git a/bin/echo/echo.1 b/bin/echo/echo.1 index 36466d8731c..c631fa980b5 100644 --- a/bin/echo/echo.1 +++ b/bin/echo/echo.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: echo.1,v 1.15 2016/08/14 22:59:22 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: echo.1,v 1.16 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Do not print the trailing newline character. .Sh EXIT STATUS The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr printf 1 .Sh STANDARDS diff --git a/bin/ed/ed.1 b/bin/ed/ed.1 index c39e91baf99..596bd7985de 100644 --- a/bin/ed/ed.1 +++ b/bin/ed/ed.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ed.1,v 1.30 2010/05/14 02:09:58 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ed.1,v 1.31 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: ed.1,v 1.42 2003/07/27 13:25:43 jmc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993 Andrew Moore, Talke Studio. @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ then the second address is set to the given address. If an .Em n Ns No -tuple of addresses is given where -.Em n \*[Gt] 2 , +.Em n > 2 , then the corresponding range is determined by the last two addresses in the .Em n Ns No -tuple. If only one address is expected, then the last address is used. @@ -316,9 +316,9 @@ not listed below, including .Sq } , .Sq \&( , .Sq \&) , -.Sq \*[Lt] , +.Sq < , and -.Sq \*[Gt] +.Sq > matches itself. .It Em \ec Any backslash-escaped character @@ -328,9 +328,9 @@ except for .Sq } , .Sq \&( , .Sq \&) , -.Sq \*[Lt] , +.Sq < , and -.Sq \*[Gt] +.Sq > matches itself. .It Em \&. Matches any single character. @@ -356,11 +356,11 @@ If is the last character of a regular expression, it anchors the regular expression to the end of a line. Otherwise, it matches itself. -.It Em \e\*[Lt] +.It Em \e< Anchors the single character regular expression or subexpression immediately following it to the beginning of a word. (This may not be available.) -.It Em \e\*[Gt] +.It Em \e> Anchors the single character regular expression or subexpression immediately following it to the end of a word. (This may not be available.) @@ -608,7 +608,7 @@ is the same as that of the command. A newline alone acts as a null command list. A single -.Sq \*[Am] +.Sq & repeats the last non-null command list. .It Ic H Toggles the printing of error explanations. @@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ affected is printed as though the print suffix were specified. .Pp An unescaped -.Ql \*[Am] +.Ql & in .Ar replacement is replaced by the currently matched text. diff --git a/bin/expr/expr.1 b/bin/expr/expr.1 index dcfcc87191a..74d0469d819 100644 --- a/bin/expr/expr.1 +++ b/bin/expr/expr.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: expr.1,v 1.36 2016/08/23 20:34:23 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: expr.1,v 1.37 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000,2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -57,12 +57,12 @@ Returns the evaluation of if it is neither an empty string nor zero; otherwise, returns the evaluation of .Ar expr2 . -.It Ar expr1 Li \*[Am] Ar expr2 +.It Ar expr1 Li & Ar expr2 Returns the evaluation of .Ar expr1 if neither expression evaluates to an empty string or zero; otherwise, returns zero. -.It Ar expr1 Li "{=, \*[Gt], \*[Ge], \*[Lt], \*[Le], !=}" Ar expr2 +.It Ar expr1 Li "{=, >, \*[Ge], <, \*[Le], !=}" Ar expr2 Returns the results of integer comparison if both arguments are integers; otherwise, returns the results of string comparison using the locale-specific collation sequence. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ and .It compare operators .It -.Dq \*[Am] +.Dq & .It .Dq \&| .El @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ the expression is neither an empty string nor 0. the expression is an empty string or 0. .It 2 the expression is invalid. -.It \*[Gt]2 +.It >2 an error occurred (such as memory allocation failure). .El .Sh EXAMPLES @@ -151,9 +151,9 @@ The following example adds one to variable .It The following example returns zero, due to subtraction having higher precedence than the -.Dq \*[Am] +.Dq & operator: -.Dl expr 1 '\*[Am]' 1 - 1 +.Dl expr 1 '&' 1 - 1 .It The following example returns the filename portion of a pathname stored in variable diff --git a/bin/ls/ls.1 b/bin/ls/ls.1 index 39e3b515398..1bd9161e167 100644 --- a/bin/ls/ls.1 +++ b/bin/ls/ls.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ls.1,v 1.79 2016/08/10 17:45:12 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ls.1,v 1.80 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1991, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ the major and minor device numbers for the file are displayed in the size field. If the file is a symbolic link the pathname of the linked-to file is preceded by -.Dq \-\*[Gt] . +.Dq \-> . .Pp The file mode printed under the .Fl l diff --git a/bin/mkdir/mkdir.1 b/bin/mkdir/mkdir.1 index 89b8d364e51..803b4e24991 100644 --- a/bin/mkdir/mkdir.1 +++ b/bin/mkdir/mkdir.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mkdir.1,v 1.19 2016/08/10 18:42:00 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mkdir.1,v 1.20 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Do not consider it an error if the argument directory already exists. The user must have write permission in the parent directory. .Sh EXIT STATUS .Nm -exits 0 if successful, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurred. +exits 0 if successful, and >0 if an error occurred. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr chmod 1 , .Xr rmdir 1 , diff --git a/bin/mv/mv.1 b/bin/mv/mv.1 index 3b6231538ce..2fbceb41041 100644 --- a/bin/mv/mv.1 +++ b/bin/mv/mv.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mv.1,v 1.28 2016/08/10 18:08:14 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mv.1,v 1.29 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -121,14 +121,14 @@ will remove the destination file, copy the source file to the destination, and then remove the source. The effect is roughly equivalent to: .Bd -literal -offset indent -rm -f destination_path \*[Am]\*[Am] \e -cp -PRp source_file destination_path \*[Am]\*[Am] \e +rm -f destination_path && \e +cp -PRp source_file destination_path && \e rm -rf source_file .Ed .Sh EXIT STATUS The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr cp 1 , .Xr rename 2 , diff --git a/bin/pax/cpio.1 b/bin/pax/cpio.1 index 6ecff64666c..45f58541c8a 100644 --- a/bin/pax/cpio.1 +++ b/bin/pax/cpio.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: cpio.1,v 1.14 2015/12/19 18:48:33 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: cpio.1,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert .\" All rights reserved. @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ .Op Fl F Ar archive .Op Fl H Ar format .Op Fl O Ar archive -.Ar "\*[Lt] name-list" -.Op Ar "\*[Gt] archive" +.Ar "< name-list" +.Op Ar "> archive" .Nm cpio .Fl i .Op Fl 6BbcdfmrSstuvZz @@ -50,12 +50,12 @@ .Op Fl H Ar format .Op Fl I Ar archive .Op Ar "pattern ..." -.Op Ar "\*[Lt] archive" +.Op Ar "< archive" .Nm cpio .Fl p .Op Fl adLlmuv .Ar destination-directory -.Ar "\*[Lt] name-list" +.Ar "< name-list" .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm diff --git a/bin/pax/pax.1 b/bin/pax/pax.1 index dbdd342f117..8203a948568 100644 --- a/bin/pax/pax.1 +++ b/bin/pax/pax.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pax.1,v 1.68 2016/08/12 01:52:22 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pax.1,v 1.69 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1992 Keith Muller. .\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 @@ -578,7 +578,7 @@ As in .Cm old is a basic regular expression and .Cm new -can contain an ampersand (\*[Am]), \en (where n is a digit) back-references, +can contain an ampersand (&), \en (where n is a digit) back-references, or subexpression matching. The .Cm old @@ -604,7 +604,7 @@ The optional trailing will cause the final result of a successful substitution to be written to .Dv standard error in the following format: -.Dl Ao "original pathname" Ac \*[Gt]\*[Gt] Ao "new pathname" Ac +.Dl Ao "original pathname" Ac >> Ao "new pathname" Ac File or archive member names that substitute to the empty string are not selected and will be skipped. .It Fl t diff --git a/bin/pax/tar.1 b/bin/pax/tar.1 index d265f71ef97..f98a13859e5 100644 --- a/bin/pax/tar.1 +++ b/bin/pax/tar.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: tar.1,v 1.36 2015/12/19 18:28:54 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: tar.1,v 1.37 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 SigmaSoft, Th. Lockert .\" All rights reserved. @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ As in .Cm old is a basic regular expression and .Cm new -can contain an ampersand (\*[Am]), \en (where n is a digit) back-references, +can contain an ampersand (&), \en (where n is a digit) back-references, or subexpression matching. The .Cm old @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ The optional trailing will cause the final result of a successful substitution to be written to .Dv standard error in the following format: -.Dl \*[Lt]original pathname\*[Gt] \*[Gt]\*[Gt] \*[Lt]new pathname\*[Gt] +.Dl <original pathname> >> <new pathname> File or archive member names that substitute to the empty string are not selected and will be skipped. The substitutions are applied by default to the destination hard and symbolic diff --git a/bin/ps/ps.1 b/bin/ps/ps.1 index b06b977f5b4..d58030f957e 100644 --- a/bin/ps/ps.1 +++ b/bin/ps/ps.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ps.1,v 1.106 2016/12/02 21:59:03 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ps.1,v 1.107 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1991, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ information: The process is in the foreground process group of its control terminal. .It - The LWP is detached (can't be waited for). -.It \*[Lt] +.It < The process has raised .Tn CPU scheduling priority. diff --git a/bin/pwd/pwd.1 b/bin/pwd/pwd.1 index 880ec036d45..abf66da6dbf 100644 --- a/bin/pwd/pwd.1 +++ b/bin/pwd/pwd.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pwd.1,v 1.25 2016/08/12 02:03:26 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pwd.1,v 1.26 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ default). .Sh EXIT STATUS The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr cd 1 , .Xr csh 1 , diff --git a/bin/rcmd/rcmd.1 b/bin/rcmd/rcmd.1 index 9d000d3912a..65aa45807d7 100644 --- a/bin/rcmd/rcmd.1 +++ b/bin/rcmd/rcmd.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rcmd.1,v 1.21 2011/05/31 11:31:10 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rcmd.1,v 1.22 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Matthew R. Green. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Shell metacharacters which are not quoted are interpreted on local machine, while quoted metacharacters are interpreted on the remote machine. For example, the command .Pp -.Dl rcmd otherhost cat remotefile \*[Gt]\*[Gt] localfile +.Dl rcmd otherhost cat remotefile >> localfile .Pp appends the remote file .Ar remotefile @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ to the local file .Ar localfile , while .Pp -.Dl rcmd otherhost cat remotefile \&"\*[Gt]\*[Gt]\&" other_remotefile +.Dl rcmd otherhost cat remotefile \&">>\&" other_remotefile .Pp appends .Ar remotefile diff --git a/bin/rm/rm.1 b/bin/rm/rm.1 index 061676cface..d7c572058b2 100644 --- a/bin/rm/rm.1 +++ b/bin/rm/rm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rm.1,v 1.28 2016/08/12 02:26:42 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rm.1,v 1.29 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994, 2003 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ option was specified and all of the existing files or file hierarchies were removed. If an error occurs, .Nm -exits with a value \*[Gt]0. +exits with a value >0. .Sh EXAMPLES .Nm uses @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ The .Fl P option attempts to conform to U.S. DoD 5220-22.M, "National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual" ("NISPOM") as updated by Change -2 and the July 23, 2003 "Clearing \*[Am] Sanitization Matrix". +2 and the July 23, 2003 "Clearing & Sanitization Matrix". However, unlike earlier revisions of NISPOM, the 2003 matrix imposes requirements which make it clear that the standard does not and can not apply to the erasure of individual files, in particular diff --git a/bin/rmdir/rmdir.1 b/bin/rmdir/rmdir.1 index 490828a6880..8fe42f97df6 100644 --- a/bin/rmdir/rmdir.1 +++ b/bin/rmdir/rmdir.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rmdir.1,v 1.16 2016/08/12 02:30:37 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rmdir.1,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:33:23 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ utility exits with one of the following values: Each directory entry specified by a dir operand referred to an empty directory and was removed successfully. -.It Li \&\*[Gt]\&0 +.It Li \&>\&0 An error occurred. .El .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1 b/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1 index 7e71fa336ac..13b3c6aa8bd 100644 --- a/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1 +++ b/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: echo.1,v 1.13 2003/08/07 09:05:40 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: echo.1,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:33:24 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Output a backslash. Remember that backslash is special to the shell and needs to be escaped. To output a message to standard error, say .Pp -.D1 echo message \*[Gt]\*[Am]2 +.D1 echo message >&2 .Sh BUGS The octal character escape mechanism .Pq Li \e0 Ns Ar digits diff --git a/bin/sleep/sleep.1 b/bin/sleep/sleep.1 index c7345c5e5f2..3203b8235b7 100644 --- a/bin/sleep/sleep.1 +++ b/bin/sleep/sleep.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sleep.1,v 1.23 2016/08/12 02:36:38 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sleep.1,v 1.24 2017/07/03 21:33:24 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -71,13 +71,13 @@ utility exits with one of the following values: On successful completion, or if the signal .Dv SIGALRM was received. -.It Li \&\*[Gt]\&0 +.It Li \&>\&0 An error occurred. .El .Sh EXAMPLES To schedule the execution of a command for 1800 seconds later: .Pp -.Dl (sleep 1800; sh command_file \*[Gt]\*[Am] errors)\*[Am] +.Dl (sleep 1800; sh command_file >& errors)& .Pp This incantation would wait half an hour before running the script command_file. @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ while (1) else foreach i (*.rawdata) sleep 70 - awk -f collapse_data $i \*[Gt]\*[Gt] results + awk -f collapse_data $i >> results end break endif diff --git a/bin/test/test.1 b/bin/test/test.1 index 6ea7d6dbe09..39400834142 100644 --- a/bin/test/test.1 +++ b/bin/test/test.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: test.1,v 1.30 2016/08/12 03:17:41 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: test.1,v 1.31 2017/07/03 21:33:24 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -206,13 +206,13 @@ True if the strings and .Ar \&s\&2 are not identical. -.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&\*[Lt] Ar \&s\&2 +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&< Ar \&s\&2 True if string .Ar \&s\&1 comes before .Ar \&s\&2 based on the ASCII value of their characters. -.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&\*[Gt] Ar \&s\&2 +.It Ar \&s\&1 Cm \&> Ar \&s\&2 True if string .Ar \&s\&1 comes after @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ evaluated to true. .It 1 .Ar expression evaluated to false or was missing. -.It \*[Gt]1 +.It >1 An error occurred. .El .Sh STANDARDS diff --git a/lib/libarch/i386/i386_get_ldt.2 b/lib/libarch/i386/i386_get_ldt.2 index 20252ef249d..58d3fa00b3d 100644 --- a/lib/libarch/i386/i386_get_ldt.2 +++ b/lib/libarch/i386/i386_get_ldt.2 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)fork.2 6.5 (Berkeley) 3/10/91 -.\" $NetBSD: i386_get_ldt.2,v 1.13 2003/08/07 16:42:00 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: i386_get_ldt.2,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:32:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd September 20, 1993 .Dt I386_GET_LDT 2 i386 @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ will contain the descriptors to be set or returned The argument .Fa descs can be either segment_descriptor or gate_descriptor and are defined in -.Fd \*[Lt]i386/segments.h\*[Gt] . +.Fd <i386/segments.h> . These structures are defined by the architecture as disjoint bit-fields, so care must be taken in constructing them. .Sh RETURN VALUES diff --git a/lib/libarch/i386/i386_vm86.2 b/lib/libarch/i386/i386_vm86.2 index 17a0b7ed48c..a0862ba21de 100644 --- a/lib/libarch/i386/i386_vm86.2 +++ b/lib/libarch/i386/i386_vm86.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: i386_vm86.2,v 1.13 2008/04/30 13:10:50 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: i386_vm86.2,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:32:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -52,14 +52,14 @@ will set the process into virtual 8086 mode using the registers and selectors specified by the context pointed to by .Ar vmcp . The processor registers are set from -.Ar vmcp-\*[Gt]substr.regs , +.Ar vmcp->substr.regs , and the emulated processor type from -.Ar vmcp-\*[Gt]substr.ss_cpu_type . +.Ar vmcp->substr.ss_cpu_type . .Pp The kernel keeps a pointer to the context, and uses the tables stored at -.Ar vmcp-\*[Gt]int_byuser +.Ar vmcp->int_byuser and -.Ar vmcp-\*[Gt]int21_byuser +.Ar vmcp->int21_byuser for fast virtual interrupt handling. If the .Ar n th @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Since MS-DOS puts many DOS functions onto interrupt 21, it is handled specially: the .Ar k th bit in the -.Ar vmcp-\*[Gt]int21_byuser +.Ar vmcp->int21_byuser array is checked when INT .Ar 21 is requested and the diff --git a/lib/libbluetooth/bluetooth.3 b/lib/libbluetooth/bluetooth.3 index e00e0d25adc..86c237c6f6f 100644 --- a/lib/libbluetooth/bluetooth.3 +++ b/lib/libbluetooth/bluetooth.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bluetooth.3,v 1.8 2015/11/28 07:47:30 plunky Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bluetooth.3,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003 Maksim Yevmenkin <m_evmenkin@yahoo.com> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -199,14 +199,14 @@ const char *bdstr = "00:01:02:03:04:05"; bdaddr_t bd; struct hostent *hp; -if (!bt_aton(bdstr, \*[Am]bd)) +if (!bt_aton(bdstr, &bd)) errx(1, "can't parse BD_ADDR %s", bdstr); -if ((hp = bt_gethostbyaddr((const char *)\*[Am]bd, +if ((hp = bt_gethostbyaddr((const char *)&bd, sizeof(bd), AF_BLUETOOTH)) == NULL) errx(1, "no name associated with %s", bdstr); -printf("name associated with %s is %s\en", bdstr, hp-\*[Gt]h_name); +printf("name associated with %s is %s\en", bdstr, hp->h_name); .Ed .Sh DIAGNOSTICS Error return status from diff --git a/lib/libbluetooth/sdp_data.3 b/lib/libbluetooth/sdp_data.3 index 6f731fba383..383a307c118 100644 --- a/lib/libbluetooth/sdp_data.3 +++ b/lib/libbluetooth/sdp_data.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sdp_data.3,v 1.9 2015/03/31 09:26:45 plunky Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sdp_data.3,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -313,16 +313,16 @@ examining various attribute values: /* rsp contains remote response */ - while (sdp_get_attr(\*[Am]rsp, \*[Am]attr, \*[Am]val)) { + while (sdp_get_attr(&rsp, &attr, &val)) { switch(attr) { case SDP_ATTR_SERVICE_RECORD_HANDLE: - sdp_get_uint(\*[Am]val, \*[Am]handle); + sdp_get_uint(&val, &handle); printf("ServiceRecordHandle: 0x%08x\\n", handle); break; case SDP_ATTR_PROFILE_DESCRIPTOR_LIST: printf("ProfileDescriptorList:\\n"); - sdp_data_print(\*[Am]val, 0); + sdp_data_print(&val, 0); break; default: @@ -343,19 +343,19 @@ of known and unknown length. seq.next = buf; seq.end = buf + sizeof(buf); - sdp_put_seq(\*[Am]seq, -1); + sdp_put_seq(&seq, -1); - sdp_put_seq(\*[Am]seq, 6); - sdp_put_uuid16(\*[Am]seq, SDP_UUID_PROTOCOL_L2CAP); - sdp_put_uint16(\*[Am]seq, psm); + sdp_put_seq(&seq, 6); + sdp_put_uuid16(&seq, SDP_UUID_PROTOCOL_L2CAP); + sdp_put_uint16(&seq, psm); - sdp_put_seq(\*[Am]seq, 5); - sdp_put_uuid16(\*[Am]seq, SDP_UUID_PROTOCOL_RFCOMM); - sdp_put_uint8(\*[Am]seq, channel); + sdp_put_seq(&seq, 5); + sdp_put_uuid16(&seq, SDP_UUID_PROTOCOL_RFCOMM); + sdp_put_uint8(&seq, channel); seq.end = seq.next; seq.next = buf; - sdp_set_seq(\*[Am]seq, -1); + sdp_set_seq(&seq, -1); .Ed .Pp Note that although diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/directory.3 b/lib/libc/gen/directory.3 index aa9a8b5c7e5..39b810db67e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/directory.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/directory.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: directory.3,v 1.40 2016/01/22 09:32:50 pgoyette Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: directory.3,v 1.41 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -269,8 +269,8 @@ len = strlen(name); dirp = opendir("."); if (dirp != NULL) { while ((dp = readdir(dirp)) != NULL) - if (dp-\*[Gt]d_namlen == len \*[Am]\*[Am] - !strcmp(dp-\*[Gt]d_name, name)) { + if (dp->d_namlen == len && + !strcmp(dp->d_name, name)) { (void)closedir(dirp); return (FOUND); } diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/err.3 b/lib/libc/gen/err.3 index b52ba962a36..f3caa106e48 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/err.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/err.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: err.3,v 1.21 2014/01/16 17:21:38 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: err.3,v 1.22 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ if ((fd = open(file_name, O_RDONLY, 0)) == -1) .Pp Display an error message and terminate with status indicating failure: .Bd -literal -offset indent -if (tm.tm_hour \*[Lt] START_TIME) +if (tm.tm_hour < START_TIME) errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "too early, wait until %s", start_time_string); .Ed diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getdevmajor.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getdevmajor.3 index 97db9b0e555..4b7629c7564 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/getdevmajor.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/getdevmajor.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: getdevmajor.3,v 1.5 2009/03/24 22:34:54 drochner Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: getdevmajor.3,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@ To retrieve the major number for .Xr pty 4 slave devices (aka pts devices): .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]stdlib.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]sys/stat.h\*[Gt] +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> .sp devmajor_t pts; pts = getdevmajor("pts", S_IFCHR); @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ To retrieve the major numbers for the block and character .Xr wd 4 devices: .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]stdlib.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]sys/stat.h\*[Gt] +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <sys/stat.h> .sp devmajor_t c, b; c = getdevmajor("wd", S_IFCHR); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 b/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 index 0c3598ffb59..cc3fb52e263 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: glob.3,v 1.42 2012/12/27 21:17:47 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: glob.3,v 1.43 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -448,9 +448,9 @@ Portable applications should use the constant instead. .Pp The arguments -.Fa pglob\-\*[Gt]gl_pathc +.Fa pglob\->gl_pathc and -.Fa pglob\-\*[Gt]gl_pathv +.Fa pglob\->gl_pathv are still set as specified above. .Sh ENVIRONMENT .Bl -tag -width HOME -compact @@ -467,8 +467,8 @@ following code: glob_t g; g.gl_offs = 2; -glob("*.c", GLOB_DOOFFS, NULL, \*[Am]g); -glob("*.h", GLOB_DOOFFS | GLOB_APPEND, NULL, \*[Am]g); +glob("*.c", GLOB_DOOFFS, NULL, &g); +glob("*.h", GLOB_DOOFFS | GLOB_APPEND, NULL, &g); g.gl_pathv[0] = "ls"; g.gl_pathv[1] = "-l"; execvp("ls", g.gl_pathv); diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/randomid.3 b/lib/libc/gen/randomid.3 index dbb31cef624..255e9fc6b89 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/randomid.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/randomid.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: randomid.3,v 1.7 2006/01/05 19:45:29 rpaulo Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: randomid.3,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (C) 2006 The NetBSD Foundation .\" All rights reserved. @@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ It must not be shared among multiple data streams with different usage. .\" .Sh EXAMPLES .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]stdio.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]sys/types.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]randomid.h\*[Gt] +#include <stdio.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <randomid.h> uint32_t genid(void) diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3 b/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3 index 9c131d25ea1..4173f1ff7ed 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/setmode.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: setmode.3,v 1.21 2009/01/11 02:46:27 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: setmode.3,v 1.22 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ const char *file = "myscript.sh"; struct stat st; mode_t newmode; -stat(file, \*[Am]st); +stat(file, &st); newmode = getmode(setmode("a+x"), st.st_mode); chmod(file, newmode); .Ed diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/shquote.3 b/lib/libc/gen/shquote.3 index 026467fcf5f..fcaf4c0ace0 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/shquote.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/shquote.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: shquote.3,v 1.9 2008/09/07 08:55:46 apb Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: shquote.3,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 Christopher G. Demetriou .\" All rights reserved. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ int argc; * Size buffer to hold the command string, and allocate it. * Buffer of length one given to snprintf() for portability. */ -cmdlen = snprintf(\*[Am]c, 1, "${PROG-%s} ", PROG_DEFAULT); +cmdlen = snprintf(&c, 1, "${PROG-%s} ", PROG_DEFAULT); qlen = shquotev(argc, argv, NULL, 0); if (qlen == (size_t)-1) { \&... @@ -194,8 +194,8 @@ int argc, i; * Size buffer to hold the command string, and allocate it. * Buffer of length one given to snprintf() for portability. */ -cmdlen = snprintf(\*[Am]c, 1, "${PROG-%s} ", PROG_DEFAULT); -for (i = 0; i \*[Lt] argc; i++) { +cmdlen = snprintf(&c, 1, "${PROG-%s} ", PROG_DEFAULT); +for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { qlen = shquote(argv[i], NULL, 0); if (qlen == (size_t)-1) { \&... @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ if (cmd == NULL) { len = snprintf(cmd, cmdlen, "${PROG-%s} ", PROG_DEFAULT); /* Quote all of the arguments when copying them. */ -for (i = 0; i \*[Lt] argc; i++) { +for (i = 0; i < argc; i++) { qlen = shquote(argv[i], cmd + len, cmdlen - len); if (qlen == (size_t)-1) { /* Should not ever happen. */ diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/stringlist.3 b/lib/libc/gen/stringlist.3 index 2eb83fc6ab7..1caffe558f6 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/stringlist.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/stringlist.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: stringlist.3,v 1.15 2010/05/06 09:46:49 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: stringlist.3,v 1.16 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -95,22 +95,22 @@ in case of failure. Releases memory occupied by .Ar sl and the -.Ar sl-\*[Gt]sl_str +.Ar sl->sl_str array. If .Ar freeall is non-zero, then each of the items within -.Ar sl-\*[Gt]sl_str +.Ar sl->sl_str is released as well. .It Fn sl_add Add .Ar item to -.Ar sl-\*[Gt]sl_str +.Ar sl->sl_str at -.Ar sl-\*[Gt]sl_cur , +.Ar sl->sl_cur , extending the size of -.Ar sl-\*[Gt]sl_str . +.Ar sl->sl_str . Returns zero upon success, \-1 upon failure. .It Fn sl_find Find diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3 index 2fd2c12bff2..0512ba3b905 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/sysctl.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sysctl.3,v 1.202 2014/06/13 22:05:15 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sysctl.3,v 1.203 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ size_t len; mib[0] = CTL_KERN; mib[1] = KERN_MAXPROC; len = sizeof(maxproc); -sysctl(mib, 2, \*[Am]maxproc, \*[Am]len, NULL, 0); +sysctl(mib, 2, &maxproc, &len, NULL, 0); .Ed .sp To retrieve the standard search path for the system utilities - @@ -252,9 +252,9 @@ char *p; .sp mib[0] = CTL_USER; mib[1] = USER_CS_PATH; -sysctl(mib, 2, NULL, \*[Am]len, NULL, 0); +sysctl(mib, 2, NULL, &len, NULL, 0); p = malloc(len); -sysctl(mib, 2, p, \*[Am]len, NULL, 0); +sysctl(mib, 2, p, &len, NULL, 0); .Ed .Pp The @@ -339,10 +339,10 @@ size_t len; .sp mib[0] = CTL_VFS; mib[1] = CTL_QUERY; -memset(\*[Am]query, 0, sizeof(query)); +memset(&query, 0, sizeof(query)); query.sysctl_flags = SYSCTL_VERSION; len = sizeof(vfs); -sysctl(mib, 2, \*[Am]vfs[0], \*[Am]len, \*[Am]query, sizeof(query)); +sysctl(mib, 2, &vfs[0], &len, &query, sizeof(query)); .Ed .Pp Note that a reference to an empty node with @@ -446,21 +446,21 @@ size_t len; .sp mib[0] = CTL_CREATE; /* create at top-level */ len = sizeof(node); -memset(\*[Am]node, 0, len); +memset(&node, 0, len); node.sysctl_flags = SYSCTL_VERSION|CTLFLAG_READWRITE|CTLTYPE_NODE; snprintf(node.sysctl_name, sizeof(node.sysctl_name), "local"); node.sysctl_num = CTL_CREATE; /* request dynamic MIB number */ -sysctl(\*[Am]mib[0], 1, \*[Am]node, \*[Am]len, \*[Am]node, len); +sysctl(&mib[0], 1, &node, &len, &node, len); .sp mib[0] = node.sysctl_num; /* use new MIB number */ mib[1] = CTL_CREATESYM; /* create at second level */ len = sizeof(node); -memset(\*[Am]node, 0, len); +memset(&node, 0, len); node.sysctl_flags = SYSCTL_VERSION|CTLFLAG_READWRITE|CTLTYPE_INT; snprintf(node.sysctl_name, sizeof(node.sysctl_name), "audiodebug"); node.sysctl_num = CTL_CREATE; node.sysctl_data = "audiodebug"; /* kernel symbol to be used */ -sysctl(\*[Am]mib[0], 2, NULL, NULL, \*[Am]node, len); +sysctl(&mib[0], 2, NULL, NULL, &node, len); .Ed .Pp The process for deleting nodes is similar, but less data needs to @@ -490,17 +490,17 @@ above example: int mib[2]; .sp len = sizeof(node); -memset(\*[Am]node, 0, len); +memset(&node, 0, len); node.sysctl_flags = SYSCTL_VERSION; .sp mib[0] = 3214; /* assumed number for "local" */ mib[1] = CTL_DESTROY; node.sysctl_num = 3215; /* assumed number for "audiodebug" */ -sysctl(\*[Am]mib[0], 2, NULL, NULL, \*[Am]node, len); +sysctl(&mib[0], 2, NULL, NULL, &node, len); .sp mib[0] = CTL_DESTROY; node.sysctl_num = 3214; /* now deleting "local" */ -sysctl(\*[Am]mib[0], 1, NULL, NULL, \*[Am]node, len); +sysctl(&mib[0], 1, NULL, NULL, &node, len); .Ed .Pp Descriptions of each of the nodes can also be retrieved, if they are @@ -546,23 +546,23 @@ size_t len; /* retrieve kern-level descriptions */ mib[0] = CTL_KERN; mib[1] = CTL_DESCRIBE; -d = (struct sysctldesc *)\*[Am]buf[0]; +d = (struct sysctldesc *)&buf[0]; len = sizeof(buf); -sysctl(mib, 2, d, \*[Am]len, NULL, 0); -while ((caddr_t)d \*[Lt] (caddr_t)\*[Am]buf[len]) { - printf("node %d: %.*s\\n", d-\*[Gt]descr_num, d-\*[Gt]descr_len, - d-\*[Gt]descr_str); +sysctl(mib, 2, d, &len, NULL, 0); +while ((caddr_t)d < (caddr_t)&buf[len]) { + printf("node %d: %.*s\\n", d->descr_num, d->descr_len, + d->descr_str); d = NEXT_DESCR(d); } .sp /* retrieve description for kern.securelevel */ -memset(\*[Am]desc, 0, sizeof(desc)); +memset(&desc, 0, sizeof(desc)); desc.sysctl_flags = SYSCTL_VERSION; desc.sysctl_num = KERN_SECURELEVEL; -d = (struct sysctldesc *)\*[Am]buf[0]; +d = (struct sysctldesc *)&buf[0]; len = sizeof(buf); -sysctl(mib, 2, d, \*[Am]len, \*[Am]desc, sizeof(desc)); -printf("kern.securelevel: %.*s\\n", d-\*[Gt]descr_len, d-\*[Gt]descr_str); +sysctl(mib, 2, d, &len, &desc, sizeof(desc)); +printf("kern.securelevel: %.*s\\n", d->descr_len, d->descr_str); .Ed .Pp Descriptions can also be set as follows, subject to the following rules: @@ -586,11 +586,11 @@ int mib[2]; /* presuming the given top-level node was just added... */ mib[0] = 3214; /* mib numbers taken from previous examples */ mib[1] = CTL_DESCRIBE; -memset(\*[Am]desc, 0, sizeof(desc)); +memset(&desc, 0, sizeof(desc)); desc.sysctl_flags = SYSCTL_VERSION; desc.sysctl_num = 3215; desc.sysctl_desc = "audio debug control knob"; -sysctl(mib, 2, NULL, NULL, \*[Am]desc, sizeof(desc)); +sysctl(mib, 2, NULL, NULL, &desc, sizeof(desc)); .Ed .Pp Upon successfully setting a description, the new description will be @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ Otherwise \-1 is returned and .Va errno is set appropriately. .Sh FILES -.Bl -tag -width \*[Lt]netinet6/udp6Xvar.h\*[Gt] -compact +.Bl -tag -width <netinet6/udp6Xvar.h> -compact .It Aq Pa sys/sysctl.h definitions for top level identifiers, second level kernel and hardware identifiers, and user level identifiers diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 index 0a5eabc8a8f..bc78a370ff2 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: syslog.3,v 1.32 2017/03/23 12:31:57 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: syslog.3,v 1.33 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: syslog.3,v 1.25 2005/07/22 03:16:58 jaredy Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993 @@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ For the multithread-safe functions: .Bd -literal -offset indent struct syslog_data sdata = SYSLOG_DATA_INIT; -syslog_r(LOG_INFO|LOG_LOCAL2, \*[Am]sdata, "foobar error: %m"); +syslog_r(LOG_INFO|LOG_LOCAL2, &sdata, "foobar error: %m"); .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr logger 1 , diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/unvis.3 b/lib/libc/gen/unvis.3 index b856a730e11..efd087f4cf2 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/unvis.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/unvis.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: unvis.3,v 1.27 2012/12/15 07:34:36 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: unvis.3,v 1.28 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ char out; while ((ch = getchar()) != EOF) { again: - switch(unvis(\*[Am]out, ch, \*[Am]state, 0)) { + switch(unvis(&out, ch, &state, 0)) { case 0: case UNVIS_NOCHAR: break; @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ again: errx(EXIT_FAILURE, "Bad character sequence!"); } } -if (unvis(\*[Am]out, '\e0', \*[Am]state, UNVIS_END) == UNVIS_VALID) +if (unvis(&out, '\e0', &state, UNVIS_END) == UNVIS_VALID) (void)putchar(out); .Ed .Sh ERRORS diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/wordexp.3 b/lib/libc/gen/wordexp.3 index 62eae0a9763..7035dccf989 100644 --- a/lib/libc/gen/wordexp.3 +++ b/lib/libc/gen/wordexp.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: wordexp.3,v 1.2 2006/04/24 20:27:34 jld Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: wordexp.3,v 1.3 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 Tim J. Robbins .\" All rights reserved. @@ -139,10 +139,10 @@ The argument contains one of the following unquoted characters: .Aq newline , .Ql | , -.Ql \*[Am] , +.Ql & , .Ql \&; , -.Ql \*[Lt] , -.Ql \*[Gt] , +.Ql < , +.Ql > , .Ql \&( , .Ql \&) , .Ql { , @@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ and .Bd -literal -offset indent wordexp_t we; -wordexp("${EDITOR:-vi} *.c /etc/motd", \*[Am]we, 0); -execvp(we-\*[Gt]we_wordv[0], we-\*[Gt]we_wordv); +wordexp("${EDITOR:-vi} *.c /etc/motd", &we, 0); +execvp(we->we_wordv[0], we->we_wordv); .Ed .Sh DIAGNOSTICS Diagnostic messages from the shell are written to the standard error output diff --git a/lib/libc/hash/rmd160/rmd160.3 b/lib/libc/hash/rmd160/rmd160.3 index f9d64e09eae..716ec852416 100644 --- a/lib/libc/hash/rmd160/rmd160.3 +++ b/lib/libc/hash/rmd160/rmd160.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rmd160.3,v 1.3 2010/04/05 21:26:30 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rmd160.3,v 1.4 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: rmd160.3,v 1.12 2000/04/18 03:01:29 aaron Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com> @@ -165,13 +165,13 @@ int n; buf = "abc"; n = strlen(buf); -RMD160Init(\*[Am]rmd); -RMD160Update(\*[Am]rmd, (u_char *)buf, n); -RMD160Final(results, \*[Am]rmd); +RMD160Init(&rmd); +RMD160Update(&rmd, (u_char *)buf, n); +RMD160Final(results, &rmd); /* Print the digest as one long hex value */ printf("0x"); -for (n = 0; n \*[Lt] 20; n++) +for (n = 0; n < 20; n++) printf("%02x", results[n]); putchar('\en'); .Ed diff --git a/lib/libc/hash/sha1/sha1.3 b/lib/libc/hash/sha1/sha1.3 index 762fd03c5b7..fd58f4ba3e2 100644 --- a/lib/libc/hash/sha1/sha1.3 +++ b/lib/libc/hash/sha1/sha1.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sha1.3,v 1.6 2010/04/05 21:27:01 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sha1.3,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: sha1.3,v 1.9 1998/03/07 22:18:12 millert Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 2004 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com> @@ -151,13 +151,13 @@ int n; buf = "abc"; n = strlen(buf); -SHA1Init(\*[Am]sha); -SHA1Update(\*[Am]sha, (uint8_t *)buf, n); -SHA1Final(results, \*[Am]sha); +SHA1Init(&sha); +SHA1Update(&sha, (uint8_t *)buf, n); +SHA1Final(results, &sha); /* Print the digest as one long hex value */ printf("0x"); -for (n = 0; n \*[Lt] 20; n++) +for (n = 0; n < 20; n++) printf("%02x", results[n]); putchar('\en'); .Ed diff --git a/lib/libc/hash/sha2/sha2.3 b/lib/libc/hash/sha2/sha2.3 index 8192cf57e7b..08298abef77 100644 --- a/lib/libc/hash/sha2/sha2.3 +++ b/lib/libc/hash/sha2/sha2.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sha2.3,v 1.5 2009/05/26 08:04:12 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sha2.3,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: sha2.3,v 1.11 2004/06/22 01:57:29 jfb Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003, 2004 Todd C. Miller <Todd.Miller@courtesan.com> @@ -250,13 +250,13 @@ int n; buf = "abc"; n = strlen(buf); -SHA256_Init(\*[Am]ctx); -SHA256_Update(\*[Am]ctx, (uint8_t *)buf, n); -SHA256_Final(results, \*[Am]ctx); +SHA256_Init(&ctx); +SHA256_Update(&ctx, (uint8_t *)buf, n); +SHA256_Final(results, &ctx); /* Print the digest as one long hex value */ printf("0x"); -for (n = 0; n \*[Lt] SHA256_DIGEST_LENGTH; n++) +for (n = 0; n < SHA256_DIGEST_LENGTH; n++) printf("%02x", results[n]); putchar('\en'); .Ed diff --git a/lib/libc/inet/inet6_rthdr_space.3 b/lib/libc/inet/inet6_rthdr_space.3 index 50f852cc4b1..e1bf5934e3c 100644 --- a/lib/libc/inet/inet6_rthdr_space.3 +++ b/lib/libc/inet/inet6_rthdr_space.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: inet6_rthdr_space.3,v 1.2 2010/03/22 19:30:54 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: inet6_rthdr_space.3,v 1.3 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" $KAME: inet6_rthdr_space.3,v 1.8 2000/05/17 14:30:15 itojun Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1987, 1991, 1993 @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ return #bytes required for ancillary data .It Fn inet6_rthdr_init initialize ancillary data for Routing header .It Fn inet6_rthdr_add -add IPv6 address \*[Am] flags to Routing header +add IPv6 address & flags to Routing header .It Fn inet6_rthdr_lasthop specify the flags for the final hop .El diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/mbrlen.3 b/lib/libc/locale/mbrlen.3 index 34cd0e47f0a..84010128175 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/mbrlen.3 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/mbrlen.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mbrlen.3,v 1.9 2008/02/28 19:36:51 tnozaki Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mbrlen.3,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c)2002 Citrus Project, .\" All rights reserved. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ is equivalent to the following call (except .Fa ps is evaluated only once): .Bd -literal -offset indent -mbrtowc(NULL, s, n, (ps != NULL) ? ps : \*[Am]internal); +mbrtowc(NULL, s, n, (ps != NULL) ? ps : &internal); .Ed .Pp Here, diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/nl_langinfo.3 b/lib/libc/locale/nl_langinfo.3 index d58bf6b6972..41326afc7c3 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/nl_langinfo.3 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/nl_langinfo.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: nl_langinfo.3,v 1.20 2011/04/14 05:50:49 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: nl_langinfo.3,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Written by J.T. Conklin <jtc@NetBSD.org>. .\" Public domain. @@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ The following example uses to obtain the date and time format for the current locale: .Pp .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]time.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]langinfo.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]locale.h\*[Gt] +#include <time.h> +#include <langinfo.h> +#include <locale.h> int main(void) { @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ int main(void) char *ptr; t = time(NULL); - tm = localtime(\*[Am]t); + tm = localtime(&t); (void)setlocale(LC_ALL, ""); ptr = nl_langinfo(D_T_FMT); strftime(datestring, sizeof(datestring), ptr, tm); @@ -123,8 +123,8 @@ int main(void) .\" to obtain the setting of the currency symbol for the current locale: .\" .Pp .\" .Bd -.\" #include \*[Lt]langinfo.h\*[Gt] -.\" #include \*[Lt]locale.h\*[Gt] +.\" #include <langinfo.h> +.\" #include <locale.h> .\" int main(void) .\" { .\" char *ptr; diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/wcwidth.3 b/lib/libc/locale/wcwidth.3 index 9c7fab49dd8..a1a35052942 100644 --- a/lib/libc/locale/wcwidth.3 +++ b/lib/libc/locale/wcwidth.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: wcwidth.3,v 1.3 2006/10/14 07:51:01 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: wcwidth.3,v 1.4 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" FreeBSD: src/lib/libc/locale/wcwidth.3,v 1.6 2004/08/17 04:56:03 trhodes Exp .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 Tim J. Robbins @@ -68,14 +68,14 @@ int column, w; column = 0; while ((ch = getwchar()) != WEOF) { w = wcwidth(ch); - if (w \*[Gt] 0 \*[Am]\*[Am] column + w \*[Gt]= 20) { + if (w > 0 && column + w >= 20) { putwchar(L'\en'); column = 0; } putwchar(ch); if (ch == L'\en') column = 0; - else if (w \*[Gt] 0) + else if (w > 0) column += w; } .Ed diff --git a/lib/libc/net/getaddrinfo.3 b/lib/libc/net/getaddrinfo.3 index 55940e2893e..002b9b4224f 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/getaddrinfo.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/getaddrinfo.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: getaddrinfo.3,v 1.58 2015/12/13 14:54:17 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: getaddrinfo.3,v 1.59 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" $KAME: getaddrinfo.3,v 1.36 2005/01/05 03:23:05 itojun Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: getaddrinfo.3,v 1.35 2004/12/21 03:40:31 jaredy Exp $ .\" @@ -364,24 +364,24 @@ int error; int s; const char *cause = NULL; -memset(\*[Am]hints, 0, sizeof(hints)); +memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints)); hints.ai_family = AF_UNSPEC; hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM; -error = getaddrinfo("www.kame.net", "http", \*[Am]hints, \*[Am]res0); +error = getaddrinfo("www.kame.net", "http", &hints, &res0); if (error) { errx(1, "%s", gai_strerror(error)); /*NOTREACHED*/ } s = -1; -for (res = res0; res; res = res-\*[Gt]ai_next) { - s = socket(res-\*[Gt]ai_family, res-\*[Gt]ai_socktype, - res-\*[Gt]ai_protocol); - if (s \*[Lt] 0) { +for (res = res0; res; res = res->ai_next) { + s = socket(res->ai_family, res->ai_socktype, + res->ai_protocol); + if (s < 0) { cause = "socket"; continue; } - if (connect(s, res-\*[Gt]ai_addr, res-\*[Gt]ai_addrlen) \*[Lt] 0) { + if (connect(s, res->ai_addr, res->ai_addrlen) < 0) { cause = "connect"; close(s); s = -1; @@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ for (res = res0; res; res = res-\*[Gt]ai_next) { break; /* okay we got one */ } -if (s \*[Lt] 0) { +if (s < 0) { err(1, "%s", cause); /*NOTREACHED*/ } @@ -407,25 +407,25 @@ int s[MAXSOCK]; int nsock; const char *cause = NULL; -memset(\*[Am]hints, 0, sizeof(hints)); +memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints)); hints.ai_family = AF_UNSPEC; hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_STREAM; hints.ai_flags = AI_PASSIVE; -error = getaddrinfo(NULL, "http", \*[Am]hints, \*[Am]res0); +error = getaddrinfo(NULL, "http", &hints, &res0); if (error) { errx(1, "%s", gai_strerror(error)); /*NOTREACHED*/ } nsock = 0; -for (res = res0; res \*[Am]\*[Am] nsock \*[Lt] MAXSOCK; res = res-\*[Gt]ai_next) { - s[nsock] = socket(res-\*[Gt]ai_family, res-\*[Gt]ai_socktype, - res-\*[Gt]ai_protocol); - if (s[nsock] \*[Lt] 0) { +for (res = res0; res && nsock < MAXSOCK; res = res->ai_next) { + s[nsock] = socket(res->ai_family, res->ai_socktype, + res->ai_protocol); + if (s[nsock] < 0) { cause = "socket"; continue; } - if (bind(s[nsock], res-\*[Gt]ai_addr, res-\*[Gt]ai_addrlen) \*[Lt] 0) { + if (bind(s[nsock], res->ai_addr, res->ai_addrlen) < 0) { cause = "bind"; close(s[nsock]); continue; diff --git a/lib/libc/net/getifaddrs.3 b/lib/libc/net/getifaddrs.3 index 5b8320dffbe..feb8a0adde4 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/getifaddrs.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/getifaddrs.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: getifaddrs.3,v 1.17 2016/09/21 10:53:24 roy Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: getifaddrs.3,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" BSDI getifaddrs.3,v 2.5 2000/02/23 14:51:59 dab Exp .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995, 1999 @@ -142,20 +142,20 @@ is set to indicate the error. The following example program prints a list of all addresses configured on the system. .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]sys/types.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]sys/socket.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]stdio.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]ifaddrs.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]util.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]err.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]stdlib.h\*[Gt] +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/socket.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <ifaddrs.h> +#include <util.h> +#include <err.h> +#include <stdlib.h> int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { struct ifaddrs *ifa, *a; - if (getifaddrs(\*[Am]ifa) == -1) + if (getifaddrs(&ifa) == -1) err(EXIT_FAILURE, "getifaddrs"); for (a = ifa; a; a = a->ifa_next) { diff --git a/lib/libc/net/getnameinfo.3 b/lib/libc/net/getnameinfo.3 index 01e6919059e..9a3fe8ded25 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/getnameinfo.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/getnameinfo.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: getnameinfo.3,v 1.41 2013/08/18 10:40:06 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: getnameinfo.3,v 1.42 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" $KAME: getnameinfo.3,v 1.37 2005/01/05 03:23:05 itojun Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: getnameinfo.3,v 1.36 2004/12/21 09:48:20 jmc Exp $ .\" @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ Observe that there is no hardcoded reference to a particular address family. struct sockaddr *sa; /* input */ char hbuf[NI_MAXHOST], sbuf[NI_MAXSERV]; -if (getnameinfo(sa, sa-\*[Gt]sa_len, hbuf, sizeof(hbuf), sbuf, +if (getnameinfo(sa, sa->sa_len, hbuf, sizeof(hbuf), sbuf, sizeof(sbuf), NI_NUMERICHOST | NI_NUMERICSERV)) { errx(1, "could not get numeric hostname"); /*NOTREACHED*/ @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ The following version checks if the socket address has a reverse address mapping struct sockaddr *sa; /* input */ char hbuf[NI_MAXHOST]; -if (getnameinfo(sa, sa-\*[Gt]sa_len, hbuf, sizeof(hbuf), NULL, 0, +if (getnameinfo(sa, sa->sa_len, hbuf, sizeof(hbuf), NULL, 0, NI_NAMEREQD)) { errx(1, "could not resolve hostname"); /*NOTREACHED*/ @@ -247,10 +247,10 @@ int error; error = getnameinfo(sa, salen, addr, sizeof(addr), NULL, 0, NI_NAMEREQD); if (error == 0) { - memset(\*[Am]hints, 0, sizeof(hints)); + memset(&hints, 0, sizeof(hints)); hints.ai_socktype = SOCK_DGRAM; /*dummy*/ hints.ai_flags = AI_NUMERICHOST; - if (getaddrinfo(addr, "0", \*[Am]hints, \*[Am]res) == 0) { + if (getaddrinfo(addr, "0", &hints, &res) == 0) { /* malicious PTR record */ freeaddrinfo(res); printf("bogus PTR record\en"); diff --git a/lib/libc/net/inet6_rthdr_space.3 b/lib/libc/net/inet6_rthdr_space.3 index 1d9a04396c8..d2ebba1685c 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/inet6_rthdr_space.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/inet6_rthdr_space.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: inet6_rthdr_space.3,v 1.16 2010/03/22 19:30:54 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: inet6_rthdr_space.3,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" $KAME: inet6_rthdr_space.3,v 1.8 2000/05/17 14:30:15 itojun Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1987, 1991, 1993 @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ return #bytes required for ancillary data .It Fn inet6_rthdr_init initialize ancillary data for Routing header .It Fn inet6_rthdr_add -add IPv6 address \*[Am] flags to Routing header +add IPv6 address & flags to Routing header .It Fn inet6_rthdr_lasthop specify the flags for the final hop .El diff --git a/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3 b/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3 index f1833c6d1d7..c83d3109e3a 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: linkaddr.3,v 1.12 2016/12/07 03:48:05 pgoyette Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: linkaddr.3,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ This facility is experimental and is still subject to change. .Pp Prior to a call to .Fn link_addr , -.Fa sdl-\*[Gt]sdl_len +.Fa sdl->sdl_len must be initialized to the size of the link-level socket structure, typically .Fa sizeof(struct sockaddr_dl) . diff --git a/lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3 b/lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3 index 8913b0ad66a..8b61ec0b5d4 100644 --- a/lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3 +++ b/lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: nsdispatch.3,v 1.33 2015/01/04 21:38:58 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: nsdispatch.3,v 1.34 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2004, 2005, 2008 .\" The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ path using the following naming convention: .Bl -item -offset indent .It .Bd -literal -nss_\*[Lt]source\*[Gt].so.\*[Lt]version\*[Gt] +nss_<source>.so.<version> .Ed .Bl -tag -width XversionX .It Aq source diff --git a/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7 b/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7 index 653b558e3a2..026d6a31fb1 100644 --- a/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7 +++ b/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: re_format.7,v 1.11 2015/08/22 14:04:54 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: re_format.7,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ A locale may provide others. A character class may not be used as an endpoint of a range. .Pp There are two special cases(*) of bracket expressions: -the bracket expressions `[[:\*[Lt]:]]' and `[[:\*[Gt]:]]' match +the bracket expressions `[[:<:]]' and `[[:>:]]' match the null string at the beginning and end of a word respectively. A word is defined as a sequence of word characters which is neither preceded nor followed by word characters. diff --git a/lib/libc/regex/regex.3 b/lib/libc/regex/regex.3 index 8921135b304..8ae3d388e15 100644 --- a/lib/libc/regex/regex.3 +++ b/lib/libc/regex/regex.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: regex.3,v 1.24 2016/01/14 22:06:42 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: regex.3,v 1.25 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -341,8 +341,8 @@ Unused entries in the array\(emcorresponding either to subexpressions that did not participate in the match at all, or to subexpressions that do not exist in the RE (that is, .Fa i -\*[Gt] -.Fa preg-\*[Gt]re_nsub ) +> +.Fa preg->re_nsub ) \(emhave both .Fa rm_so and diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3 index ddc8530792c..3d3178250d4 100644 --- a/lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3 +++ b/lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" @(#)bindresvport.3n 2.2 88/08/02 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.7 88/03/14 SMI -.\" $NetBSD: bindresvport.3,v 1.13 2007/01/27 07:58:47 cbiere Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bindresvport.3,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd January 27, 2007 .Dt BINDRESVPORT 3 @@ -36,18 +36,18 @@ is a pointer to a .Ft "struct sockaddr_in" then the appropriate fields in the structure should be defined. Note that -.Fa sin-\*[Gt]sin_family +.Fa sin->sin_family must be initialized to the address family of the socket, passed by .Fa sd . If -.Fa sin-\*[Gt]sin_port +.Fa sin->sin_port is .Sq 0 then a port (in the range 600-1023) will be chosen, and if .Xr bind 2 is successful, the -.Fa sin-\*[Gt]sin_port +.Fa sin->sin_port will be updated to contain the allocated port. .Pp If diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc.3 index f9fd7f7e9dd..b5027ec3403 100644 --- a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc.3 +++ b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc.3 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" @(#)rpc.3n 1.31 93/08/31 SMI; from SVr4 .\" Copyright 1989 AT&T -.\" $NetBSD: rpc.3,v 1.24 2012/05/13 15:47:38 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rpc.3,v 1.25 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .Dd May 7, 1993 .Dt RPC 3 .Os @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ typedef struct { struct opaque_auth ah_verf; struct auth_ops { void (*ah_nextverf)(\|); - int (*ah_marshal)(\|); /* nextverf \*[Am] serialize */ + int (*ah_marshal)(\|); /* nextverf & serialize */ int (*ah_validate)(\|); /* validate verifier */ int (*ah_refresh)(\|); /* refresh credentials */ void (*ah_destroy)(\|); /* destroy this structure */ @@ -281,7 +281,7 @@ typedef struct { } XDR; /* - * The netbuf structure. This structure is defined in \*[Lt]xti.h\*[Gt] on SysV + * The netbuf structure. This structure is defined in <xti.h> on SysV * systems, but NetBSD does not use XTI. * * Usually, buf will point to a struct sockaddr, and len and maxlen diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_create.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_create.3 index 0d29b30a15e..1b11a2c3014 100644 --- a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_create.3 +++ b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_create.3 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" Copyright 1989 AT&T .\" @(#)rpc_clnt_create 1.5 89/07/24 SMI; .\" Copyright (c) 1988 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - All Rights Reserved. -.\" $NetBSD: rpc_clnt_create.3,v 1.12 2011/05/17 03:35:39 enami Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rpc_clnt_create.3,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .Dd May 23, 2009 .Dt RPC_CLNT_CREATE 3 .Os @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ was set using .Fn clnt_control , the file descriptor will be closed. The caller should call -.Fn auth_destroy "clnt-\*[Gt]cl_auth" +.Fn auth_destroy "clnt->cl_auth" (before calling .Fn clnt_destroy ) to destroy the associated diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_soc.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_soc.3 index f7da88e8630..95285be31c0 100644 --- a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_soc.3 +++ b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_soc.3 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" @(#)rpc.3n 2.4 88/08/08 4.0 RPCSRC; from 1.19 88/06/24 SMI -.\" $NetBSD: rpc_soc.3,v 1.16 2016/12/29 22:07:12 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rpc_soc.3,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" Converted to mdoc by Thomas Klausner <wiz@NetBSD.org> .\" .Dd December 29, 2016 @@ -537,7 +537,7 @@ the client uses TCP/IP as a transport. The remote program is located at Internet address .Fa *addr . If -.Fa addr-\*[Gt]sin_port +.Fa addr->sin_port is zero, then it is set to the actual port that the remote program is listening on (the remote .Xr rpcbind 8 @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ the client uses UDP/IP as a transport. The remote program is located at Internet address .Fa addr . If -.Fa addr-\*[Gt]sin_port +.Fa addr->sin_port is zero, then it is set to actual port that the remote program is listening on (the remote .Xr rpcbind 8 @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ the client uses UDP/IP as a transport. The remote program is located at Internet address .Fa addr . If -.Fa addr-\*[Gt]sin_port +.Fa addr->sin_port is zero, then it is set to actual port that the remote program is listening on (the remote .Xr rpcbind 8 @@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ is non-zero, then a mapping of the triple .Fa versnum , .Fa protocol ] to -.Fa xprt-\*[Gt]xp_port +.Fa xprt->xp_port is established with the local .Xr rpcbind 8 service (generally @@ -945,9 +945,9 @@ in which case a new socket is created. If the socket is not bound to a local TCP port, then this routine binds it to an arbitrary port. Upon completion, -.Fa xprt-\*[Gt]xp_sock +.Fa xprt->xp_sock is the transport's socket descriptor, and -.Fa xprt-\*[Gt]xp_port +.Fa xprt->xp_port is the transport's port number. This routine returns .Dv NULL @@ -975,9 +975,9 @@ in which case a new socket is created. If the socket is not bound to a local UDP port, then this routine binds it to an arbitrary port. Upon completion, -.Fa xprt-\*[Gt]xp_sock +.Fa xprt->xp_sock is the transport's socket descriptor, and -.Fa xprt-\*[Gt]xp_port +.Fa xprt->xp_port is the transport's port number. This routine returns .Dv NULL diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_svc_reg.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_svc_reg.3 index ea9d474e851..d5f9097852b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_svc_reg.3 +++ b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_svc_reg.3 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" Copyright 1989 AT&T .\" @(#)rpc_svc_call 1.6 89/07/20 SMI; .\" Copyright (c) 1988 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - All Rights Reserved. -.\" $NetBSD: rpc_svc_reg.3,v 1.10 2013/03/04 17:29:03 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rpc_svc_reg.3,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .Dd May 3, 1993 .Dt RPC_SVC_REG 3 .Os @@ -100,9 +100,9 @@ then a mapping of the triple [ .Fa prognum , .Fa versnum , -.Fa netconf-\*[Gt]nc_netid ] +.Fa netconf->nc_netid ] to -.Fa xprt-\*[Gt]xp_ltaddr +.Fa xprt->xp_ltaddr is established with the local rpcbind service. .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/rpcbind.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/rpcbind.3 index 436b8ab517c..e02bd641733 100644 --- a/lib/libc/rpc/rpcbind.3 +++ b/lib/libc/rpc/rpcbind.3 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" @(#)rpcbind.3n 1.25 93/05/07 SMI; from SVr4 .\" Copyright 1989 AT&T .\" Copyright (c) 1988 Sun Microsystems, Inc. - All Rights Reserved. -.\" $NetBSD: rpcbind.3,v 1.11 2009/04/11 16:07:20 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rpcbind.3,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .Dd December 4, 2005 .Dt RPCBIND 3 .Os @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ service, which establishes a mapping between the triple [ .Fa prognum , .Fa versnum , -.Fa netconf-\*[Gt]nc_netid ] +.Fa netconf->nc_netid ] and .Fa svcaddr on the machine's rpcbind @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ service, which destroys the mapping between the triple [ .Fa prognum , .Fa versnum , -.Fa netconf-\*[Gt]nc_netid ] +.Fa netconf->nc_netid ] and the address on the machine's rpcbind service. If diff --git a/lib/libc/ssp/__builtin_object_size.3 b/lib/libc/ssp/__builtin_object_size.3 index 8645daee4d3..9daa68a4b0e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/ssp/__builtin_object_size.3 +++ b/lib/libc/ssp/__builtin_object_size.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: __builtin_object_size.3,v 1.10 2012/07/19 06:44:12 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: __builtin_object_size.3,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ knows that they can be pointed to by .Fa ptr when .Fa type -.Dv \*[Am] 2 == 0 , +.Dv & 2 == 0 , and the minimum size when .Fa type -.Dv \*[Am] 2 != 0 . +.Dv & 2 != 0 . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr gcc 1 , .Xr __builtin_return_address 3 , diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/getdelim.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/getdelim.3 index 12e11069eee..990b3d148ad 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/getdelim.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/getdelim.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: getdelim.3,v 1.14 2014/09/16 08:52:02 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: getdelim.3,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ char *line = NULL; size_t linesize = 0; ssize_t linelen; -while ((linelen = getline(\*[Am]line, \*[Am]linesize, fp)) != -1) +while ((linelen = getline(&line, &linesize, fp)) != -1) fwrite(line, linelen, 1, stdout); if (ferror(fp)) diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/printf.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/printf.3 index 8b5391453ba..1e28493c222 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdio/printf.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdio/printf.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: printf.3,v 1.66 2017/02/21 18:47:40 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: printf.3,v 1.67 2017/07/03 21:32:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ and .Fa month are pointers to strings: .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]stdio.h\*[Gt] +#include <stdio.h> fprintf(stdout, "%s, %s %d, %.2d:%.2d\en", weekday, month, day, hour, min); .Ed @@ -765,16 +765,16 @@ fprintf(stdout, "%s, %s %d, %.2d:%.2d\en", To print \*(Pi to five decimal places: .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]math.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]stdio.h\*[Gt] +#include <math.h> +#include <stdio.h> fprintf(stdout, "pi = %.5f\en", 4 * atan(1.0)); .Ed .Pp To allocate a 128 byte string and print into it: .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]stdio.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]stdlib.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]stdarg.h\*[Gt] +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <stdarg.h> char *newfmt(const char *fmt, ...) { char *p; diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 index facef2c1d85..9aa9b9f83a7 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: getopt.3,v 1.34 2014/06/05 22:09:50 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: getopt.3,v 1.35 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "bf:")) != -1) { bflag = 1; break; case 'f': - if ((fd = open(optarg, O_RDONLY, 0)) \*[Lt] 0) { + if ((fd = open(optarg, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "myname: %s: %s\en", optarg, strerror(errno)); exit(1); @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "0123456789")) != -1) { case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': p = argv[optind - 1]; - if (p[0] == '-' \*[Am]\*[Am] p[1] == ch \*[Am]\*[Am] !p[2]) + if (p[0] == '-' && p[1] == ch && !p[2]) length = ch - '0'; else length = strtol(argv[optind] + 1, NULL, 10); diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.3 index 6d03631706a..f36cc6c2779 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt_long.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: getopt_long.3,v 1.18 2007/07/02 17:56:17 ginsbach Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: getopt_long.3,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ int daggerset; static struct option longopts[] = { { "buffy", no_argument, 0, 'b' }, { "fluoride", required_argument, 0, 'f' }, - { "daggerset", no_argument, \*[Am]daggerset, 1 }, + { "daggerset", no_argument, &daggerset, 1 }, { NULL, 0, NULL, 0 } }; @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ while ((ch = getopt_long(argc, argv, "bf:", longopts, NULL)) != -1) bflag = 1; break; case 'f': - if ((fd = open(optarg, O_RDONLY, 0)) \*[Lt] 0) { + if ((fd = open(optarg, O_RDONLY, 0)) < 0) { (void)fprintf(stderr, "myname: %s: %s\en", optarg, strerror(errno)); exit(1); diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.3 index 9a791cb2c24..f48ecd7d7d8 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/getsubopt.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: getsubopt.3,v 1.14 2009/11/17 15:02:08 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: getsubopt.3,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ while ((ch = getopt(argc, argv, "ab:")) != \-1) { case 'b': options = optarg; while (*options) { - switch(getsubopt(\*[Am]options, tokens, \*[Am]value)) { + switch(getsubopt(&options, tokens, &value)) { case ONE: /* process ``one'' sub option */ break; diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/ptsname.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/ptsname.3 index 8c41c83dd5e..0671ae8526f 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/ptsname.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/ptsname.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ptsname.3,v 1.9 2014/01/10 09:43:15 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ptsname.3,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ The function is equivalent to: .Bd -literal struct ptmget pm; - return ioctl(masterfd, TIOCPTSNAME, \*[Am]pm) == -1 ? NULL : pm.sn; + return ioctl(masterfd, TIOCPTSNAME, &pm) == -1 ? NULL : pm.sn; .Ed .Pp Both the diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3 index cf35ca44e37..c83308a6980 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: random.3,v 1.21 2014/06/12 18:46:12 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: random.3,v 1.22 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ All the bits generated by .Fn random are usable. For example, -.Sq Li random()\*[Am]01 +.Sq Li random()&01 will produce a random binary value. .Pp Like diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoi.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoi.3 index dfdbe59aedf..c0d10c0c4ff 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoi.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoi.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: strtoi.3,v 1.6 2015/11/13 16:00:32 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: strtoi.3,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ points to the first unconverted character. The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped; or the range given was invalid, i.e. .Fa lo -\*[Gt] +> .Fa hi . .El .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.3 index 28bbd831b57..94555396e44 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/strtol.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: strtol.3,v 1.39 2016/11/04 20:19:58 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: strtol.3,v 1.40 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ long lval; \&... errno = 0; -lval = strtol(buf, \*[Am]ep, 10); +lval = strtol(buf, &ep, 10); if (ep == buf) goto not_a_number; if (*ep != '\e0') @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ long lval; \&... errno = 0; -lval = strtol(buf, \*[Am]ep, 10); +lval = strtol(buf, &ep, 10); if (ep == buf) goto not_a_number; if (*ep != '\e0') diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/strtou.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/strtou.3 index b88c34319ee..98ceb8ce5cb 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/strtou.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/strtou.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: strtou.3,v 1.6 2015/11/13 16:00:32 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: strtou.3,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ points to the first unconverted character. The given string was out of range; the value converted has been clamped; or the range given was invalid, i.e. .Fa lo -\*[Gt] +> .Fa hi . .El .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.3 index 1cb5b6d0fb2..c667bdb9a17 100644 --- a/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.3 +++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/strtoul.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: strtoul.3,v 1.36 2016/11/05 20:57:31 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: strtoul.3,v 1.37 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ unsigned long ulval; \&... errno = 0; -ulval = strtoul(buf, \*[Am]ep, 10); +ulval = strtoul(buf, &ep, 10); if (ep == buf) goto not_a_number; if (*ep != '\e0') diff --git a/lib/libc/string/strerror.3 b/lib/libc/string/strerror.3 index a3d4aaf1808..38b736af90e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/string/strerror.3 +++ b/lib/libc/string/strerror.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: strerror.3,v 1.18 2015/05/09 19:01:53 dholland Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: strerror.3,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -121,9 +121,9 @@ and returns .Er EINVAL . Error numbers recognized by this implementation fall in -the range 0 \*[Lt] +the range 0 < .Fa errnum -\*[Lt] +< .Fa sys_nerr . .Pp If insufficient storage is provided in diff --git a/lib/libc/string/strsep.3 b/lib/libc/string/strsep.3 index 6589283e610..e508c78d9ce 100644 --- a/lib/libc/string/strsep.3 +++ b/lib/libc/string/strsep.3 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)strsep.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/9/93 -.\" $NetBSD: strsep.3,v 1.19 2006/10/16 08:48:45 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: strsep.3,v 1.20 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd August 12, 2006 .Dt STRSEP 3 @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ argument vector: .Bd -literal -offset indent char **ap, *argv[10], *inputstring; -for (ap = argv; ap \*[Lt] \*[Am]argv[9] \*[Am]\*[Am] - (*ap = strsep(\*[Am]inputstring, " \et")) != NULL;) { +for (ap = argv; ap < &argv[9] && + (*ap = strsep(&inputstring, " \et")) != NULL;) { if (**ap != '\e0') ap++; } diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 b/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 index fa3ca67311e..a5511348263 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bind.2,v 1.29 2015/04/05 20:41:05 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bind.2,v 1.30 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ address space. .It Bq Er EINVAL The socket is already bound to an address; or the family of the socket and that requested in -.Fa name-\*[Gt]sa_family +.Fa name->sa_family are not equivalent. .It Bq Er ENOTSOCK .Fa s diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/dup.2 b/lib/libc/sys/dup.2 index 79acbba6dde..d6850674cc4 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/dup.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/dup.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: dup.2,v 1.32 2017/02/21 18:01:38 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: dup.2,v 1.33 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ input or standard output of a subprocess. That is done approximately as follows (error handling omitted for clarity): .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]unistd.h\*[Gt] +#include <unistd.h> int fds[2]; pid_t pid; diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/intro.2 b/lib/libc/sys/intro.2 index 9262391414f..f2e6a06cb62 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/intro.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/intro.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: intro.2,v 1.59 2017/05/14 12:30:37 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: intro.2,v 1.60 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1983, 1986, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -209,8 +209,8 @@ Maximum number of file descriptors allowable on the system has been reached and a request for an open cannot be satisfied until at least one has been closed. .It Er 24 EMFILE Em "Too many open files" . -\*[Lt]As released, the limit on the number of -open files per process is 64.\*[Gt] +<As released, the limit on the number of +open files per process is 64.> The .Xr getrlimit 2 call with the diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 index a69765039d5..71561875f30 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: kqueue.2,v 1.45 2017/06/07 20:54:59 kamil Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: kqueue.2,v 1.46 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jonathan Lemon .\" All rights reserved. @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ .Fn kqueue1 "int flags" .Ft int .Fn kevent "int kq" "const struct kevent *changelist" "size_t nchanges" "struct kevent *eventlist" "size_t nevents" "const struct timespec *timeout" -.Fn EV_SET "\*[Am]kev" ident filter flags fflags data udata +.Fn EV_SET "&kev" ident filter flags fflags data udata .Sh DESCRIPTION .Fn kqueue provides a generic method of notifying the user when an event @@ -523,14 +523,14 @@ The following example program monitors a file (provided to it as the first argument) and prints information about some common events it receives notifications for: .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]sys/types.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]sys/event.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]sys/time.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]stdio.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]unistd.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]stdlib.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]fcntl.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]err.h\*[Gt] +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/event.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <err.h> int main(int argc, char *argv[]) @@ -545,44 +545,44 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) if ((kq = kqueue()) == -1) err(1, "Cannot create kqueue"); - EV_SET(\*[Am]ev, fd, EVFILT_VNODE, EV_ADD | EV_ENABLE | EV_CLEAR, + EV_SET(&ev, fd, EVFILT_VNODE, EV_ADD | EV_ENABLE | EV_CLEAR, NOTE_DELETE|NOTE_WRITE|NOTE_EXTEND|NOTE_ATTRIB|NOTE_LINK| NOTE_RENAME|NOTE_REVOKE, 0, 0); - if (kevent(kq, \*[Am]ev, 1, NULL, 0, \*[Am]tout) == -1) + if (kevent(kq, &ev, 1, NULL, 0, &tout) == -1) err(1, "kevent"); for (;;) { - nev = kevent(kq, NULL, 0, \*[Am]ev, 1, \*[Am]tout); + nev = kevent(kq, NULL, 0, &ev, 1, &tout); if (nev == -1) err(1, "kevent"); if (nev == 0) continue; - if (ev.fflags \*[Am] NOTE_DELETE) { + if (ev.fflags & NOTE_DELETE) { printf("deleted "); - ev.fflags \*[Am]= ~NOTE_DELETE; + ev.fflags &= ~NOTE_DELETE; } - if (ev.fflags \*[Am] NOTE_WRITE) { + if (ev.fflags & NOTE_WRITE) { printf("written "); - ev.fflags \*[Am]= ~NOTE_WRITE; + ev.fflags &= ~NOTE_WRITE; } - if (ev.fflags \*[Am] NOTE_EXTEND) { + if (ev.fflags & NOTE_EXTEND) { printf("extended "); - ev.fflags \*[Am]= ~NOTE_EXTEND; + ev.fflags &= ~NOTE_EXTEND; } - if (ev.fflags \*[Am] NOTE_ATTRIB) { + if (ev.fflags & NOTE_ATTRIB) { printf("chmod/chown/utimes "); - ev.fflags \*[Am]= ~NOTE_ATTRIB; + ev.fflags &= ~NOTE_ATTRIB; } - if (ev.fflags \*[Am] NOTE_LINK) { + if (ev.fflags & NOTE_LINK) { printf("hardlinked "); - ev.fflags \*[Am]= ~NOTE_LINK; + ev.fflags &= ~NOTE_LINK; } - if (ev.fflags \*[Am] NOTE_RENAME) { + if (ev.fflags & NOTE_RENAME) { printf("renamed "); - ev.fflags \*[Am]= ~NOTE_RENAME; + ev.fflags &= ~NOTE_RENAME; } - if (ev.fflags \*[Am] NOTE_REVOKE) { + if (ev.fflags & NOTE_REVOKE) { printf("revoked "); - ev.fflags \*[Am]= ~NOTE_REVOKE; + ev.fflags &= ~NOTE_REVOKE; } printf("\\n"); if (ev.fflags) diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/modctl.2 b/lib/libc/sys/modctl.2 index b3bec109cbe..b40ab8bc622 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/modctl.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/modctl.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: modctl.2,v 1.12 2015/11/04 04:31:53 pgoyette Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: modctl.2,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ and is not .Dv 0 . The kernel is unable to internalize the plist. -Or, there is a problem with the module or \*[Lt]module\*[Gt].plist. +Or, there is a problem with the module or <module>.plist. .It Bq Er EMLINK The argument .Fa operation diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/read.2 b/lib/libc/sys/read.2 index 3461005eb1d..aaeec8c4a3f 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/read.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/read.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: read.2,v 1.35 2013/07/14 14:29:09 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: read.2,v 1.36 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ function call appeared in Error checks should explicitly test for \-1. Code such as .Bd -literal - while ((nr = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) \*[Gt] 0) + while ((nr = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0) .Ed .Pp is not maximally portable, as some platforms allow for @@ -269,5 +269,5 @@ and may appear as a negative number distinct from \-1. Proper loops should use .Bd -literal - while ((nr = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) != -1 \*[Am]\*[Am] nr != 0) + while ((nr = read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) != -1 && nr != 0) .Ed diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/readlink.2 b/lib/libc/sys/readlink.2 index 8f68ea08702..910900dbd03 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/readlink.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/readlink.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: readlink.2,v 1.32 2013/07/29 11:49:31 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: readlink.2,v 1.33 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ which reads the contents of a symbolic link named .Pa /symbolic/link and stores them as null-terminated string: .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]limits.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]unistd.h\*[Gt] +#include <limits.h> +#include <unistd.h> char buf[PATH_MAX]; ssize_t len; diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/select.2 b/lib/libc/sys/select.2 index 9b7b282f25a..326cf464816 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/select.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/select.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: select.2,v 1.41 2013/11/28 03:45:31 khorben Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: select.2,v 1.42 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -162,14 +162,14 @@ including one due to an interrupted call, the descriptor sets will be unmodified. .Sh EXAMPLES .Bd -literal -#include \*[Lt]stdio.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]stdlib.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]unistd.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]string.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]err.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]errno.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]sys/types.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]sys/time.h\*[Gt] +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <err.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) @@ -186,16 +186,16 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) timeout.tv_usec = 0; /* Initialize the read set to null */ - FD_ZERO(\*[Am]read_set); + FD_ZERO(&read_set); /* Add file descriptor 1 to read_set */ - FD_SET(fd, \*[Am]read_set); + FD_SET(fd, &read_set); /* * Check if data is ready to be read on * file descriptor 1, give up after 10 seconds. */ - ret = select(fd + 1, \*[Am]read_set, NULL, NULL, \*[Am]timeout); + ret = select(fd + 1, &read_set, NULL, NULL, &timeout); /* * Returned value is the number of file @@ -218,11 +218,11 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) * only descriptors ready for I/O are set. These can * be tested using FD_ISSET */ - for (i = 0; i \*[Lt]= fd; i++) { - if (FD_ISSET(i, \*[Am]read_set)) { + for (i = 0; i <= fd; i++) { + if (FD_ISSET(i, &read_set)) { printf("Data on file descriptor %d\en", i); /* Remove the file descriptor from the set */ - FD_CLR(fd, \*[Am]read_set); + FD_CLR(fd, &read_set); } } break; @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ userland libraries: return (-1); } FD_SET(fd, fdsr); - n = select(max+1, fdsr, NULL, NULL, \*[Am]tv); + n = select(max+1, fdsr, NULL, NULL, &tv); ... free(fdsr); .Ed diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/semctl.2 b/lib/libc/sys/semctl.2 index 99ad0e7b906..fe9f031072b 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/semctl.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/semctl.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: semctl.2,v 1.20 2010/03/22 19:30:55 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: semctl.2,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden .\" All rights reserved. @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ If required, it is a union of the following fields: .Bd -literal int val; /* value for SETVAL */ struct semid_ds *buf; /* buffer for IPC_{STAT,SET} */ - u_short *array; /* array for GETALL \*[Am] SETALL */ + u_short *array; /* array for GETALL & SETALL */ .Ed .Pp The diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 index 2976718e586..b3c5fb3e8fd 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sigaltstack.2,v 1.24 2014/09/27 12:11:13 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sigaltstack.2,v 1.25 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1992, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ if ((sigstk.ss_sp = malloc(SIGSTKSZ)) == NULL) /* error return */ sigstk.ss_size = SIGSTKSZ; sigstk.ss_flags = 0; -if (sigaltstack(\*[Am]sigstk,0) \*[Lt] 0) +if (sigaltstack(&sigstk,0) < 0) perror("sigaltstack"); .Ed .Pp diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/timer_create.2 b/lib/libc/sys/timer_create.2 index 14da6743ca7..89d04aebb68 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/timer_create.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/timer_create.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: timer_create.2,v 1.12 2012/11/06 21:16:21 uwe Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: timer_create.2,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -69,11 +69,11 @@ If the argument is .Dv NULL , then -.Fa evp-\*[Gt]sigev_notify +.Fa evp->sigev_notify defaults to .Dv SIGEV_SIGNAL and -.Fa evp-\*[Gt]sigev_value +.Fa evp->sigev_value is set to .Ar timerid . Refer to diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/write.2 b/lib/libc/sys/write.2 index dd19d524ed0..bc88462257c 100644 --- a/lib/libc/sys/write.2 +++ b/lib/libc/sys/write.2 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: write.2,v 1.34 2017/04/23 06:46:04 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: write.2,v 1.35 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ function call appeared in Error checks should explicitly test for \-1. Code such as .Bd -literal - while ((nr = write(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) \*[Gt] 0) + while ((nr = write(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0) .Ed .Pp is not maximally portable, as some platforms allow for @@ -283,5 +283,5 @@ and may appear as a negative number distinct from \-1. Proper loops should use .Bd -literal - while ((nr = write(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) != -1 \*[Am]\*[Am] nr != 0) + while ((nr = write(fd, buf, sizeof(buf))) != -1 && nr != 0) .Ed diff --git a/lib/libc/time/time2posix.3 b/lib/libc/time/time2posix.3 index f404d4418a1..6f5badc807e 100644 --- a/lib/libc/time/time2posix.3 +++ b/lib/libc/time/time2posix.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: time2posix.3,v 1.19 2014/10/07 21:51:03 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: time2posix.3,v 1.20 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .Dd October 6, 2014 .Dt TIME2POSIX 3 .Os @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ A leap second deletion would look like... .It ??/07/01 00:00:00 A+1 B+2 A+1 .It ??/07/01 00:00:01 A+2 B+3 A+2 .El -[Note: posix2time(B+1) =\*[Gt] A+0 or A+1] +[Note: posix2time(B+1) => A+0 or A+1] .Pp If leap-second support is not enabled, local .Va time_t Ns 's diff --git a/lib/libc/time/tzset.3 b/lib/libc/time/tzset.3 index c57db1ed803..999dfdaec64 100644 --- a/lib/libc/time/tzset.3 +++ b/lib/libc/time/tzset.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: tzset.3,v 1.35 2016/10/07 15:29:42 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: tzset.3,v 1.36 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .Dd October 6, 2016 .Dt TZSET 3 .Os @@ -187,11 +187,11 @@ Upper- and lowercase letters are explicitly allowed. Any characters except a leading colon (:), digits, comma (,), minus (-), plus (+), and NUL bytes are allowed. Alternatively, a designation can be surrounded by angle brackets -.Dv \*[Lt] +.Dv < and -.Dv \*[Gt] ; +.Dv > ; in this case, the designation can contain any characters other than -.Dv \*[Gt] +.Dv > and .Dv NUL . .It Cm offset diff --git a/lib/libc/time/zdump.8 b/lib/libc/time/zdump.8 index e57cd427966..adfd3ec5a46 100644 --- a/lib/libc/time/zdump.8 +++ b/lib/libc/time/zdump.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: zdump.8,v 1.16 2017/03/11 18:23:14 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: zdump.8,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .Dd March 11, 2017 .Dt ZDUMP 8 .Os @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Dates are in format and times are in 24-hour .Dv hhmmss format where -.Dv hh \*[Lt] 24 . +.Dv hh < 24 . Times are in local time immediately after the transition. A time interval description consists of a UT offset in signed .Dv \&+- hh : mm : ss diff --git a/lib/libc/yp/ypclnt.3 b/lib/libc/yp/ypclnt.3 index 29a87dfdad1..f65f386180f 100644 --- a/lib/libc/yp/ypclnt.3 +++ b/lib/libc/yp/ypclnt.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ypclnt.3,v 1.27 2017/02/03 21:03:05 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ypclnt.3,v 1.28 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ in the map, then they will not be terminated as such when given to the function, either. .It Fa indata This is the contents of the -.Pa incallback-\*[Gt]data +.Pa incallback->data element of the callback structure. It is provided as a means to share state between the .Pa foreach diff --git a/lib/libcompat/regexp/regexp.3 b/lib/libcompat/regexp/regexp.3 index 1807dba8b36..46af0863e0e 100644 --- a/lib/libcompat/regexp/regexp.3 +++ b/lib/libcompat/regexp/regexp.3 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)regexp.3 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/4/93 -.\" $NetBSD: regexp.3,v 1.17 2015/08/11 18:15:41 dholland Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: regexp.3,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd June 4, 1993 .Dt REGEXP 3 @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ most recent .Fn regexec performed using .Fa prog . -Each instance of `\*[Am]' in +Each instance of `&' in .Fa source is replaced by the substring indicated by @@ -155,12 +155,12 @@ the substring indicated by .Em startp Ns Bq Em n and .Em endp Ns Bq Em n . -To get a literal `\*[Am]' or +To get a literal `&' or .Sq \e Ns Em n into .Fa dest , prefix it with `\e'; -to get a literal `\e' preceding `\*[Am]' or +to get a literal `\e' preceding `&' or .Sq \e Ns Em n , prefix it with another `\e'. diff --git a/lib/libcurses/curses_addch.3 b/lib/libcurses/curses_addch.3 index 597506a3c0a..7232a382691 100644 --- a/lib/libcurses/curses_addch.3 +++ b/lib/libcurses/curses_addch.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: curses_addch.3,v 1.8 2007/07/15 21:37:55 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: curses_addch.3,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 .\" Brett Lymn (blymn@NetBSD.org, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au) @@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ Where the terminal does not support a specific character, the default (non-graphics) character is displayed instead. .Bl -column -offset indent ".Sy System V Name" ".Sy Default" .It Sy "Name" Ta Sy "Default" Ta Sy "Description" -.It ACS_RARROW Ta \*[Gt] Ta "Arrow pointing right" -.It ACS_LARROW Ta \*[Lt] Ta "Arrow pointing left" +.It ACS_RARROW Ta > Ta "Arrow pointing right" +.It ACS_LARROW Ta < Ta "Arrow pointing left" .It ACS_UARROW Ta ^ Ta "Arrow pointing up" .It ACS_DARROW Ta v Ta "Arrow pointing down" .It ACS_BLOCK Ta # Ta "Solid square block" @@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ compatible, characters are also supported. .It Sy "Name" Ta Sy "Default" Ta Sy "Description" .It ACS_S3 Ta - Ta "Scan line 3" .It ACS_S7 Ta - Ta "Scan line 7" -.It ACS_LEQUAL Ta \*[Lt] Ta "Less than or equal to" -.It ACS_GEQUAL Ta \*[Gt] Ta "Greater than or equal to" +.It ACS_LEQUAL Ta < Ta "Less than or equal to" +.It ACS_GEQUAL Ta > Ta "Greater than or equal to" .It ACS_PI Ta * Ta "Pi symbol" .It ACS_NEQUAL Ta ! Ta "Not equal to" .It ACS_STERLING Ta f Ta "Sterling symbol" diff --git a/lib/libcurses/curses_color.3 b/lib/libcurses/curses_color.3 index 19b567ad7ab..7278c95f3f6 100644 --- a/lib/libcurses/curses_color.3 +++ b/lib/libcurses/curses_color.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: curses_color.3,v 1.12 2009/07/22 16:57:14 roy Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: curses_color.3,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" Copyright (c) 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. .\" @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ blue, magenta, cyan and white) that are specified using the color macros (such as .Dv COLOR_BLACK ) defined in -.Em \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] . +.Em <curses.h> . .Fn start_color also initializes the global external variables .Va COLORS diff --git a/lib/libcurses/curses_input.3 b/lib/libcurses/curses_input.3 index ac4a2f29ea9..5773afd4324 100644 --- a/lib/libcurses/curses_input.3 +++ b/lib/libcurses/curses_input.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: curses_input.3,v 1.26 2017/01/08 13:49:05 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: curses_input.3,v 1.27 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 .\" Brett Lymn (blymn@NetBSD.org, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au) @@ -450,16 +450,16 @@ has been called on a window, then it may return one of the following values: .It \&%h Ta KEY_SREPLACE Ta Shift Replace .It \&%i Ta KEY_SRIGHT Ta Shift Right Arrow .It \&%j Ta KEY_SRSUME Ta Shift Resume -.It \&\*[Am]0 Ta KEY_SCANCEL Ta Shift Cancel -.It \&\*[Am]1 Ta KEY_REFERENCE Ta Reference -.It \&\*[Am]2 Ta KEY_REFRESH Ta Refresh -.It \&\*[Am]3 Ta KEY_REPLACE Ta Replace -.It \&\*[Am]4 Ta KEY_RESTART Ta Restart -.It \&\*[Am]5 Ta KEY_RESUME Ta Resume -.It \&\*[Am]6 Ta KEY_SAVE Ta Save -.It \&\*[Am]7 Ta KEY_SUSPEND Ta Suspend -.It \&\*[Am]8 Ta KEY_UNDO Ta Undo -.It \&\*[Am]9 Ta KEY_SBEG Ta Shift Begin +.It \&&0 Ta KEY_SCANCEL Ta Shift Cancel +.It \&&1 Ta KEY_REFERENCE Ta Reference +.It \&&2 Ta KEY_REFRESH Ta Refresh +.It \&&3 Ta KEY_REPLACE Ta Replace +.It \&&4 Ta KEY_RESTART Ta Restart +.It \&&5 Ta KEY_RESUME Ta Resume +.It \&&6 Ta KEY_SAVE Ta Save +.It \&&7 Ta KEY_SUSPEND Ta Suspend +.It \&&8 Ta KEY_UNDO Ta Undo +.It \&&9 Ta KEY_SBEG Ta Shift Begin .It \&*0 Ta KEY_SFIND Ta Shift Find .It \&*1 Ta KEY_SCOMMAND Ta Shift Command .It \&*2 Ta KEY_SCOPY Ta Shift Copy diff --git a/lib/libedit/editline.3 b/lib/libedit/editline.3 index 964b38300f0..6b467a4b5f3 100644 --- a/lib/libedit/editline.3 +++ b/lib/libedit/editline.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: editline.3,v 1.95 2017/06/27 23:22:20 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: editline.3,v 1.96 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997-2014 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ The caller is responsible for free'ing the string in the returned .El .Pp .Fn history -returns \*[Gt]= 0 if the operation +returns >= 0 if the operation .Fa op succeeds. Otherwise, \-1 is returned and diff --git a/lib/libform/forms.3 b/lib/libform/forms.3 index 6be7ae3a7fe..e715110fd56 100644 --- a/lib/libform/forms.3 +++ b/lib/libform/forms.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: forms.3,v 1.16 2004/11/24 12:09:13 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: forms.3,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -184,18 +184,18 @@ request passed to it. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES This implementation of the forms library does depart in behavior -subtly from the original AT\*[Am]T implementation. +subtly from the original AT&T implementation. Some of the more notable departures are: .Pp .Bl -tag -width "The TAB character" -compact .It field wrapping For multi-line fields the data will be wrapped as it is entered, this -does not happen in the AT\*[Am]T implementation. +does not happen in the AT&T implementation. .It buffer 0 In this implementation, the contents of buffer 0 are always current regardless of whether the field has been validated or not. .It circular fields -In the AT\*[Am]T implementation fields are circular on a page, that is, a +In the AT&T implementation fields are circular on a page, that is, a next field from the last field will go to the first field on the current page. In this implementation a next field request on the last @@ -203,11 +203,11 @@ field of a page will result in the forms library positioning the cursor on the first field of the next page. If the field is the last field in the form then going to the next field will be denied, in the -AT\*[Am]T it would result in the cursor being placed on the first field of +AT&T it would result in the cursor being placed on the first field of the first page. .It buffer returns In this implementation only the data entered by the user in the form -field will be returned, unlike the AT\*[Am]T library which would return the +field will be returned, unlike the AT&T library which would return the contents of the field padded to the size of the field with the pad character. .It The TAB character @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ implementations. In ncurses attempting to set a field contents with a string containing a TAB will result in an error and will not allow a TAB to be entered into a field. -The AT\*[Am]T library statically +The AT&T library statically converts tabs to the equivalent number of spaces when the field buffer is set but the form driver will not allow a TAB to be inserted into the field buffer. diff --git a/lib/libm/man/acos.3 b/lib/libm/man/acos.3 index d8f50f99c3a..065084b431a 100644 --- a/lib/libm/man/acos.3 +++ b/lib/libm/man/acos.3 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)acos.3 5.1 (Berkeley) 5/2/91 -.\" $NetBSD: acos.3,v 1.17 2013/01/29 02:54:30 matt Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: acos.3,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd January 29, 2013 .Dt ACOS 3 @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ functions compute the principal value of the arc cosine of in the range .Bq 0 , \*(Pi . .Sh RETURN VALUES -If |x|\*[Gt]1, +If |x|>1, .Fn acos "x" , .Fn acosf "x" , and diff --git a/lib/libm/man/asin.3 b/lib/libm/man/asin.3 index 9ff835132ad..fdf57d89bc2 100644 --- a/lib/libm/man/asin.3 +++ b/lib/libm/man/asin.3 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)asin.3 5.1 (Berkeley) 5/2/91 -.\" $NetBSD: asin.3,v 1.17 2013/01/29 02:54:30 matt Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: asin.3,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd January 29, 2013 .Dt ASIN 3 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ in the range .Ek .Sh RETURN VALUES .\" POSIX_MODE -If |x|\*[Gt]1, +If |x|>1, .Fn asin "x" , .Fn asinf "x" , and diff --git a/lib/libm/man/atan2.3 b/lib/libm/man/atan2.3 index b69a46cd2ab..5873d4515a9 100644 --- a/lib/libm/man/atan2.3 +++ b/lib/libm/man/atan2.3 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)atan2.3 5.1 (Berkeley) 5/2/91 -.\" $NetBSD: atan2.3,v 1.18 2013/04/26 18:18:22 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: atan2.3,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd January 29, 2013 .Dt ATAN2 3 @@ -82,12 +82,12 @@ On the .Fn atan y/x Ta if .Ar x -\*[Gt] 0, +> 0, .It Ta sign( Ns Ar y Ns )*(\*(Pi - .Fn atan "\*(Bay/x\*(Ba" ) Ta if .Ar x -\*[Lt] 0, +< 0, .It Ta .No 0 Ta if x = y = 0, or @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ if .Sh NOTES The function .Fn atan2 -defines "if x \*[Gt] 0," +defines "if x > 0," .Fn atan2 0 0 = 0 on a .Tn VAX diff --git a/lib/libm/man/fenv.3 b/lib/libm/man/fenv.3 index c77a9f9c48f..ea19a535729 100644 --- a/lib/libm/man/fenv.3 +++ b/lib/libm/man/fenv.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: fenv.3,v 1.2 2010/08/04 18:58:28 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: fenv.3,v 1.3 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" Copyright (c) 2004 David Schultz <das@FreeBSD.org> .\" All rights reserved. .\" @@ -208,18 +208,18 @@ double sqrt(double n) { double x = 1.0; fenv_t env; - if (isnan(n) || n \*[Lt] 0.0) { + if (isnan(n) || n < 0.0) { feraiseexcept(FE_INVALID); return (NAN); } if (isinf(n) || n == 0.0) return (n); - feholdexcept(\*[Am]env); - while (fabs((x * x) - n) \*[Gt] DBL_EPSILON * 2 * x) + feholdexcept(&env); + while (fabs((x * x) - n) > DBL_EPSILON * 2 * x) x = (x / 2) + (n / (2 * x)); if (x * x == n) feclearexcept(FE_INEXACT); - feupdateenv(\*[Am]env); + feupdateenv(&env); return (x); } .Ed diff --git a/lib/libm/man/ieee_test.3 b/lib/libm/man/ieee_test.3 index c7ae3587ce3..4f5a2933d77 100644 --- a/lib/libm/man/ieee_test.3 +++ b/lib/libm/man/ieee_test.3 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)ieee.3 6.4 (Berkeley) 5/6/91 -.\" $NetBSD: ieee_test.3,v 1.13 2017/02/01 15:49:02 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ieee_test.3,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd August 3, 2011 .Dt IEEE_TEST 3 @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ where .Fa sig No \(** 2** Ns Fa n with 1 \*[Le] .Fa sig -\*[Lt] 2. +< 2. .Fn significand x is not defined when .Fa x diff --git a/lib/libm/man/lgamma.3 b/lib/libm/man/lgamma.3 index 79d4239e62d..ae6ebe0385b 100644 --- a/lib/libm/man/lgamma.3 +++ b/lib/libm/man/lgamma.3 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)lgamma.3 6.6 (Berkeley) 12/3/92 -.\" $NetBSD: lgamma.3,v 1.22 2012/05/05 17:54:13 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: lgamma.3,v 1.23 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd May 4, 2012 .Dt LGAMMA 3 @@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ .if t \{\ returns ln\||\(*G(x)| where .Bd -unfilled -offset indent -\(*G(x) = \(is\d\s8\z0\s10\u\u\s8\(if\s10\d t\u\s8x\-1\s10\d e\u\s8\-t\s10\d dt for x \*[Gt] 0 and +\(*G(x) = \(is\d\s8\z0\s10\u\u\s8\(if\s10\d t\u\s8x\-1\s10\d e\u\s8\-t\s10\d dt for x > 0 and .br -\(*G(x) = \(*p/(\(*G(1\-x)\|sin(\(*px)) for x \*[Lt] 1. +\(*G(x) = \(*p/(\(*G(1\-x)\|sin(\(*px)) for x < 1. .Ed .\} .if n \ diff --git a/lib/libm/man/log.3 b/lib/libm/man/log.3 index a2b8c329a22..330e531405d 100644 --- a/lib/libm/man/log.3 +++ b/lib/libm/man/log.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: log.3,v 1.5 2017/02/01 14:51:29 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: log.3,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2011 Jukka Ruohonen <jruohonen@iki.fi> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -153,11 +153,11 @@ by .Fn log unless .Fa x -\*[Gt] 0, by +> 0, by .Fn log1p unless .Fa x -\*[Gt] \-1. +> \-1. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr exp 3 , .Xr ilogb 3 , diff --git a/lib/libm/man/math.3 b/lib/libm/man/math.3 index 544e2767101..b7ce1b13f08 100644 --- a/lib/libm/man/math.3 +++ b/lib/libm/man/math.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: math.3,v 1.26 2012/11/10 15:59:58 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: math.3,v 1.27 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985 Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ in which incidents like the following had been reported: .Bd -literal -offset indent sqrt(\-1.0) = 0.0 and log(\-1.0) = \-1.7e38. -cos(1.0e\-11) \*[Gt] cos(0.0) \*[Gt] 1.0. +cos(1.0e\-11) > cos(0.0) > 1.0. pow(x,1.0) \(!= x when x = 2.0, 3.0, 4.0, ..., 9.0. pow(\-1.0,1.0e10) trapped on Integer Overflow. sqrt(1.0e30) and sqrt(1.0e\-30) were very slow. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ If x and x' are consecutive positive D_floating\-point numbers (they differ by 1 .Dv ULP ) , then -.Dl 1.3e\-17 \*[Lt] 0.5**56 \*[Lt] (x'\-x)/x \*[Le] 0.5**55 \*[Lt] 2.8e\-17. +.Dl 1.3e\-17 < 0.5**56 < (x'\-x)/x \*[Le] 0.5**55 < 2.8e\-17. .It Range : .Bl -column "Underflow thresholdX" "2.0**127X" .It Overflow threshold = 2.0**127 = 1.7e38. @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ Underflow is customarily flushed quietly to zero. It is possible to have x \(!= y and yet x\-y = 0 because of underflow. -Similarly x \*[Gt] y \*[Gt] 0 cannot prevent either x\(**y = 0 +Similarly x > y > 0 cannot prevent either x\(**y = 0 or y/x = 0 from happening without warning. .It Zero is represented ambiguously : Although 2**55 different representations of zero are accepted by @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ produced by a host of manufacturers, among them ... .Bl -column "Intel i8070, i80287XX" .It Intel i8087, i80287 National Semiconductor 32081 .It 68881 Weitek WTL-1032, ... , -1165 -.It Zilog Z8070 Western Electric (AT\*[Am]T) WE32106. +.It Zilog Z8070 Western Electric (AT&T) WE32106. .El Other implementations range from software, done thoroughly in the Apple Macintosh, through VLSI in the Hewlett\-Packard @@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ If x and x' are consecutive positive Double\-Precision numbers (they differ by 1 .Dv ULP ) , then -.Dl 1.1e\-16 \*[Lt] 0.5**53 \*[Lt] (x'\-x)/x \*[Le] 0.5**52 \*[Lt] 2.3e\-16. +.Dl 1.1e\-16 < 0.5**53 < (x'\-x)/x \*[Le] 0.5**52 < 2.3e\-16. .It Range : .Bl -column "Underflow thresholdX" "2.0**1024X" .It Overflow threshold = 2.0**1024 = 1.8e308 @@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ with like signs; but x\-x yields +0 for every finite x. The only operations that reveal zero's sign are division by zero and copysign(x,\(+-0). -In particular, comparison (x \*[Gt] y, x \*[Ge] y, etc.) +In particular, comparison (x > y, x \*[Ge] y, etc.) cannot be affected by the sign of zero; but if finite x = y then \*(If \&= 1/(x\-y) @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@ propagate through subsequent arithmetic operations. If x \(!= x then x is \*(Na; every other predicate -(x \*[Gt] y, x = y, x \*[Lt] y, ...) is FALSE if \*(Na is involved. +(x > y, x = y, x < y, ...) is FALSE if \*(Na is involved. .Pp .Em NOTE : Trichotomy is violated by \*(Na. diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_attributes.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_attributes.3 index a2d48339748..c00cd594547 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_attributes.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_attributes.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_attributes.3,v 1.10 2003/04/16 13:35:10 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_attributes.3,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ The menu driver could not process the request. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_cursor.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_cursor.3 index b32c307f0e0..ddc380f2742 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_cursor.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_cursor.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_cursor.3,v 1.9 2003/04/16 13:35:10 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_cursor.3,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -84,8 +84,8 @@ The menu driver could not process the request. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_driver.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_driver.3 index 9f706f867e9..ae02fcfe6ca 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_driver.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_driver.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_driver.3,v 1.8 2003/04/16 13:35:10 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_driver.3,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ The menu driver could not process the request. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_format.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_format.3 index 09356cb7d93..e5556b50810 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_format.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_format.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_format.3,v 1.9 2003/04/16 13:35:10 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_format.3,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ The menu is already posted. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_hook.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_hook.3 index 10b3fa00adf..f979c9427f5 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_hook.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_hook.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_hook.3,v 1.8 2003/04/16 13:35:10 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_hook.3,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ function. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_current.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_current.3 index a09ed1aae57..98a6e73fab9 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_current.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_current.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_current.3,v 1.9 2003/04/16 13:35:10 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_current.3,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ The item is not connected to a menu. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_name.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_name.3 index 72f02d70bbc..69dcf0dc985 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_name.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_name.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_name.3,v 1.9 2003/04/16 13:35:10 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_name.3,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ functions return NULL if the item pointer is not valid. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_new.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_new.3 index e8be7e4f4bc..8365318ffd6 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_new.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_new.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_new.3,v 1.8 2003/04/16 13:35:10 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_new.3,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ One or more of the arguments passed to the function was incorrect. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_opts.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_opts.3 index 0e80e793445..53fbe34d59b 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_opts.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_opts.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_opts.3,v 1.8 2003/04/16 13:35:11 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_opts.3,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -75,8 +75,8 @@ There was a system error during the call. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_userptr.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_userptr.3 index 01c556dda50..82ca9fd3d1a 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_userptr.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_userptr.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_userptr.3,v 1.7 2003/04/16 13:35:11 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_userptr.3,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ There was a system error during the call. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_value.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_value.3 index bfd26ac2faa..8f513cbfc0a 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_value.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_value.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_value.3,v 1.11 2003/04/16 13:35:11 wiz Exp $ .\" +.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_value.3,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au .\" @@ -93,11 +93,11 @@ A system error occurred whilst processing the request. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . .Pp The function .Fn item_selected diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_visible.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_visible.3 index 4b2edc24f35..490fe92b367 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_item_visible.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_item_visible.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_visible.3,v 1.7 2003/04/16 13:35:11 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_item_visible.3,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ The item is not connected to a menu. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_items.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_items.3 index bc9ef38c522..c567e63c60b 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_items.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_items.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_items.3,v 1.10 2012/06/30 09:25:55 jdf Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_items.3,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ An item was already connected to a menu. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_mark.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_mark.3 index 730ac32dfe5..6f85bf858e1 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_mark.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_mark.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_mark.3,v 1.9 2003/04/16 13:35:11 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_mark.3,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ The menu driver could not process the request. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_new.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_new.3 index 7aa791fdee4..8efc0368637 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_new.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_new.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_new.3,v 1.10 2012/06/30 09:25:55 jdf Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_new.3,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -78,8 +78,8 @@ The menu is already posted. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_opts.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_opts.3 index a07f47e97ca..1c2b2147a07 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_opts.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_opts.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_opts.3,v 1.8 2003/04/16 13:35:11 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_opts.3,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ The menu is already posted. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_pattern.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_pattern.3 index 659fdf677e2..1efaa7c5a26 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_pattern.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_pattern.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_pattern.3,v 1.8 2003/04/16 13:35:11 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_pattern.3,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -70,8 +70,8 @@ The character search failed to find a match. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_post.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_post.3 index be0c6dc3bc6..91067b534f4 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_post.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_post.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_post.3,v 1.10 2009/10/24 11:17:13 reed Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_post.3,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ The item is not connected to a menu. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_userptr.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_userptr.3 index 87c8e1762b0..fec4d0dc15b 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_userptr.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_userptr.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_userptr.3,v 1.8 2003/04/16 13:35:11 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_userptr.3,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -66,8 +66,8 @@ There was a system error during the call. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menu_win.3 b/lib/libmenu/menu_win.3 index 984e8e1c455..21678ad5ab0 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menu_win.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menu_win.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menu_win.3,v 1.10 2003/04/16 13:35:11 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menu_win.3,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -108,8 +108,8 @@ The menu driver could not process the request. .Xr menus 3 .Sh NOTES The header -.Pa \*[Lt]menu.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <menu.h> automatically includes both -.Pa \*[Lt]curses.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <curses.h> and -.Pa \*[Lt]eti.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <eti.h> . diff --git a/lib/libmenu/menus.3 b/lib/libmenu/menus.3 index 22b8783d766..9016fcfd5b0 100644 --- a/lib/libmenu/menus.3 +++ b/lib/libmenu/menus.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menus.3,v 1.15 2003/04/16 13:35:12 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menus.3,v 1.16 2017/07/03 21:32:50 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ The menu driver could not process the request. .Xr menu_win 3 .Sh NOTES This implementation of the menus library does depart in behaviour -subtly from the original AT \*[Am] T implementation. +subtly from the original AT & T implementation. Some of the more notable departures are: .Pp .Bl -tag -width "item marking" -compact diff --git a/lib/libpam/modules/pam_krb5/pam_krb5.8 b/lib/libpam/modules/pam_krb5/pam_krb5.8 index af1769eb924..8c4b8ecb233 100644 --- a/lib/libpam/modules/pam_krb5/pam_krb5.8 +++ b/lib/libpam/modules/pam_krb5/pam_krb5.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pam_krb5.8,v 1.11 2008/12/02 22:52:06 reed Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pam_krb5.8,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" $FreeBSD: src/lib/libpam/modules/pam_krb5/pam_krb5.8,v 1.6 2001/11/24 23:41:32 dd Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) Frank Cusack, 1999-2001. All rights reserved. @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ ticket for the local host. .Pp When prompting for the current password, the authentication module will use the prompt -.Dq Li "Password for \*[Lt]principal\*[Gt]:" . +.Dq Li "Password for <principal>:" . .Pp The .Fn pam_sm_setcred diff --git a/lib/libpthread/pthread_schedparam.3 b/lib/libpthread/pthread_schedparam.3 index 2c76453cb8b..cdb632d6916 100644 --- a/lib/libpthread/pthread_schedparam.3 +++ b/lib/libpthread/pthread_schedparam.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pthread_schedparam.3,v 1.7 2010/07/09 08:51:28 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pthread_schedparam.3,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ The system default. .El .Pp The thread priority (accessed via -.Va param-\*[Gt]sched_priority ) +.Va param->sched_priority ) must be at least .Dv PTHREAD_MIN_PRIORITY and no more than diff --git a/lib/libpuffs/puffs.3 b/lib/libpuffs/puffs.3 index 212778bdb43..c47e9c86da8 100644 --- a/lib/libpuffs/puffs.3 +++ b/lib/libpuffs/puffs.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: puffs.3,v 1.62 2016/04/11 00:47:19 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: puffs.3,v 1.63 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006, 2007, 2008 Antti Kantee. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ This flag affects only the parameter .Fn puffs_node_lookup . If this flag is not given, only the next pathname component under lookup is found from -.Ar pcn-\*[Gt]pcn_name . +.Ar pcn->pcn_name . If this flag is given, the full path the kernel was asked to resolve can be found from there. .It Dv PUFFS_FLAG_BUILDPATH diff --git a/lib/libpuffs/puffs_ops.3 b/lib/libpuffs/puffs_ops.3 index 1a50c27b312..64f7cf98242 100644 --- a/lib/libpuffs/puffs_ops.3 +++ b/lib/libpuffs/puffs_ops.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: puffs_ops.3,v 1.45 2016/08/29 01:13:56 tnn Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: puffs_ops.3,v 1.46 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Antti Kantee. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -434,7 +434,7 @@ can be called to specify the new node attributes, cached attributes time to live, and cached name time to live. .Pp The type of operation is found from -.Va pcn-\*[Gt]pcn_nameiop : +.Va pcn->pcn_nameiop : .Bl -tag -width XNAMEI_LOOKUPX .It Dv NAMEI_LOOKUP Normal lookup operation. @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ up using The final component from a pathname lookup usually requires special treatment. It can be identified by looking at the -.Va pcn-\*[Gt]pcn_flags +.Va pcn->pcn_flags fields for the flag .Dv PUFFSLOOKUP_ISLASTCN . For example, in most cases the lookup operation will want to check if @@ -472,21 +472,21 @@ error code, for example .Pp Usually a null-terminated string for the next pathname component is provided in -.Ar pcn-\*[Gt]pcn_name . +.Ar pcn->pcn_name . In case the file system is using the option .Dv PUFFS_KFLAG_LOOKUP_FULLPNBUF , the remainder of the complete pathname under lookup is found in the same location. -.Ar pcn-\*[Gt]pcn_namelen +.Ar pcn->pcn_namelen always specifies the length of the next component. If operating with a full path, the file system is allowed to consume more than the next component's length in node lookup. This is done by setting -.Ar pcn-\*[Gt]pcn_consume +.Ar pcn->pcn_consume to indicate the amount of .Em extra characters in addition to -.Ar pcn-\*[Gt]pcn_namelen +.Ar pcn->pcn_namelen processed. .It Fn puffs_node_create "pu" "opc" "pni" "pcn" "va" .It Fn puffs_node_mkdir "pu" "opc" "pni" "pcn" "va" @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ The only difference between these three is that they create a regular file, directory and device special file, respectively. .Pp In case of mknod, the device identifier can be found in -.Fa va-\*[Gt]va_rdev . +.Fa va->va_rdev . .It Fn puffs_node_open "pu" "opc" "mode" "pcr" .It Fn puffs_node_open2 "pu" "opc" "mode" "pcr" "oflags" Open the node denoted by the cookie diff --git a/lib/librmt/rmtops.3 b/lib/librmt/rmtops.3 index 390d4527f3e..ee34abf08e4 100644 --- a/lib/librmt/rmtops.3 +++ b/lib/librmt/rmtops.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rmtops.3,v 1.14 2010/03/22 22:00:37 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rmtops.3,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd October 16, 2001 .Dt RMTOPS 3 @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ routines taking care of differentiating between local and remote files. This file should be included .Em before including the file -.Pa \*[Lt]sys/stat.h\*[Gt] , +.Pa <sys/stat.h> , since it redefines the identifier ``stat'' which is used to declare objects of type .Em "struct stat" . @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Fred Fish redid them into a general purpose library. .Pp Arnold Robbins added the ability to specify a user name on the remote system, the -.Pa \*[Lt]rmt.h\*[Gt] +.Pa <rmt.h> include file, this man page, cleaned up the library a little, and made the appropriate changes for .Bx 4.3 . diff --git a/lib/librt/aio_fsync.3 b/lib/librt/aio_fsync.3 index c60015daac5..51cccc358d1 100644 --- a/lib/librt/aio_fsync.3 +++ b/lib/librt/aio_fsync.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: aio_fsync.3,v 1.7 2010/09/15 07:28:46 yamt Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: aio_fsync.3,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ The .Fn aio_fsync system call allows the calling process to force all modified data associated with the file descriptor -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_fildes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_fildes to be flushed to the stable storage device. The call returns immediately after the synchronization request has been enqueued to the descriptor; the synchronization may or may not have @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ If is defined, and the descriptor supports it, then the enqueued operation is submitted at a priority equal to that of the calling process minus -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_reqprio . +.Fa aiocbp->aio_reqprio . .Pp The .Fa aiocbp @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ returned in .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EBADF The -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_fildes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_fildes is invalid for writing. .It Bq Er EINVAL This implementation does not support synchronized I/O for this file, diff --git a/lib/librt/aio_read.3 b/lib/librt/aio_read.3 index c269040d943..193e0c8a8dc 100644 --- a/lib/librt/aio_read.3 +++ b/lib/librt/aio_read.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: aio_read.3,v 1.4 2010/05/17 19:22:31 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: aio_read.3,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 Terry Lambert .\" All rights reserved. @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ The .Fn aio_read system call allows the calling process to read -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_nbytes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_nbytes from the descriptor -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_fildes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_fildes beginning at the offset -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_offset +.Fa aiocbp->aio_offset into the buffer pointed to by -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_buf . +.Fa aiocbp->aio_buf . The call returns immediately after the read request has been enqueued to the descriptor; the read may or may not have completed at the time the call returns. @@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ If is defined, and the descriptor supports it, then the enqueued operation is submitted at a priority equal to that of the calling process minus -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_reqprio . +.Fa aiocbp->aio_reqprio . .Pp The -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_lio_opcode +.Fa aiocbp->aio_lio_opcode argument is ignored by the .Fn aio_read @@ -80,14 +80,14 @@ If the request could not be enqueued (generally due to invalid arguments), then the call returns without having enqueued the request. .Pp If the request is successfully enqueued, the value of -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_offset +.Fa aiocbp->aio_offset can be modified during the request as context, so this value must not be referenced after the request is enqueued. .Sh RESTRICTIONS The Asynchronous I/O Control Block structure pointed to by .Fa aiocbp and the buffer that the -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_buf +.Fa aiocbp->aio_buf member of that structure references must remain valid until the operation has completed. For this reason, use of auto (stack) variables @@ -104,9 +104,9 @@ buffer contents after the request has been enqueued, but before the request has completed, are not allowed. .Pp If the file offset in -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_offset +.Fa aiocbp->aio_offset is past the offset maximum for -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_fildes , +.Fa aiocbp->aio_fildes , no I/O will occur. .Sh RETURN VALUES .Rv -std aio_read @@ -140,24 +140,24 @@ returned in .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EBADF The -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_fildes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_fildes argument is invalid. .It Bq Er EINVAL The offset -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_offset +.Fa aiocbp->aio_offset is not valid, the priority specified by -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_reqprio +.Fa aiocbp->aio_reqprio is not a valid priority, or the number of bytes specified by -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_nbytes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_nbytes is not valid. .It Bq Er EOVERFLOW The file is a regular file, -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_nbytes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_nbytes is greater than zero, the starting offset in -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_offset +.Fa aiocbp->aio_offset is before the end of the file, but is at or beyond the -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_fildes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_fildes offset maximum. .El .Pp @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ system call, or one of: .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EBADF The -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_fildes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_fildes argument is invalid for reading. .It Bq Er ECANCELED @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ The request was explicitly cancelled via a call to .Fn aio_cancel . .It Bq Er EINVAL The offset -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_offset +.Fa aiocbp->aio_offset would be invalid. .El .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/lib/librt/aio_write.3 b/lib/librt/aio_write.3 index bf3fc2d8f47..0831971cf5c 100644 --- a/lib/librt/aio_write.3 +++ b/lib/librt/aio_write.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: aio_write.3,v 1.4 2010/05/17 19:22:31 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: aio_write.3,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 Softweyr LLC. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ The .Fn aio_write system call allows the calling process to write -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_nbytes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_nbytes from the buffer pointed to by -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_buf +.Fa aiocbp->aio_buf to the descriptor -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_fildes . +.Fa aiocbp->aio_fildes . The call returns immediately after the write request has been enqueued to the descriptor; the write may or may not have completed at the time the call returns. @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ request. If .Dv O_APPEND is set for -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_fildes , +.Fa aiocbp->aio_fildes , .Fn aio_write operations append to the file in the same order as the calls were made. @@ -65,14 +65,14 @@ If .Dv O_APPEND is not set for the file descriptor, the write operation will occur at the absolute position from the beginning of the file plus -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_offset . +.Fa aiocbp->aio_offset . .Pp If .Dv _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO is defined, and the descriptor supports it, then the enqueued operation is submitted at a priority equal to that of the calling process minus -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_reqprio . +.Fa aiocbp->aio_reqprio . .Pp The .Fa aiocbp @@ -84,14 +84,14 @@ in order to determine return or error status for the enqueued operation while it is in progress. .Pp If the request is successfully enqueued, the value of -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_offset +.Fa aiocbp->aio_offset can be modified during the request as context, so this value must not be referenced after the request is enqueued. .Sh RESTRICTIONS The Asynchronous I/O Control Block structure pointed to by .Fa aiocbp and the buffer that the -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_buf +.Fa aiocbp->aio_buf member of that structure references must remain valid until the operation has completed. For this reason, use of auto (stack) variables @@ -108,9 +108,9 @@ buffer contents after the request has been enqueued, but before the request has completed, are not allowed. .Pp If the file offset in -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_offset +.Fa aiocbp->aio_offset is past the offset maximum for -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_fildes , +.Fa aiocbp->aio_fildes , no I/O will occur. .Sh RETURN VALUES .Rv -std aio_write @@ -142,16 +142,16 @@ returned in .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EBADF The -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_fildes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_fildes argument is invalid, or is not opened for writing. .It Bq Er EINVAL The offset -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_offset +.Fa aiocbp->aio_offset is not valid, the priority specified by -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_reqprio +.Fa aiocbp->aio_reqprio is not a valid priority, or the number of bytes specified by -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_nbytes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_nbytes is not valid. .El .Pp @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ system call, or one of: .Bl -tag -width Er .It Bq Er EBADF The -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_fildes +.Fa aiocbp->aio_fildes argument is invalid for writing. .It Bq Er ECANCELED @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ The request was explicitly canceled via a call to .Fn aio_cancel . .It Bq Er EINVAL The offset -.Fa aiocbp-\*[Gt]aio_offset +.Fa aiocbp->aio_offset would be invalid. .El .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/lib/librt/pset.3 b/lib/librt/pset.3 index b02727a43ae..830fddcb352 100644 --- a/lib/librt/pset.3 +++ b/lib/librt/pset.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pset.3,v 1.12 2010/05/06 10:49:53 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pset.3,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -180,15 +180,15 @@ for current process: psetid_t psid; cpuid_t ci = 0; - if (pset_create(\*[Am]psid) \*[Lt] 0) + if (pset_create(&psid) < 0) err(EXIT_FAILURE, "pset_create"); /* Assign CPU 0 to the processor-set */ - if (pset_assign(psid, ci, NULL) \*[Lt] 0) + if (pset_assign(psid, ci, NULL) < 0) err(EXIT_FAILURE, "pset_assign"); /* Bind the current process to the processor-set */ - if (pset_bind(psid, P_PID, P_MYID, NULL) \*[Lt] 0) + if (pset_bind(psid, P_PID, P_MYID, NULL) < 0) err(EXIT_FAILURE, "pset_bind"); /* @@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ for current process: */ perform_work(); - if (pset_destroy(psid) \*[Lt] 0) + if (pset_destroy(psid) < 0) err(EXIT_FAILURE, "pset_destroy"); .Ed .Sh ERRORS diff --git a/lib/libskey/skey.3 b/lib/libskey/skey.3 index 2a0b1b0405d..0e68776bf4b 100644 --- a/lib/libskey/skey.3 +++ b/lib/libskey/skey.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: skey.3,v 1.10 2012/10/08 18:15:10 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: skey.3,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ Returns a pointer to a static buffer in .It Fn etob "out" "e" Convert English to binary. Returns 0 if the word is not in the database, 1 if all good words and -parity is valid, \-1 if badly formed input (i.e. \*[Gt] 4 char word) +parity is valid, \-1 if badly formed input (i.e. > 4 char word) and -2 if words are valid but parity is wrong. .It Fn put8 "out" "s" Display 8 bytes diff --git a/lib/libusbhid/usbhid.3 b/lib/libusbhid/usbhid.3 index 8566e75f956..bfc7fd0b97b 100644 --- a/lib/libusbhid/usbhid.3 +++ b/lib/libusbhid/usbhid.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: usbhid.3,v 1.14 2012/03/15 19:04:47 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: usbhid.3,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999, 2001 Lennart Augustsson <augustss@NetBSD.org> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ To parse the report descriptor the function should be called with a report descriptor and a set that describes which items that are interesting. The set is obtained by or-ing together values -.Fa "(1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] k)" +.Fa "(1 << k)" where .Fa k is an item of type diff --git a/lib/libutil/getmntopts.3 b/lib/libutil/getmntopts.3 index f59f9ec030e..44f3e57b06a 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/getmntopts.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/getmntopts.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: getmntopts.3,v 1.13 2017/03/30 19:41:41 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: getmntopts.3,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ flag, would also have an entry. This can be declared and used as follows: .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]mntopts.h\*[Gt] +#include <mntopts.h> static const struct mntopt mopts[] = { MOPT_STDOPTS, @@ -245,7 +245,7 @@ mntflags = mntaltflags = 0; \&... -mp = getmntopts(options, mopts, \*[Am]mntflags, \*[Am]mntaltflags); +mp = getmntopts(options, mopts, &mntflags, &mntaltflags); if (mp == NULL) err(EXIT_FAILURE, "getmntopts"); diff --git a/lib/libutil/pw_init.3 b/lib/libutil/pw_init.3 index d7e3099c5c4..76cd484c290 100644 --- a/lib/libutil/pw_init.3 +++ b/lib/libutil/pw_init.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pw_init.3,v 1.15 2010/05/05 22:05:31 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pw_init.3,v 1.16 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ function reads a passwd file from .Fa ffd and writes it to .Fa tfd , -updating the entry corresponding to pw-\*[Gt]pw_name with the information +updating the entry corresponding to pw->pw_name with the information in .Fa pw . If diff --git a/lib/libwrap/hosts_access.5 b/lib/libwrap/hosts_access.5 index 97ce5f2b96d..6d5e7a7d28c 100644 --- a/lib/libwrap/hosts_access.5 +++ b/lib/libwrap/hosts_access.5 @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ in.tftpd: LOCAL, .my.domain .in +3 .nf in.tftpd: ALL: spawn (/some/where/safe_finger -l @%h | \\ - /usr/ucb/mail -s %d-%h root) \*[Am] + /usr/ucb/mail -s %d-%h root) & .fi .PP (The safe_finger command can be gotten from the tcp_wrappers package and @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ The result is an excellent early-warning system. An error is reported when a syntax error is found in a host access control rule; when the length of an access control rule exceeds the capacity of an internal buffer; when an access control rule is not -terminated by a newline character; when the result of %\*[Lt]letter\*[Gt] +terminated by a newline character; when the result of %<letter> expansion would overflow an internal buffer; when a system call fails that shouldn\'t. All problems are reported via the syslog daemon. @@ -421,4 +421,4 @@ Eindhoven University of Technology Den Dolech 2, P.O. Box 513, 5600 MB Eindhoven, The Netherlands .\" @(#) hosts_access.5 1.20 95/01/30 19:51:46 -.\" $NetBSD: hosts_access.5,v 1.16 2008/12/18 20:16:52 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: hosts_access.5,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ diff --git a/lib/libwrap/hosts_options.5 b/lib/libwrap/hosts_options.5 index f8fb3bd6c87..89e3e4d323a 100644 --- a/lib/libwrap/hosts_options.5 +++ b/lib/libwrap/hosts_options.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: hosts_options.5,v 1.8 2002/10/01 19:38:46 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: hosts_options.5,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" .TH HOSTS_OPTIONS 5 .SH NAME @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Any ":" characters within options should be protected with a backslash. An option is of the form "keyword" or "keyword value". Options are processed in the specified order. Some options are subjected to -%\*[Lt]letter\*[Gt] substitutions. +%<letter> substitutions. For the sake of backwards compatibility with earlier versions, an "=" is permitted between keyword and value. .SH LOGGING @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Notice the leading dot on the domain name patterns. .SH RUNNING OTHER COMMANDS .IP "spawn shell_command" Execute, in a child process, the specified shell command, after -performing the %\*[Lt]letter\*[Gt] expansions described in the hosts_access(5) +performing the %<letter> expansions described in the hosts_access(5) manual page. The command is executed with stdin, stdout and stderr connected to the null device, so that it won\'t mess up the @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Example: .sp .nf .ti +3 -spawn (/some/where/safe_finger -l @%h | /usr/ucb/mail root) \*[Am] +spawn (/some/where/safe_finger -l @%h | /usr/ucb/mail root) & .fi .sp executes, in a background child process, the shell command "safe_finger @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ package; it is a wrapper around the regular finger command that filters the data sent by the remote host. .IP "twist shell_command" Replace the current process by an instance of the specified shell -command, after performing the %\*[Lt]letter\*[Gt] expansions described in the +command, after performing the %<letter> expansions described in the hosts_access(5) manual page. Stdin, stdout and stderr are connected to the client process. This option must appear at the end of a rule. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ Look for a file in `/some/directory' with the same name as the daemon process (for example in.telnetd for the telnet service), and copy its contents to the client. Newline characters are replaced by carriage-return newline, -and %\*[Lt]letter\*[Gt] sequences are expanded (see +and %<letter> sequences are expanded (see the hosts_access(5) manual page). .sp The tcp wrappers source code distribution provides a sample makefile @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Change the nice value of the process (default 10). Specify a positive value to spend more CPU resources on other processes. .IP "setenv name value" Place a (name, value) pair into the process environment. -The value is subjected to %\*[Lt]letter\*[Gt] expansions and +The value is subjected to %<letter> expansions and may contain whitespace (but leading and trailing blanks are stripped off). .sp Warning: many network daemons reset their environment before spawning a diff --git a/lib/libz/zlib.3 b/lib/libz/zlib.3 index fccdf56d79e..930da44acbc 100644 --- a/lib/libz/zlib.3 +++ b/lib/libz/zlib.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: zlib.3,v 1.10 2014/03/18 18:20:38 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: zlib.3,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:32:51 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: zlib.3,v 1.1 2003/09/25 09:12:09 jmc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ does not return then it must be called again as described above. .Pp .Fn deflate -sets strm-\*[Gt]adler to the Adler-32 checksum of all input read so far +sets strm->adler to the Adler-32 checksum of all input read so far (that is, .Fa total_in bytes). @@ -601,10 +601,10 @@ If a preset dictionary is needed at this point (see .Fn inflateSetDictionary below), .Fn inflate -sets strm-\*[Gt]adler to the Adler-32 checksum of the dictionary +sets strm->adler to the Adler-32 checksum of the dictionary chosen by the compressor and returns .Dv Z_NEED_DICT ; -otherwise it sets strm-\*[Gt]adler to the Adler-32 checksum of all output produced +otherwise it sets strm->adler to the Adler-32 checksum of all output produced so far (that is, .Fa total_out @@ -798,7 +798,7 @@ or Thus the strings most likely to be useful should be put at the end of the dictionary, not at the front. .Pp -Upon return of this function, strm-\*[Gt]adler is set to the Adler-32 value +Upon return of this function, strm->adler is set to the Adler-32 value of the dictionary; the decompressor may later use this value to determine which dictionary has been used by the compressor. (The Adler-32 value applies to the whole dictionary even if only a subset @@ -891,7 +891,7 @@ Before the call to the stream state must be set as for a call to .Fn deflate , since the currently available input may have to be compressed and flushed. -In particular, strm-\*[Gt]avail_out must be non-zero. +In particular, strm->avail_out must be non-zero. .Pp .Fn deflateParams returns @@ -900,7 +900,7 @@ if successful, .Dv Z_STREAM_ERROR if the source stream state was inconsistent or if a parameter was invalid, or .Dv Z_BUF_ERROR -if strm-\*[Gt]avail_out was zero. +if strm->avail_out was zero. .It Fa int Fn inflateInit2 "z_streamp strm" "int windowBits" ; .Pp This is another version of @@ -1599,7 +1599,7 @@ in a single step). #define Z_NULL 0 /* for initializing zalloc, zfree, opaque */ #define zlib_version zlibVersion() -/* for compatibility with versions \*[Lt] 1.0.2 */ +/* for compatibility with versions < 1.0.2 */ .Ed .Sh VARIOUS HACKS deflateInit and inflateInit are macros to allow checking the diff --git a/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 b/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 index c62d3d391f8..4c7ce592d2d 100644 --- a/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 +++ b/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ftpd.8,v 1.85 2009/05/01 10:53:27 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ftpd.8,v 1.86 2017/07/03 21:35:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997-2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ style .Pa xferlog file suitable for input into a third-party log analysis tool with a command similar to: -.Dl "sed -ne 's/^.*xferlog: //p' /var/log/xferlog \*[Gt] wuxferlog" +.Dl "sed -ne 's/^.*xferlog: //p' /var/log/xferlog > wuxferlog" .El .Pp The file diff --git a/libexec/httpd/bozohttpd.8 b/libexec/httpd/bozohttpd.8 index f4b267189ff..fc7d58fdb59 100644 --- a/libexec/httpd/bozohttpd.8 +++ b/libexec/httpd/bozohttpd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bozohttpd.8,v 1.65 2017/01/31 14:36:09 mrg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bozohttpd.8,v 1.66 2017/07/03 21:35:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" $eterna: bozohttpd.8,v 1.101 2011/11/18 01:25:11 mrg Exp $ .\" @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ The directory is expected to contain the CGI programs to be used. .Nm looks for URL's in the form of -.Em /cgi-bin/\*[Lt]scriptname\*[Gt] +.Em /cgi-bin/<scriptname> where .Aq scriptname is a valid CGI program in the diff --git a/libexec/ld.elf_so/ld.elf_so.1 b/libexec/ld.elf_so/ld.elf_so.1 index 14d88837c51..b2373f30438 100644 --- a/libexec/ld.elf_so/ld.elf_so.1 +++ b/libexec/ld.elf_so/ld.elf_so.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ld.elf_so.1,v 1.16 2015/07/03 10:19:29 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ld.elf_so.1,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:35:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -129,14 +129,14 @@ and are recognized. .Pp The filename string can be considered free form, however, it will almost -always take the form lib\*[Lt]name\*[Gt].so.\*[Lt]number\*[Gt], +always take the form lib<name>.so.<number>, where name specifies the .Sq library name and number is conceptually the library's major version number. .Pp -This name and another of the form lib\*[Lt]name\*[Gt].so are normally +This name and another of the form lib<name>.so are normally symbolic links to the real shared object which has a filename of the form -lib\*[Lt]name\*[Gt].so.\*[Lt]major\*[Gt].\*[Lt]minor\*[Gt][.\*[Lt]teeny\*[Gt]]. +lib<name>.so.<major>.<minor>[.<teeny>]. This naming convention allows a versioning scheme similar to .Xr a.out 5 . .Ss Relocation diff --git a/libexec/mail.local/mail.local.8 b/libexec/mail.local/mail.local.8 index 2fb9c3f0c21..0f665455f04 100644 --- a/libexec/mail.local/mail.local.8 +++ b/libexec/mail.local/mail.local.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mail.local.8,v 1.12 2013/07/09 09:41:30 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mail.local.8,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:35:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990 The Regents of the University of California. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ line followed by a line beginning with the string ``From ''. A line containing the string ``From '', the sender's name and a time stamp is prepended to each delivered mail message. A blank line is appended to each message. -A greater-than character (``\*[Gt]'') is prepended to any line in the message +A greater-than character (``>'') is prepended to any line in the message which could be mistaken for a ``From '' delimiter line. .Pp If the @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ the biff server is notified of delivered mail. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh ENVIRONMENT .Bl -tag -width indent .It Ev TZ diff --git a/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8 b/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8 index be69a494cf2..8adffeda01b 100644 --- a/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8 +++ b/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rexecd.8,v 1.12 2009/04/09 04:02:32 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rexecd.8,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:35:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ to the home directory failed. A .Xr fork 2 by the server failed. -.It Sy \*[Lt]shellname\*[Gt]: ... +.It Sy <shellname>: ... The user's login shell could not be started. This message is returned on the connection associated with the diff --git a/libexec/rshd/rshd.8 b/libexec/rshd/rshd.8 index 65158cef65d..b43b21c5cd6 100644 --- a/libexec/rshd/rshd.8 +++ b/libexec/rshd/rshd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rshd.8,v 1.18 2005/03/09 16:42:49 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rshd.8,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:35:49 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1989, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ wasn't created. A .Xr fork 2 by the server failed. -.It Sy \*[Lt]shellname\*[Gt]: ... +.It Sy <shellname>: ... The user's login shell could not be started. This message is returned on the connection associated with the .Em stderr , diff --git a/sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8 b/sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8 index 9af2cade774..752418c4ca1 100644 --- a/sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8 +++ b/sbin/bioctl/bioctl.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bioctl.8,v 1.22 2016/09/11 01:03:15 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bioctl.8,v 1.23 2017/07/03 21:33:41 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: bioctl.8,v 1.43 2007/03/20 06:12:11 jmc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007, 2008 Juan Romero Pardines @@ -129,10 +129,10 @@ $ bioctl arcmsr0 show Volume Status Size Device/Label RAID Level Stripe ================================================================= 0 Building 468G sd0 ARC-1210-VOL#00 RAID 6 128KB 0% done - 0:0 Online 234G 0:0.0 noencl \*[Lt]WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06\*[Gt] - 0:1 Online 234G 0:1.0 noencl \*[Lt]WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06\*[Gt] - 0:2 Online 234G 0:2.0 noencl \*[Lt]WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06\*[Gt] - 0:3 Online 234G 0:3.0 noencl \*[Lt]WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06\*[Gt] + 0:0 Online 234G 0:0.0 noencl <WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06> + 0:1 Online 234G 0:1.0 noencl <WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06> + 0:2 Online 234G 0:2.0 noencl <WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06> + 0:3 Online 234G 0:3.0 noencl <WDC WD2500YS-01SHB1 20.06C06> .Ed .Pp To create a RAID 5 volume on the SCSI 0:15.0 location on the disks diff --git a/sbin/chown/chgrp.1 b/sbin/chown/chgrp.1 index 4a7f418f9e3..58a5fdd8609 100644 --- a/sbin/chown/chgrp.1 +++ b/sbin/chown/chgrp.1 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)chgrp.1 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/31/94 -.\" $NetBSD: chgrp.1,v 1.6 2013/12/17 09:54:08 apb Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: chgrp.1,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:33:41 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd October 22, 2012 .Dt CHGRP 1 @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ programs. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /etc/group -compact .It Pa /etc/group diff --git a/sbin/chown/chown.8 b/sbin/chown/chown.8 index b6c2c9f2d1a..105d398e628 100644 --- a/sbin/chown/chown.8 +++ b/sbin/chown/chown.8 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)chown.8 8.3 (Berkeley) 3/31/94 -.\" $NetBSD: chown.8,v 1.10 2016/09/11 01:23:26 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: chown.8,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:33:41 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd September 11, 2016 .Dt CHOWN 8 @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ programs. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh COMPATIBILITY Previous versions of the .Nm diff --git a/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.5 b/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.5 index fbfcb0b2916..eca2a25d3e4 100644 --- a/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.5 +++ b/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: disklabel.5,v 1.29 2016/10/15 06:23:28 snj Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: disklabel.5,v 1.30 2017/07/03 21:33:41 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ is * label can describe and the number of the "whole disk" (raw) * partition are machine dependent. */ -#include \*[Lt]machine/disklabel.h\*[Gt] +#include <machine/disklabel.h> /* * The absolute maximum number of disk partitions allowed. @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ is * is \*[Le] DEV_BSIZE bytes long. If MAXPARTITIONS is greater than this, beware. */ #define MAXMAXPARTITIONS 22 -#if MAXPARTITIONS \*[Gt] MAXMAXPARTITIONS +#if MAXPARTITIONS > MAXMAXPARTITIONS #warning beware: MAXPARTITIONS bigger than MAXMAXPARTITIONS #endif diff --git a/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8 b/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8 index 9bc01a996af..c98b6182a26 100644 --- a/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8 +++ b/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: disklabel.8,v 1.67 2016/09/11 02:10:31 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: disklabel.8,v 1.68 2017/07/03 21:33:41 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1988, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ If you do not have an entry for your disk in you can use this style to put an initial label onto a new disk. Then dump the label to a file (using -.Ic disklabel sd0 \*[Gt] protofile ) , +.Ic disklabel sd0 > protofile ) , editing the file, and replacing the label with .Ic disklabel -R sd0 protofile . .Pp diff --git a/sbin/fsdb/fsdb.8 b/sbin/fsdb/fsdb.8 index c52bcc52f75..1e5cadc3c91 100644 --- a/sbin/fsdb/fsdb.8 +++ b/sbin/fsdb/fsdb.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: fsdb.8,v 1.23 2014/03/03 12:12:18 blymn Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: fsdb.8,v 1.24 2017/07/03 21:33:41 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ opens (usually a raw disk partition) and runs a command loop allowing manipulation of the file system's inode data. You are prompted to enter a command with -.Dq "fsdb (inum X)\*[Gt]" +.Dq "fsdb (inum X)>" where .Va X is the currently selected i-number. diff --git a/sbin/mknod/mknod.8 b/sbin/mknod/mknod.8 index ef10d96a295..53b5db61822 100644 --- a/sbin/mknod/mknod.8 +++ b/sbin/mknod/mknod.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mknod.8,v 1.29 2016/09/11 23:02:54 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mknod.8,v 1.30 2017/07/03 21:33:41 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ check the file to see if the device is known, or check the system dependent device configuration file: .Bd -filled -offset indent -.Dq Pa /usr/src/sys/arch/\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt]/conf.c +.Dq Pa /usr/src/sys/arch/<arch>/<arch>/conf.c .Ed .Pp .Po diff --git a/sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8 b/sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8 index 3f2124da1e0..8c249aeef84 100644 --- a/sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8 +++ b/sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mount_nfs.8,v 1.45 2016/09/12 02:06:16 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mount_nfs.8,v 1.46 2017/07/03 21:33:41 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ when mounting servers that do not support .Tn TCP mounts. .It Fl X -Perform 32 \*[Lt]-\*[Gt] 64 bit directory cookie translation for version 3 mounts. +Perform 32 <-> 64 bit directory cookie translation for version 3 mounts. This may be needed in the case of a server using the upper 32 bits of version 3 directory cookies, and when you are running emulated binaries that access such a filesystem. diff --git a/sbin/mount_portal/mount_portal.8 b/sbin/mount_portal/mount_portal.8 index 1dd153cf4ee..a4399541f9f 100644 --- a/sbin/mount_portal/mount_portal.8 +++ b/sbin/mount_portal/mount_portal.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mount_portal.8,v 1.21 2009/12/05 20:34:28 pooka Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mount_portal.8,v 1.22 2017/07/03 21:33:41 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -169,8 +169,8 @@ echo/ rfilter echo/ echo %s echo_nostrip/ rfilter nostrip echo %s echo_noslash rfilter echo_noslash echo %s gzcat/ rfilter gzcat/ gzcat %s -gzip/ wfilter gzip/ gzip \*[Gt] %s -gzip9/ wfilter gzip9/ gzip -9 \*[Gt] %s +gzip/ wfilter gzip/ gzip > %s +gzip9/ wfilter gzip9/ gzip -9 > %s ftp/ rfilter ftp/ ftp -Vo - %s ftp:// rfilter nostrip ftp -Vo - %s http:// rfilter nostrip ftp -Vo - %s diff --git a/sbin/mount_procfs/mount_procfs.8 b/sbin/mount_procfs/mount_procfs.8 index 3256697ca9c..913ecec040a 100644 --- a/sbin/mount_procfs/mount_procfs.8 +++ b/sbin/mount_procfs/mount_procfs.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mount_procfs.8,v 1.34 2009/02/24 12:45:37 pooka Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mount_procfs.8,v 1.35 2017/07/03 21:33:41 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -162,14 +162,14 @@ Allows read and write access to the process' register set. This file contains a binary data structure .Dv "struct regs" defined in -.Pa \*[Lt]machine/reg.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <machine/reg.h> . .Pa regs can only be written when the process is stopped. .It Pa fpregs The floating point registers as defined by .Dv "struct fpregs" in -.Pa \*[Lt]machine/reg.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <machine/reg.h> . .Pa fpregs is only implemented on machines which have distinct general purpose and floating point register sets. diff --git a/sbin/newbtconf/newbtconf.8 b/sbin/newbtconf/newbtconf.8 index 02efc2ec8d8..de535dd98df 100644 --- a/sbin/newbtconf/newbtconf.8 +++ b/sbin/newbtconf/newbtconf.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: newbtconf.8,v 1.19 2005/09/30 20:18:12 rpaulo Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: newbtconf.8,v 1.20 2017/07/03 21:33:42 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 Darren Reed. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ The following files are all moved into that directory and symbolic links put in their place, in .Pa /etc , pointing to -.Pa /etc/etc.current/\*[Lt]filename\*[Gt] : +.Pa /etc/etc.current/<filename> : .Bd -literal -offset indent /etc/defaultdomain /etc/fstab @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ will use the current configuration files as the basis for this setup unless a second parameter is given - that of the configuration to use as the basis for the new one. Upon completion, a new directory, -.Pa /etc/etc.\*[Lt]newname\*[Gt] , +.Pa /etc/etc.<newname> , will have been created, priming the directory with the appropriate files for editing. For example, if we do @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@ and are also removed so upon rebooting no configuration selection menu is displayed. Note that the previously created configurations (in -.Pa /etc/etc.\*[Lt]name\*[Gt] ) +.Pa /etc/etc.<name> ) are not removed. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /etc/mrouted.current -compact diff --git a/sbin/newfs/mount_mfs.8 b/sbin/newfs/mount_mfs.8 index 50055411626..947ca98d207 100644 --- a/sbin/newfs/mount_mfs.8 +++ b/sbin/newfs/mount_mfs.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mount_mfs.8,v 1.17 2016/09/12 04:50:48 sevan Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mount_mfs.8,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:33:42 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1987, 1991, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -106,11 +106,11 @@ The default size depends upon the size of the file system: .Bl -tag -width "file system size" -compact -offset indent .It Sy "file system size" .Ar block-size -.It \&\*[Lt] 20 MB +.It \&< 20 MB 4 KB -.It \&\*[Lt] 1024 MB +.It \&< 1024 MB 8 KB -.It \&\*[Gt]\&= 1024 MB +.It \&>\&= 1024 MB 16 KB .El .It Fl d Ar rotdelay @@ -145,11 +145,11 @@ The default size depends upon the size of the file system: .Bl -tag -width "file system size" -compact -offset indent .It Sy "file system size" .Ar frag-size -.It \&\*[Lt] 20 MB +.It \&< 20 MB 0.5 KB -.It \&\*[Lt] 1024 MB +.It \&< 1024 MB 1 KB -.It \&\*[Gt]\&= 1024 MB +.It \&>\&= 1024 MB 2 KB .El .It Fl g Ar groupname @@ -166,11 +166,11 @@ bytes of data space: .Bl -tag -width "file system size" -compact -offset indent .It Sy "file system size" .Ar bytes-per-inode -.It \&\*[Lt] 20 MB +.It \&< 20 MB 2 KB -.It \&\*[Lt] 1024 MB +.It \&< 1024 MB 4 KB -.It \&\*[Gt]\&= 1024 MB +.It \&>\&= 1024 MB 8 KB .El .It Fl m Ar free-space diff --git a/sbin/newfs/newfs.8 b/sbin/newfs/newfs.8 index e89a2700c67..4b3c63680e9 100644 --- a/sbin/newfs/newfs.8 +++ b/sbin/newfs/newfs.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: newfs.8,v 1.83 2012/06/30 15:34:01 tsutsui Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: newfs.8,v 1.84 2017/07/03 21:33:42 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1987, 1991, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -109,13 +109,13 @@ The default size depends upon the size of the file system: .Bl -tag -width "file system size" -compact -offset indent .It Sy "file system size" .Ar block-size -.It \*[Lt] 20 MB +.It < 20 MB 4 KB -.It \*[Lt] 1000 MB +.It < 1000 MB 8 KB -.It \*[Lt] 128 GB +.It < 128 GB 16 KB -.It \*[Gt]= 128 GB +.It >= 128 GB 32 KB .El .It Fl d Ar maxbsize @@ -151,13 +151,13 @@ The default size depends upon the size of the file system: .Bl -tag -width "file system size" -compact -offset indent .It Sy "file system size" .Ar frag-size -.It \*[Lt] 20 MB +.It < 20 MB 0.5 KB -.It \*[Lt] 1000 MB +.It < 1000 MB 1 KB -.It \*[Lt] 128 GB +.It < 128 GB 2 KB -.It \*[Gt]= 128 GB +.It >= 128 GB 4 KB .El .It Fl G @@ -184,13 +184,13 @@ bytes of data space: .Bl -tag -width "file system size" -compact -offset indent .It Sy "file system size" .Ar bytes-per-inode -.It \*[Lt] 20 MB +.It < 20 MB 2 KB -.It \*[Lt] 1000 MB +.It < 1000 MB 4 KB -.It \*[Lt] 128 GB +.It < 128 GB 8 KB -.It \*[Gt]= 128 GB +.It >= 128 GB 16 KB .El .It Fl m Ar free-space diff --git a/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8 b/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8 index 9d87ebc91d1..f46a2a0f63a 100644 --- a/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8 +++ b/sbin/newfs_ext2fs/newfs_ext2fs.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: newfs_ext2fs.8,v 1.11 2010/02/25 13:09:17 tsutsui Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: newfs_ext2fs.8,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:33:42 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1987, 1991, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -89,9 +89,9 @@ The default size depends upon the size of the file system: .Bl -tag -width "file system size" -compact -offset indent .It Sy "file system size" .Ar block-size -.It \*[Lt]= 512 MB +.It <= 512 MB 1 KB -.It \*[Gt] 512 MB +.It > 512 MB 4 KB .El .It Fl D Ar inodesize diff --git a/sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8 b/sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8 index 2673520eb46..54469f86987 100644 --- a/sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8 +++ b/sbin/raidctl/raidctl.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: raidctl.8,v 1.71 2016/01/06 22:57:44 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: raidctl.8,v 1.72 2017/07/03 21:33:42 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998, 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -1508,7 +1508,7 @@ raidctl -i raid0 .It Get the default label for the RAID set: .Bd -literal -offset indent -disklabel raid0 \*[Gt] /tmp/label +disklabel raid0 > /tmp/label .Ed .It Edit the label: diff --git a/sbin/restore/restore.8 b/sbin/restore/restore.8 index 05dfd70e4d6..fc19addd250 100644 --- a/sbin/restore/restore.8 +++ b/sbin/restore/restore.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: restore.8,v 1.53 2013/03/30 11:07:40 rodent Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: restore.8,v 1.54 2017/07/03 21:33:42 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -469,13 +469,13 @@ Common errors are given below. A dump tape created from the old file system has been loaded. It is automatically converted to the new file system format. .Pp -.It \*[Lt]filename\*[Gt]: not found on tape +.It <filename>: not found on tape The specified file name was listed in the tape directory, but was not found on the tape. This is caused by tape read errors while looking for the file, and from using a dump tape created on an active file system. .Pp -.It expected next file \*[Lt]inumber\*[Gt], got \*[Lt]inumber\*[Gt] +.It expected next file <inumber>, got <inumber> A file that was not listed in the directory showed up. This can occur when using a dump created on an active file system. .Pp @@ -490,8 +490,8 @@ a dump that does not begin its coverage where the previous incremental dump left off, or that has too high an incremental level has been loaded. .Pp -.It Tape read error while restoring \*[Lt]filename\*[Gt] -.It Tape read error while skipping over inode \*[Lt]inumber\*[Gt] +.It Tape read error while restoring <filename> +.It Tape read error while skipping over inode <inumber> .It Tape read error while trying to resynchronize A tape (or other media) read error has occurred. If a file name is specified, @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ If an inode is being skipped or the tape is trying to resynchronize, then no extracted files have been corrupted, though files may not be found on the tape. .Pp -.It resync restore, skipped \*[Lt]num\*[Gt] blocks +.It resync restore, skipped <num> blocks After a dump read error, .Nm may have to resynchronize itself. diff --git a/sbin/route/route.8 b/sbin/route/route.8 index 2b9e1e264db..b7ecb05db11 100644 --- a/sbin/route/route.8 +++ b/sbin/route/route.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: route.8,v 1.58 2017/06/19 09:46:33 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: route.8,v 1.59 2017/07/03 21:33:42 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ the routing tables. .Sh EXIT STATUS The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. This includes the use of the .Cm get command to look up a route that is incomplete. diff --git a/sbin/routed/routed.8 b/sbin/routed/routed.8 index 39191640857..ef1649a9a8c 100644 --- a/sbin/routed/routed.8 +++ b/sbin/routed/routed.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: routed.8,v 1.44 2004/05/17 15:38:20 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: routed.8,v 1.45 2017/07/03 21:33:42 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -446,9 +446,9 @@ Blank lines and lines starting with '#' are comments. .Ar Gname .Cm metric .Ar value -.Pf \*[Lt] Cm passive No \&| +.Pf < Cm passive No \&| .Cm active No \&| -.Cm extern Ns \*[Gt] +.Cm extern Ns > .Ed .Bd -ragged .Cm host @@ -457,9 +457,9 @@ Blank lines and lines starting with '#' are comments. .Ar Gname .Cm metric .Ar value -.Pf \*[Lt] Cm passive No \&| +.Pf < Cm passive No \&| .Cm active No \&| -.Cm extern Ns \*[Gt] +.Cm extern Ns > .Ed .Pp .Ar Nname diff --git a/sbin/veriexecctl/veriexecctl.8 b/sbin/veriexecctl/veriexecctl.8 index f95dcf6eeb2..26af60b3a1d 100644 --- a/sbin/veriexecctl/veriexecctl.8 +++ b/sbin/veriexecctl/veriexecctl.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: veriexecctl.8,v 1.39 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: veriexecctl.8,v 1.40 2017/07/03 21:33:42 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $Id: veriexecctl.8,v 1.39 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $Id: veriexecctl.8,v 1.40 2017/07/03 21:33:42 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd August 31, 2008 .Dt VERIEXECCTL 8 @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Only entries that have the filename will be presented. .Pp This can be used to recover a lost database: .Bd -literal -offset indent -# veriexecctl dump \*[Gt] /etc/signatures +# veriexecctl dump > /etc/signatures .Ed .It Cm flush Delete all entries in the diff --git a/share/man/man1/cd.1 b/share/man/man1/cd.1 index 647848e36e1..163a1eb88b3 100644 --- a/share/man/man1/cd.1 +++ b/share/man/man1/cd.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: cd.1,v 1.6 2005/09/11 23:10:39 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: cd.1,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ for more information on environment variables. .Pp The .Nm cd -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr csh 1 , .Xr pwd 1 , diff --git a/share/man/man1/man1.x68k/bellctrl.1 b/share/man/man1/man1.x68k/bellctrl.1 index 5c81d4962e7..56b843ee26b 100644 --- a/share/man/man1/man1.x68k/bellctrl.1 +++ b/share/man/man1/man1.x68k/bellctrl.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bellctrl.1,v 1.13 2012/10/13 15:28:34 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bellctrl.1,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995 Takuya Harakawa. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -75,4 +75,4 @@ option sets the voice parameter to given voice parameter file ( .El .Sh AUTHORS .Nm -was written by Takuya Harakawa \*[Lt]ussy@int.titech.ac.jp\*[Gt]. +was written by Takuya Harakawa <ussy@int.titech.ac.jp>. diff --git a/share/man/man1/wait.1 b/share/man/man1/wait.1 index e8443c34b7e..90fa83fde3e 100644 --- a/share/man/man1/wait.1 +++ b/share/man/man1/wait.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: wait.1,v 1.4 2003/08/07 10:31:00 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: wait.1,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ utility was invoked with no operands and all of the existing background child processes have terminated, or the process specified by the pid operand exited normally with 0 as its exit status. -.It \&\*[Gt]\&0 +.It \&>\&0 The specified process did not exist and its exit status information was not available, or the specified process existed or its exit status information diff --git a/share/man/man3/__arraycount.3 b/share/man/man3/__arraycount.3 index 585c01310da..61b9ce47823 100644 --- a/share/man/man3/__arraycount.3 +++ b/share/man/man3/__arraycount.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: __arraycount.3,v 1.6 2010/12/16 10:40:04 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: __arraycount.3,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2010 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ size_t i; \&... -for (i = 0; i \*[Lt] __arraycount(buf); i++) +for (i = 0; i < __arraycount(buf); i++) \&... .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/share/man/man3/bitmap.3 b/share/man/man3/bitmap.3 index 986a39c141c..6b267be5aea 100644 --- a/share/man/man3/bitmap.3 +++ b/share/man/man3/bitmap.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bitmap.3,v 1.9 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bitmap.3,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2012 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ The behavior of these macros is undefined for negative bit values or ones greater than the number of bits the bitmap can hold. .Sh EXAMPLES .Bd -literal -#include \*[Lt]sys/bitops.h\*[Gt] +#include <sys/bitops.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) @@ -123,16 +123,16 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) __BITMAP_TYPE(, uint32_t, 5000) bitmap; /* Initialize the read set to null */ - __BITMAP_ZERO(\*[Am]bitmap); + __BITMAP_ZERO(&bitmap); /* Set bit 1 */ - __BITMAP_SET(1, \*[Am]bitmap); + __BITMAP_SET(1, &bitmap); - for (size_t i = 0; i \*[Lt] 5000; i++) { - if (__BITMAP_ISSET(i, \*[Am]bitmap)) { + for (size_t i = 0; i < 5000; i++) { + if (__BITMAP_ISSET(i, &bitmap)) { /* Should just print 1 */ printf("Bit %zu is set\en", i); - __BITMAP_CLR(i, \*[Am]bitmap); + __BITMAP_CLR(i, &bitmap); } break; } diff --git a/share/man/man3/bits.3 b/share/man/man3/bits.3 index 214723a15c6..4e3768b1a5e 100644 --- a/share/man/man3/bits.3 +++ b/share/man/man3/bits.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bits.3,v 1.17 2016/11/07 03:12:54 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bits.3,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006, 2010 David Young. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ through .Fa n , inclusive, set. It does not matter whether -.Fa m No \*[Gt] Fa n +.Fa m No > Fa n or -.Fa m No \*[Lt]= Fa n . +.Fa m No <= Fa n . The least significant bit is bit 0. .El .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man3/bitstring.3 b/share/man/man3/bitstring.3 index 7dbd0d49b3d..cda7e437927 100644 --- a/share/man/man3/bitstring.3 +++ b/share/man/man3/bitstring.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bitstring.3,v 1.17 2016/12/29 23:55:28 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bitstring.3,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -148,8 +148,8 @@ The arguments to these macros are evaluated only once and may safely have side effects. .Sh EXAMPLES .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]limits.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]bitstring.h\*[Gt] +#include <limits.h> +#include <bitstring.h> \&... #define LPR_BUSY_BIT 0 diff --git a/share/man/man3/fast_divide32.3 b/share/man/man3/fast_divide32.3 index bb2451898de..4febcd962b7 100644 --- a/share/man/man3/fast_divide32.3 +++ b/share/man/man3/fast_divide32.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: fast_divide32.3,v 1.8 2011/05/10 12:09:00 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: fast_divide32.3,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2010 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ and uint32_t a, b, q, r, m; uint8_t s1, s2; -fast_divide32_prepare(b, \*[Am]m, \*[Am]s1, \*[Am]s2); +fast_divide32_prepare(b, &m, &s1, &s2); q = fast_divide32(a, b, m, s1, s2); r = fast_remainder32(a, b, m, s1, s2); diff --git a/share/man/man3/gcq.3 b/share/man/man3/gcq.3 index 94e68c12956..cdc0750be40 100644 --- a/share/man/man3/gcq.3 +++ b/share/man/man3/gcq.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: gcq.3,v 1.3 2009/05/27 19:23:28 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: gcq.3,v 1.4 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Not (c) 2007 Matthew Orgass .\" This file is public domain, meaning anyone can make any use of part or all @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ otherwise. is the negation of this operation performed on a head. .Fn gcq_linked tests if -.Li "prev-\*[Gt]q_next == next \*[Am]\*[Am] next-\*[Gt]q_prev == prev" . +.Li "prev->q_next == next && next->q_prev == prev" . .Pp .Fn gcq_tie ties @@ -361,10 +361,10 @@ is equivalent to .Fn gcq_tie_after except that the latter must only be used with arguments on separate lists or not on lists and asserts that -.Li "src != dst \*[Am]\*[Am] dst-\*[Gt]q_prev != src" . +.Li "src != dst && dst->q_prev != src" . .Fn gcq_tie_before performs the same operation on -.Li dst-\*[Gt]q_prev . +.Li dst->q_prev . .Pp .Fn gcq_merge moves any elements on list diff --git a/share/man/man3/iso646.3 b/share/man/man3/iso646.3 index bd6c618685b..42a7b833dd2 100644 --- a/share/man/man3/iso646.3 +++ b/share/man/man3/iso646.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: iso646.3,v 1.5 2010/12/16 19:31:47 pgoyette Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: iso646.3,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2010 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ The header defines eleven alternative spellings for standard operators: .Bl -column -offset indent \ "11." "xor_eq" "xx" -.It Li 1. Ta Em and Ta \*[Am]\*[Am] -.It Li 2. Ta Em and_eq Ta \*[Am]\&= -.It Li 3. Ta Em bitand Ta \*[Am] +.It Li 1. Ta Em and Ta && +.It Li 2. Ta Em and_eq Ta &\&= +.It Li 3. Ta Em bitand Ta & .It Li 4. Ta Em bitor Ta \*[Ba] .It Li 5. Ta Em compl Ta \&~ .It Li 6. Ta Em not Ta \&! diff --git a/share/man/man3/queue.3 b/share/man/man3/queue.3 index 79f52096d65..38c030b0c83 100644 --- a/share/man/man3/queue.3 +++ b/share/man/man3/queue.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: queue.3,v 1.56 2017/04/25 06:08:24 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: queue.3,v 1.57 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000, 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -523,27 +523,27 @@ struct entry { ... } *n1, *n2, *n3, *np; -SLIST_INIT(\*[Am]head); /* Initialize the list. */ +SLIST_INIT(&head); /* Initialize the list. */ n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry)); /* Insert at the head. */ -SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(\*[Am]head, n1, entries); +SLIST_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries); n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry)); /* Insert after. */ SLIST_INSERT_AFTER(n1, n2, entries); -SLIST_REMOVE(\*[Am]head, n2, entry, entries);/* Deletion. */ +SLIST_REMOVE(&head, n2, entry, entries);/* Deletion. */ free(n2); -n3 = SLIST_FIRST(\*[Am]head); -SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(\*[Am]head, entries); /* Deletion from the head. */ +n3 = SLIST_FIRST(&head); +SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(&head, entries); /* Deletion from the head. */ free(n3); -SLIST_FOREACH(np, \*[Am]head, entries) /* Forward traversal. */ - np-\*[Gt] ... +SLIST_FOREACH(np, &head, entries) /* Forward traversal. */ + np-> ... -while (!SLIST_EMPTY(\*[Am]head)) { /* List Deletion. */ - n1 = SLIST_FIRST(\*[Am]head); - SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(\*[Am]head, entries); +while (!SLIST_EMPTY(&head)) { /* List Deletion. */ + n1 = SLIST_FIRST(&head); + SLIST_REMOVE_HEAD(&head, entries); free(n1); } .Ed @@ -679,10 +679,10 @@ struct entry { ... } *n1, *n2, *np; -LIST_INIT(\*[Am]head); /* Initialize the list. */ +LIST_INIT(&head); /* Initialize the list. */ n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry)); /* Insert at the head. */ -LIST_INSERT_HEAD(\*[Am]head, n1, entries); +LIST_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries); n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry)); /* Insert after. */ LIST_INSERT_AFTER(n1, n2, entries); @@ -690,12 +690,12 @@ LIST_INSERT_AFTER(n1, n2, entries); n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry)); /* Insert before. */ LIST_INSERT_BEFORE(n1, n2, entries); -LIST_FOREACH(np, \*[Am]head, entries) /* Forward traversal. */ - np-\*[Gt] ... +LIST_FOREACH(np, &head, entries) /* Forward traversal. */ + np-> ... -while (LIST_FIRST(\*[Am]head) != NULL) /* Delete. */ - LIST_REMOVE(LIST_FIRST(\*[Am]head), entries); -if (LIST_EMPTY(\*[Am]head)) /* Test for emptiness. */ +while (LIST_FIRST(&head) != NULL) /* Delete. */ + LIST_REMOVE(LIST_FIRST(&head), entries); +if (LIST_EMPTY(&head)) /* Test for emptiness. */ printf("nothing to do\\n"); .Ed .Sh SIMPLE QUEUES @@ -847,23 +847,23 @@ struct entry { ... } *n1, *n2, *np; -SIMPLEQ_INIT(\*[Am]head); /* Initialize the queue. */ +SIMPLEQ_INIT(&head); /* Initialize the queue. */ n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry)); /* Insert at the head. */ -SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(\*[Am]head, n1, entries); +SIMPLEQ_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries); n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry)); /* Insert at the tail. */ -SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(\*[Am]head, n1, entries); +SIMPLEQ_INSERT_TAIL(&head, n1, entries); n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry)); /* Insert after. */ -SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(\*[Am]head, n1, n2, entries); +SIMPLEQ_INSERT_AFTER(&head, n1, n2, entries); -SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(np, \*[Am]head, entries) /* Forward traversal. */ - np-\*[Gt] ... +SIMPLEQ_FOREACH(np, &head, entries) /* Forward traversal. */ + np-> ... -while (SIMPLEQ_FIRST(\*[Am]head) != NULL) /* Delete. */ - SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD(\*[Am]head, entries); -if (SIMPLEQ_EMPTY(\*[Am]head)) /* Test for emptiness. */ +while (SIMPLEQ_FIRST(&head) != NULL) /* Delete. */ + SIMPLEQ_REMOVE_HEAD(&head, entries); +if (SIMPLEQ_EMPTY(&head)) /* Test for emptiness. */ printf("nothing to do\\n"); .Ed .Sh TAIL QUEUES @@ -1022,29 +1022,29 @@ struct entry { ... } *n1, *n2, *np; -TAILQ_INIT(\*[Am]head); /* Initialize the queue. */ +TAILQ_INIT(&head); /* Initialize the queue. */ n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry)); /* Insert at the head. */ -TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(\*[Am]head, n1, entries); +TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&head, n1, entries); n1 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry)); /* Insert at the tail. */ -TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(\*[Am]head, n1, entries); +TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&head, n1, entries); n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry)); /* Insert after. */ -TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(\*[Am]head, n1, n2, entries); +TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER(&head, n1, n2, entries); n2 = malloc(sizeof(struct entry)); /* Insert before. */ TAILQ_INSERT_BEFORE(n1, n2, entries); -TAILQ_FOREACH(np, \*[Am]head, entries) /* Forward traversal. */ - np-\*[Gt] ... +TAILQ_FOREACH(np, &head, entries) /* Forward traversal. */ + np-> ... /* Reverse traversal. */ -TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(np, \*[Am]head, tailhead, entries) - np-\*[Gt] ... +TAILQ_FOREACH_REVERSE(np, &head, tailhead, entries) + np-> ... -while (TAILQ_FIRST(\*[Am]head) != NULL) /* Delete. */ - TAILQ_REMOVE(\*[Am]head, TAILQ_FIRST(\*[Am]head), entries); -if (TAILQ_EMPTY(\*[Am]head)) /* Test for emptiness. */ +while (TAILQ_FIRST(&head) != NULL) /* Delete. */ + TAILQ_REMOVE(&head, TAILQ_FIRST(&head), entries); +if (TAILQ_EMPTY(&head)) /* Test for emptiness. */ printf("nothing to do\\n"); .Ed .Sh SINGLY LINKED TAIL QUEUES diff --git a/share/man/man3/tree.3 b/share/man/man3/tree.3 index 0c888aa8c2d..8d1c929e610 100644 --- a/share/man/man3/tree.3 +++ b/share/man/man3/tree.3 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: tree.3,v 1.11 2013/03/29 22:51:04 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: tree.3,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: tree.3,v 1.23 2011/07/09 08:43:01 jmc Exp $ .\"/* .\" * Copyright 2002 Niels Provos <provos@citi.umich.edu> @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ The splay tree can also be initialized statically by using the .Fn SPLAY_INITIALIZER macro like this: .Bd -literal -offset indent -SPLAY_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head = SPLAY_INITIALIZER(\*[Am]head); +SPLAY_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head = SPLAY_INITIALIZER(&head); .Ed .Pp The @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ macro can be used to find a particular element in the tree. .Bd -literal -offset indent struct TYPE find, *res; find.key = 30; -res = SPLAY_FIND(NAME, \*[Am]head, \*[Am]find); +res = SPLAY_FIND(NAME, &head, &find); .Ed .Pp The @@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ and .Fn SPLAY_NEXT macros can be used to traverse the tree: .Bd -literal -offset indent -for (np = SPLAY_MIN(NAME, \*[Am]head); np != NULL; np = SPLAY_NEXT(NAME, \*[Am]head, np)) +for (np = SPLAY_MIN(NAME, &head); np != NULL; np = SPLAY_NEXT(NAME, &head, np)) .Ed .Pp Or, for simplicity, one can use the @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@ The red-black tree can also be initialized statically by using the .Fn RB_INITIALIZER macro like this: .Bd -literal -offset indent -RB_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head = RB_INITIALIZER(\*[Am]head); +RB_HEAD(HEADNAME, TYPE) head = RB_INITIALIZER(&head); .Ed .Pp The @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ finds the first node greater than or equal to the search key. .Bd -literal -offset indent struct TYPE find, *res; find.key = 30; -res = RB_FIND(NAME, \*[Am]head, \*[Am]find); +res = RB_FIND(NAME, &head, &find); .Ed .Pp The @@ -456,7 +456,7 @@ and .Fn RB_PREV macros can be used to traverse the tree: .Bd -literal -offset indent -for (np = RB_MIN(NAME, \*[Am]head); np != NULL; np = RB_NEXT(NAME, \*[Am]head, np)) +for (np = RB_MIN(NAME, &head); np != NULL; np = RB_NEXT(NAME, &head, np)) .Ed .Pp Or, for simplicity, one can use the @@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ or .Fn RB_FOREACH_REVERSE macros: .Bd -literal -offset indent -RB_FOREACH(np, NAME, \*[Am]head) +RB_FOREACH(np, NAME, &head) .Ed .Pp The macros diff --git a/share/man/man4/acpilid.4 b/share/man/man4/acpilid.4 index 85385b88a59..86d0e1d9dc9 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/acpilid.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/acpilid.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: acpilid.4,v 1.7 2011/01/09 15:55:48 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: acpilid.4,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002, 2004 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ pressed) # Suspend. # - if /sbin/sysctl hw.acpi.sleep.state \*[Gt]/dev/null 2\*[Gt]\*[Am]1; then + if /sbin/sysctl hw.acpi.sleep.state >/dev/null 2>&1; then /sbin/sysctl -w hw.acpi.sleep.state=3 fi diff --git a/share/man/man4/agp.4 b/share/man/man4/agp.4 index e4ca717bc6c..2a522341260 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/agp.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/agp.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: agp.4,v 1.16 2010/10/03 06:36:49 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: agp.4,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ The calls supported are: .It Dv AGPIOC_INFO Get AGP information, setting the members in the .Em agp_info -structure as defined in \*[Lt]sys/agpio.h\*[Gt]: +structure as defined in <sys/agpio.h>: .Bd -literal typedef struct _agp_info { agp_version version; /* version of the driver */ @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Release AGP. .It Dv AGPIOC_SETUP Set up AGP, using the members in the .Em agp_setup -structure as defined in \*[Lt]sys/agpio.h\*[Gt]: +structure as defined in <sys/agpio.h>: .Bd -literal typedef struct _agp_setup { uint32_t agp_mode; /* mode info of bridge */ @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ typedef struct _agp_setup { .It Dv AGPIOC_ALLOCATE Allocate AGP space, using and setting the members in the .Em agp_allocate -structure as defined in \*[Lt]sys/agpio.h\*[Gt]: +structure as defined in <sys/agpio.h>: .Bd -literal typedef struct _agp_allocate { int key; /* tag of allocation */ @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Deallocate AGP space. .It Dv AGPIOC_BIND Bind AGP space, using the members in the .Em agp_bind -structure as defined in \*[Lt]sys/agpio.h\*[Gt]: +structure as defined in <sys/agpio.h>: .Bd -literal typedef struct _agp_bind { int key; /* tag of allocation */ @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ typedef struct _agp_bind { .It Dv AGPIOC_UNBIND Unbind AGP space, using the members in the .Em agp_unbind -structure as defined in \*[Lt]sys/agpio.h\*[Gt]: +structure as defined in <sys/agpio.h>: .Bd -literal typedef struct _agp_unbind { int key; /* tag of allocation */ @@ -155,11 +155,11 @@ AGP GART device special file This short code fragment is an example of opening the AGP device and performing some basic operations: .Bd -literal -#include \*[Lt]sys/types.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]sys/ioctl.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]sys/agpio.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]fcntl.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]err.h\*[Gt] +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <sys/agpio.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <err.h> int main(int argc, char **argv) @@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) agp_unbind unbind; fd = open("/dev/agp0", O_RDWR); - if (fd \*[Lt] 0) + if (fd < 0) err(1, "open"); - if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_INFO, \*[Am]info) \*[Lt] 0) + if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_INFO, &info) < 0) err(2, "ioctl AGPIOC_INFO"); printf("version: %u.%u\\n", info.version.major, @@ -191,26 +191,26 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) setup.agp_mode = info.agp_mode; - if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_SETUP, \*[Am]setup) \*[Lt] 0) + if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_SETUP, &setup) < 0) err(3, "ioctl AGPIOC_SETUP"); - if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_ACQUIRE, 0) \*[Lt] 0) + if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_ACQUIRE, 0) < 0) err(3, "ioctl AGPIOC_ACQUIRE"); alloc.type = 0; alloc.pg_count = 64; - if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_ALLOCATE, \*[Am]alloc) \*[Lt] 0) + if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_ALLOCATE, &alloc) < 0) err(4, "ioctl AGPIOC_ALLOCATE"); printf("alloc key %d, paddr %x\\n", alloc.key, alloc.physical); - if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_INFO, \*[Am]info) \*[Lt] 0) + if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_INFO, &info) < 0) err(5, "ioctl AGPIOC_INFO"); bind.key = alloc.key; bind.pg_start = 0x1000; - if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_BIND, \*[Am]bind) \*[Lt] 0) + if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_BIND, &bind) < 0) err(6, "ioctl AGPIOC_BIND"); printf("used mem now: %u\\n\\n", info.pg_used); @@ -218,13 +218,13 @@ main(int argc, char **argv) unbind.key = alloc.key; unbind.priority = 0; - if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_UNBIND, \*[Am]unbind) \*[Lt] 0) + if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_UNBIND, &unbind) < 0) err(6, "ioctl AGPIOC_BIND"); - if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_DEALLOCATE, \*[Am]alloc.key) \*[Lt] 0) + if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_DEALLOCATE, &alloc.key) < 0) err(6, "ioctl AGPIOC_DEALLOCATE"); - if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_RELEASE, 0) \*[Lt] 0) + if (ioctl(fd, AGPIOC_RELEASE, 0) < 0) err(7, "ioctl AGPIOC_RELEASE"); close(fd); diff --git a/share/man/man4/ahc.4 b/share/man/man4/ahc.4 index 6de91ffe292..23533be1e3c 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ahc.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ahc.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ahc.4,v 1.33 2009/05/04 19:45:51 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ahc.4,v 1.34 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 .\" Justin T. Gibbs. All rights reserved. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Change the default SCSI id for cards without a SEEPROM (default 7): .Cd options AHC_CARDBUS_DEFAULT_SCSI_ID=integer .Pp .\" To configure one or more controllers to assume the target role: -.\" .Cd options AHC_TMODE_ENABLE \*[Lt]bitmask of units\*[Gt] +.\" .Cd options AHC_TMODE_ENABLE <bitmask of units> .\" .Pp .\" For one or more SCSI buses: .\" .Cd device scbus0 at ahc0 @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Memory mapped I/O is more efficient than the alternative, programmed I/O. Most PCI BIOSes will map devices so that either technique for communicating with the card is available. In some cases, -usually when the PCI device is sitting behind a PCI-\*[Gt]PCI bridge, +usually when the PCI device is sitting behind a PCI->PCI bridge, the BIOS may fail to properly initialize the chip for memory mapped I/O. The typical symptom of this problem is a system hang if memory mapped I/O is attempted. diff --git a/share/man/man4/ahd.4 b/share/man/man4/ahd.4 index 1f90dbf2f3b..758699207cf 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ahd.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ahd.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ahd.4,v 1.5 2009/05/17 06:45:47 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ahd.4,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 .\" Justin T. Gibbs. All rights reserved. @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ For one or more PCI/PCI-X cards: To compile in debugging code: .Bd -ragged -offset indent -compact .Cd options AHD_DEBUG -.Cd options AHD_DEBUG_OPTS=\*[Lt]bitmask of options\*[Gt] +.Cd options AHD_DEBUG_OPTS=<bitmask of options> .Cd options AHD_REG_PRETTY_PRINT .Ed .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/ai.4 b/share/man/man4/ai.4 index 33329597b6f..29007df3424 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ai.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ai.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ai.4,v 1.8 2008/04/30 13:10:53 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ai.4,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ .Sh NAME .Nm ai .Nd -.Tn AT\*[Am]T +.Tn AT&T .Tn StarLAN .Tn Ethernet interface driver @@ -44,8 +44,8 @@ driver supports the following bus NICs: .Pp .Bl -tag -width Dv -offset indent -compact -.It AT\*[Am]T StarLAN 10 -.It AT\*[Am]T StarLAN Fiber +.It AT&T StarLAN 10 +.It AT&T StarLAN Fiber .El .Pp These cards are based on the diff --git a/share/man/man4/amr.4 b/share/man/man4/amr.4 index 6d9de125423..274487068aa 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/amr.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/amr.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: amr.4,v 1.14 2006/11/13 16:33:57 ad Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: amr.4,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 Jeroen Ruigrok van der Werven .\" All rights reserved. @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ The controller cache is being flushed prior to shutdown or detach. .El .Ss Operational diagnostics .Bl -diag -.It amr%d: I/O beyond end of unit (%u,%d \*[Gt] %u) +.It amr%d: I/O beyond end of unit (%u,%d > %u) .Pp A partitioning error or disk corruption has caused an I/O request beyond the end of the logical drive. diff --git a/share/man/man4/ath.4 b/share/man/man4/ath.4 index b97146c2b1d..90b89cfd7b9 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ath.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ath.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ath.4,v 1.31 2012/03/13 19:25:39 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ath.4,v 1.32 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002, 2003 Sam Leffler, Errno Consulting .\" All rights reserved. @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ the set of available channels. A problem occurred while querying the HAL to find the set of available channels for the device. This should not happen. -.It "ath%d: %s: %dM -\*[Gt] %dM (%d ok, %d err, %d retr)" +.It "ath%d: %s: %dM -> %dM (%d ok, %d err, %d retr)" The driver's rate control algorithm changed the current rate for transmitting frames. This message is temporarily enabled for normal use to help in diagnosing diff --git a/share/man/man4/audio.4 b/share/man/man4/audio.4 index 9306ae48384..d9ceabdd6b1 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/audio.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/audio.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: audio.4,v 1.79 2017/05/07 08:19:39 nat Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: audio.4,v 1.80 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ typedef struct audio_info { When setting the current state with .Dv AUDIO_SETINFO , the audio_info structure should first be initialized with -.Dv AUDIO_INITINFO Po \*[Am]info Pc +.Dv AUDIO_INITINFO Po &info Pc and then the particular values to be changed should be set. This allows the audio driver to only set those things that you wish to change and eliminates the need to query the device with diff --git a/share/man/man4/bio.4 b/share/man/man4/bio.4 index 73f1e27017f..ce7f21aa74b 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/bio.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/bio.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bio.4,v 1.12 2014/09/27 16:16:28 jmcneill Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bio.4,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: bio.4,v 1.19 2006/09/20 22:22:37 jmc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 Niklas Hallqvist @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Compaq RAID array controller .It Xr ciss 4 Compaq Smart ARRAY 5/6 SAS/SATA/SCSI RAID controller .It Xr mfi 4 -LSI Logic \*[Am] Dell MegaRAID SAS RAID controller +LSI Logic & Dell MegaRAID SAS RAID controller .It Xr mpt 4 LSI Fusion-MPT RAID controller .El diff --git a/share/man/man4/bluetooth.4 b/share/man/man4/bluetooth.4 index 779f25018e9..b759188a597 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/bluetooth.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/bluetooth.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bluetooth.4,v 1.19 2017/02/03 13:23:37 plunky Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bluetooth.4,v 1.20 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006 Itronix Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -348,17 +348,17 @@ struct btreq { #define btr_stats btru.btrs /* btr_flags */ -#define BTF_UP (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]0) /* unit is up */ -#define BTF_RUNNING (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]1) /* unit is running */ -#define BTF_XMIT_CMD (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]2) /* transmitting CMD packets */ -#define BTF_XMIT_ACL (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]3) /* transmitting ACL packets */ -#define BTF_XMIT_SCO (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]4) /* transmitting SCO packets */ -#define BTF_INIT_BDADDR (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]5) /* waiting for bdaddr */ -#define BTF_INIT_BUFFER_SIZE (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]6) /* waiting for buffer size */ -#define BTF_INIT_FEATURES (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]7) /* waiting for features */ -#define BTF_NOOP_ON_RESET (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]8) /* wait for No-op on reset */ -#define BTF_INIT_COMMANDS (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]9) /* waiting for supported commands */ -#define BTF_MASTER (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]10) /* request Master role */ +#define BTF_UP (1<<0) /* unit is up */ +#define BTF_RUNNING (1<<1) /* unit is running */ +#define BTF_XMIT_CMD (1<<2) /* transmitting CMD packets */ +#define BTF_XMIT_ACL (1<<3) /* transmitting ACL packets */ +#define BTF_XMIT_SCO (1<<4) /* transmitting SCO packets */ +#define BTF_INIT_BDADDR (1<<5) /* waiting for bdaddr */ +#define BTF_INIT_BUFFER_SIZE (1<<6) /* waiting for buffer size */ +#define BTF_INIT_FEATURES (1<<7) /* waiting for features */ +#define BTF_NOOP_ON_RESET (1<<8) /* wait for No-op on reset */ +#define BTF_INIT_COMMANDS (1<<9) /* waiting for supported commands */ +#define BTF_MASTER (1<<10) /* request Master role */ struct bt_stats { uint32_t err_tx; diff --git a/share/man/man4/bpf.4 b/share/man/man4/bpf.4 index 534d57834bb..f2a67ed8a62 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/bpf.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/bpf.4 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" -*- nroff -*- .\" -.\" $NetBSD: bpf.4,v 1.55 2014/07/24 21:21:55 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bpf.4,v 1.56 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -83,10 +83,10 @@ command codes below are defined in .In net/bpf.h . All commands require these includes: .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]sys/types.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]sys/time.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]sys/ioctl.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]net/bpf.h\*[Gt] +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <net/bpf.h> .Ed .Pp Additionally, @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Additionally, and .Dv BIOCSETIF require -.Pa \*[Lt]net/if.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <net/if.h> . .Pp The (third) argument to the .Xr ioctl 2 @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ For example, if points to the start of a packet, this expression will advance it to the next packet: .Pp -.Dl p = (char *)p + BPF_WORDALIGN(p-\*[Gt]bh_hdrlen + p-\*[Gt]bh_caplen) +.Dl p = (char *)p + BPF_WORDALIGN(p->bh_hdrlen + p->bh_caplen) .Pp For the alignment mechanisms to work properly, the buffer passed to @@ -521,16 +521,16 @@ or byte Arithmetic overflow when calculating a variable offset terminates the filter program and the packet is ignored. The semantics of all the recognized BPF_LD instructions follow. -.Bl -column "BPF_LD_BPF_W_BPF_ABS" "A \*[Lt]- P[k:4]" -offset indent -.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_W+BPF_ABS Ta A \*[Lt]- P[k:4] -.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_H+BPF_ABS Ta A \*[Lt]- P[k:2] -.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_B+BPF_ABS Ta A \*[Lt]- P[k:1] -.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_W+BPF_IND Ta A \*[Lt]- P[X+k:4] -.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_H+BPF_IND Ta A \*[Lt]- P[X+k:2] -.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_B+BPF_IND Ta A \*[Lt]- P[X+k:1] -.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_W+BPF_LEN Ta A \*[Lt]- len -.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_IMM Ta A \*[Lt]- k -.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_MEM Ta A \*[Lt]- M[k] +.Bl -column "BPF_LD_BPF_W_BPF_ABS" "A <- P[k:4]" -offset indent +.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_W+BPF_ABS Ta A <- P[k:4] +.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_H+BPF_ABS Ta A <- P[k:2] +.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_B+BPF_ABS Ta A <- P[k:1] +.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_W+BPF_IND Ta A <- P[X+k:4] +.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_H+BPF_IND Ta A <- P[X+k:2] +.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_B+BPF_IND Ta A <- P[X+k:1] +.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_W+BPF_LEN Ta A <- len +.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_IMM Ta A <- k +.It Sy BPF_LD+BPF_MEM Ta A <- M[k] .El .It Sy BPF_LDX These instructions load a value into the index register. @@ -538,23 +538,23 @@ Note that the addressing modes are more restricted than those of the accumulator loads, but they include .Sy BPF_MSH , a hack for efficiently loading the IP header length. -.Bl -column "BPF_LDX_BPF_W_BPF_IMM" "X \*[Lt]- k" -offset indent -.It Sy BPF_LDX+BPF_W+BPF_IMM Ta X \*[Lt]- k -.It Sy BPF_LDX+BPF_W+BPF_MEM Ta X \*[Lt]- M[k] -.It Sy BPF_LDX+BPF_W+BPF_LEN Ta X \*[Lt]- len -.It Sy BPF_LDX+BPF_B+BPF_MSH Ta X \*[Lt]- 4*(P[k:1]\*[Am]0xf) +.Bl -column "BPF_LDX_BPF_W_BPF_IMM" "X <- k" -offset indent +.It Sy BPF_LDX+BPF_W+BPF_IMM Ta X <- k +.It Sy BPF_LDX+BPF_W+BPF_MEM Ta X <- M[k] +.It Sy BPF_LDX+BPF_W+BPF_LEN Ta X <- len +.It Sy BPF_LDX+BPF_B+BPF_MSH Ta X <- 4*(P[k:1]&0xf) .El .It Sy BPF_ST This instruction stores the accumulator into the scratch memory. We do not need an addressing mode since there is only one possibility for the destination. -.Bl -column "BPF_ST" "M[k] \*[Lt]- A" -offset indent -.It Sy BPF_ST Ta M[k] \*[Lt]- A +.Bl -column "BPF_ST" "M[k] <- A" -offset indent +.It Sy BPF_ST Ta M[k] <- A .El .It Sy BPF_STX This instruction stores the index register in the scratch memory store. -.Bl -column "BPF_STX" "M[k] \*[Lt]- X" -offset indent -.It Sy BPF_STX Ta M[k] \*[Lt]- X +.Bl -column "BPF_STX" "M[k] <- X" -offset indent +.It Sy BPF_STX Ta M[k] <- X .El .It Sy BPF_ALU The alu instructions perform operations between the accumulator and @@ -563,24 +563,24 @@ For binary operations, a source mode is required .Sy ( BPF_K or .Sy BPF_X ) . -.Bl -column "BPF_ALU_BPF_ADD_BPF_K" "A \*[Lt]- A + k" -offset indent -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_ADD+BPF_K Ta A \*[Lt]- A + k -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_SUB+BPF_K Ta A \*[Lt]- A - k -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_MUL+BPF_K Ta A \*[Lt]- A * k -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_DIV+BPF_K Ta A \*[Lt]- A / k -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_AND+BPF_K Ta A \*[Lt]- A \*[Am] k -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_OR+BPF_K Ta A \*[Lt]- A | k -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_LSH+BPF_K Ta A \*[Lt]- A \*[Lt]\*[Lt] k -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_RSH+BPF_K Ta A \*[Lt]- A \*[Gt]\*[Gt] k -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_ADD+BPF_X Ta A \*[Lt]- A + X -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_SUB+BPF_X Ta A \*[Lt]- A - X -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_MUL+BPF_X Ta A \*[Lt]- A * X -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_DIV+BPF_X Ta A \*[Lt]- A / X -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_AND+BPF_X Ta A \*[Lt]- A \*[Am] X -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_OR+BPF_X Ta A \*[Lt]- A | X -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_LSH+BPF_X Ta A \*[Lt]- A \*[Lt]\*[Lt] X -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_RSH+BPF_X Ta A \*[Lt]- A \*[Gt]\*[Gt] X -.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_NEG Ta A \*[Lt]- -A +.Bl -column "BPF_ALU_BPF_ADD_BPF_K" "A <- A + k" -offset indent +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_ADD+BPF_K Ta A <- A + k +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_SUB+BPF_K Ta A <- A - k +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_MUL+BPF_K Ta A <- A * k +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_DIV+BPF_K Ta A <- A / k +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_AND+BPF_K Ta A <- A & k +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_OR+BPF_K Ta A <- A | k +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_LSH+BPF_K Ta A <- A << k +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_RSH+BPF_K Ta A <- A >> k +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_ADD+BPF_X Ta A <- A + X +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_SUB+BPF_X Ta A <- A - X +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_MUL+BPF_X Ta A <- A * X +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_DIV+BPF_X Ta A <- A / X +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_AND+BPF_X Ta A <- A & X +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_OR+BPF_X Ta A <- A | X +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_LSH+BPF_X Ta A <- A << X +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_RSH+BPF_X Ta A <- A >> X +.It Sy BPF_ALU+BPF_NEG Ta A <- -A .El .It Sy BPF_JMP The jump instructions alter flow of control. @@ -599,14 +599,14 @@ field as the offset, allowing arbitrarily distant destinations. All conditionals use unsigned comparison conventions. .Bl -column "BPF_JMP+BPF_JGE+BPF_K" "pc += (A \*[Ge] k) ? jt : jf" -offset indent .It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JA Ta pc += k -.It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JGT+BPF_K Ta "pc += (A \*[Gt] k) ? jt : jf" +.It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JGT+BPF_K Ta "pc += (A > k) ? jt : jf" .It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JGE+BPF_K Ta "pc += (A \*[Ge] k) ? jt : jf" .It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JEQ+BPF_K Ta "pc += (A == k) ? jt : jf" -.It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JSET+BPF_K Ta "pc += (A \*[Am] k) ? jt : jf" -.It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JGT+BPF_X Ta "pc += (A \*[Gt] X) ? jt : jf" +.It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JSET+BPF_K Ta "pc += (A & k) ? jt : jf" +.It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JGT+BPF_X Ta "pc += (A > X) ? jt : jf" .It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JGE+BPF_X Ta "pc += (A \*[Ge] X) ? jt : jf" .It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JEQ+BPF_X Ta "pc += (A == X) ? jt : jf" -.It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JSET+BPF_X Ta "pc += (A \*[Am] X) ? jt : jf" +.It Sy BPF_JMP+BPF_JSET+BPF_X Ta "pc += (A & X) ? jt : jf" .El .It Sy BPF_RET The return instructions terminate the filter program and specify the amount @@ -626,17 +626,17 @@ fit into the above classes, and for any new instructions that might need to be added. Currently, these are the register transfer instructions that copy the index register to the accumulator or vice versa. -.Bl -column "BPF_MISC+BPF_TAX" "X \*[Lt]- A" -offset indent -.It Sy BPF_MISC+BPF_TAX Ta X \*[Lt]- A -.It Sy BPF_MISC+BPF_TXA Ta A \*[Lt]- X +.Bl -column "BPF_MISC+BPF_TAX" "X <- A" -offset indent +.It Sy BPF_MISC+BPF_TAX Ta X <- A +.It Sy BPF_MISC+BPF_TXA Ta A <- X .El .Pp Also, two instructions to call a "coprocessor" if initialized by the kernel component. There is no coprocessor by default. -.Bl -column "BPF_MISC+BPF_COP" "A \*[Lt]- funcs[X](...)" -offset indent -.It Sy BPF_MISC+BPF_COP Ta A \*[Lt]- funcs[k](..) -.It Sy BPF_MISC+BPF_COPX Ta A \*[Lt]- funcs[X](..) +.Bl -column "BPF_MISC+BPF_COP" "A <- funcs[X](...)" -offset indent +.It Sy BPF_MISC+BPF_COP Ta A <- funcs[k](..) +.It Sy BPF_MISC+BPF_COPX Ta A <- funcs[X](..) .El .Pp If the coprocessor is not set or the function index is out of range, these diff --git a/share/man/man4/btsco.4 b/share/man/man4/btsco.4 index c5d0bc09e88..fdfd017d26b 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/btsco.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/btsco.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: btsco.4,v 1.12 2014/11/29 03:35:57 ryoon Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: btsco.4,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006 Itronix Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ call on the mixer device, which returns a .Ar btsco_info structure as follows: .Bd -literal -#include \*[Lt]dev/bluetooth/btsco.h\*[Gt] +#include <dev/bluetooth/btsco.h> struct btsco_info { bdaddr_t laddr; /* controller bdaddr */ diff --git a/share/man/man4/cfb.4 b/share/man/man4/cfb.4 index abb10f98742..e47c8eeb9ba 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/cfb.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/cfb.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: cfb.4,v 1.4 2008/04/30 13:10:53 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: cfb.4,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@ of running at a resolution of 1024-by-864 at 60 Hz. .Nx Ns /pmax does not currently support the machine-independent .Xr wscons 4 -interface and uses a machine-dependent version.
\ No newline at end of file +interface and uses a machine-dependent version. diff --git a/share/man/man4/chipsfb.4 b/share/man/man4/chipsfb.4 index 1c63597b03b..b53b0d65ddf 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/chipsfb.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/chipsfb.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: chipsfb.4,v 1.5 2012/01/25 09:21:29 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: chipsfb.4,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Michael Lorenz .\" All rights reserved. @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm chipsfb -.Nd Chips \*[Am] Technologies 6555x based graphics chips +.Nd Chips & Technologies 6555x based graphics chips .Sh SYNOPSIS .Cd "chipsfb* at pci?" .Cd "chipsfb* at ofbus?" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm -driver provides support for the C\*[Am]T 65550 and 65554 graphics controllers. +driver provides support for the C&T 65550 and 65554 graphics controllers. Currently it depends on the firmware (usually Open Firmware) to set up the framebuffer, but all graphics operations used by wsdisplay use the blitter. .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/share/man/man4/cmpci.4 b/share/man/man4/cmpci.4 index 0a103a687f3..41dd836a3af 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/cmpci.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/cmpci.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: cmpci.4,v 1.8 2008/04/30 13:10:53 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: cmpci.4,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000, 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -60,36 +60,36 @@ command. The complex structure is analyzed as follows. .Bd -literal SPDIF in ---------------------- -#1(coax)-\*[Gt]|spdin1 | R ----------------------- -#2(opt)--\*[Gt]|spdin2 spdif.input |--*-\*[Gt]--|spdin spdif.output |--\*[Gt] SPDIF - --\*[Gt]|spdout | | --\*[Gt]|playback | output +#1(coax)->|spdin1 | R ----------------------- +#2(opt)-->|spdin2 spdif.input |--*->--|spdin spdif.output |--> SPDIF + -->|spdout | | -->|playback | output | ---------------------- | | ----------------------- - --------------------\*[Lt]------+-* - ---------\*[Lt]-------------------+-+---------------------------------- + --------------------<------+-* + ---------<-------------------+-+---------------------------------- | ------------------------ | | ----------------------- | - --\*[Gt]|legacy spdif.output. |--+-*--\*[Gt]|spdout | | - --\*[Gt]|wave playback | -----\*[Gt]|spdin spdif.monitor |---- | + -->|legacy spdif.output. |--+-*-->|spdout | | + -->|wave playback | ----->|spdin spdif.monitor |---- | | ------------------------ NC-|off | | | - ---------\*[Lt]-- spdif ----------------------- | | + ---------<-- spdif ----------------------- | | -------+------- dac ------------ ----------------- v | -wave --\*[Gt]|playback.mode|----\*[Gt]|inputs.dac|-*-\*[Gt]|inputs.dac.mute|-\*[Gt]----- | +wave -->|playback.mode|---->|inputs.dac|-*->|inputs.dac.mute|->----- | playback --------------- ------------ R ----------------- | + | | ----------------- --------------------- |mix| | -FM synthesizer --\*[Gt]|inputs.fmsynth |--*-\*[Gt]|inputs.fmsynth.mute|--\*[Gt]----- | - ----------------- R --------------------- *-\*[Gt]-- +FM synthesizer -->|inputs.fmsynth |--*->|inputs.fmsynth.mute|-->----- | + ----------------- R --------------------- *->-- CD ---------------------- --------------------------- v -LINE-IN -\*[Gt]|inputs.{cd,line,aux}|-*\*[Gt]|inputs.{cd,line,aux}.mute|-\*[Gt]----- +LINE-IN ->|inputs.{cd,line,aux}|-*>|inputs.{cd,line,aux}.mute|->----- AUX ---------------------- R --------------------------- | | ------------------ | | -PC-SPK --\*[Gt]| inputs.speaker |-----------------------------------\*[Gt]| + | +PC-SPK -->| inputs.speaker |----------------------------------->| + | ------------------ | | ------------------- ------------ ----------------- |mix| -MIC --*--\*[Gt]|inputs.mic.preamp|-\*[Gt]|inputs.mic|-\*[Gt]|inputs.mic.mute|-\*[Gt]| | +MIC --*-->|inputs.mic.preamp|->|inputs.mic|->|inputs.mic.mute|->| | | ------------------- ------------ ----------------- ----- | ------------ ----------------- | - ---\*[Gt]|record.mic|--\*[Gt]| | v - ------------ | record.source |--\*[Gt]to ----------- - *R--\*[Gt]| (select, mix) | recording |outputs.*|--\*[Gt] + --->|record.mic|-->| | v + ------------ | record.source |-->to ----------- + *R-->| (select, mix) | recording |outputs.*|--> ----------------- ----------- SPK (front) .Ed diff --git a/share/man/man4/crypto.4 b/share/man/man4/crypto.4 index fcc6f989245..bf4cd509c01 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/crypto.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/crypto.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: crypto.4,v 1.25 2015/04/28 09:48:31 prlw1 Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: crypto.4,v 1.26 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ is not desired for this session. .Pp Multiple sessions may be bound to a single file descriptor. The session ID returned in -.Fa sessp-\*[Gt]ses +.Fa sessp->ses is supplied as a required field in the symmetric-operation structure .Fa crypt_op for future encryption or hashing requests. @@ -269,19 +269,19 @@ extension. .Pp For non-zero symmetric-key privacy algorithms, the privacy algorithm must be specified in -.Fa sessp-\*[Gt]cipher , +.Fa sessp->cipher , the key length in -.Fa sessp-\*[Gt]keylen , +.Fa sessp->keylen , and the key value in the octets addressed by -.Fa sessp-\*[Gt]key . +.Fa sessp->key . .Pp For keyed one-way hash algorithms, the one-way hash must be specified in -.Fa sessp-\*[Gt]mac , +.Fa sessp->mac , the key length in -.Fa sessp-\*[Gt]mackey , +.Fa sessp->mackey , and the key value in the octets addressed by -.Fa sessp-\*[Gt]mackeylen . +.Fa sessp->mackeylen . .\" .Pp Support for a specific combination of fused privacy and @@ -317,9 +317,9 @@ Takes a counted array of structures in .Fa sgop . For each requested session (array element n), the session number is returned in -.Fa sgop-\*[Gt]sessions[n].ses +.Fa sgop->sessions[n].ses and the status for that session creation in -.Fa sgop-\*[Gt]sessions[n].status . +.Fa sgop->sessions[n].status . .\" .It Dv CIOCCRYPT Fa struct crypt_op *cr_op .Bd -literal @@ -339,20 +339,20 @@ The file descriptor argument to .Xr ioctl 2 must have been bound to a valid session. To encrypt, set -.Fa cr_op-\*[Gt]op +.Fa cr_op->op to .Dv COP_ENCRYPT . To decrypt, set -.Fa cr_op-\*[Gt]op +.Fa cr_op->op to .Dv COP_DECRYPT . The field -.Fa cr_op-\*[Gt]len +.Fa cr_op->len supplies the length of the input buffer; the fields -.Fa cr_op-\*[Gt]src , -.Fa cr_op-\*[Gt]dst , -.Fa cr_op-\*[Gt]mac , -.Fa cr_op-\*[Gt]iv +.Fa cr_op->src , +.Fa cr_op->dst , +.Fa cr_op->mac , +.Fa cr_op->iv supply the addresses of the input buffer, output buffer, one-way hash, and initialization vector, respectively. .It Dv CIOCNCRYPTM Fa struct crypt_mop *cr_mop @@ -388,23 +388,23 @@ symmetric-key (or hash) operations to be started (see CIOCRYPT above for the details for each operation). .Pp The -.Fa cr_mop-\*[Gt]count +.Fa cr_mop->count field specifies the number of operations provided in the -cr_mop-\*[Gt]reqs array. +cr_mop->reqs array. .Pp Each operation is assigned a unique request id returned in the -.Fa cr_mop-\*[Gt]reqs[n].reqid +.Fa cr_mop->reqs[n].reqid field. .Pp Each operation can accept an opaque value from the user to be passed back to the user when the operation completes (e.g., to track context for the request). The opaque field is -.Fa cr_mop-\*[Gt]reqs[n].opaque . +.Fa cr_mop->reqs[n].opaque . .Pp If a problem occurs with starting any of the operations then that operation's -.Fa cr_mop-\*[Gt]reqs[n].status +.Fa cr_mop->reqs[n].status field is filled with the error code. The failure of an operation does not prevent the other operations from being started. @@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ struct crypt_sfop { .Ed Destroys the -.Fa sfop-\*[Gt]count +.Fa sfop->count sessions specified by the .Fa sfop array of session identifiers. @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ is set. For example, .Dv CRK_MOD_EXP is available if and only if the bit -.Pq 1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] Dv CRK_MOD_EXP +.Pq 1 << Dv CRK_MOD_EXP is set. .It Dv CIOCKEY Fa struct crypt_kop *kop .Bd -literal @@ -498,19 +498,19 @@ struct crparam { .Ed Performs an asymmetric-key operation from the list above. The specific operation is supplied in -.Fa kop-\*[Gt]crk_op ; +.Fa kop->crk_op ; final status for the operation is returned in -.Fa kop-\*[Gt]crk_status . +.Fa kop->crk_status . The number of input arguments and the number of output arguments is specified in -.Fa kop-\*[Gt]crk_iparams +.Fa kop->crk_iparams and -.Fa kop-\*[Gt]crk_iparams , +.Fa kop->crk_iparams , respectively. The field .Fa crk_param[] must be filled in with exactly -.Fa kop-\*[Gt]crk_iparams + kop-\*[Gt]crk_oparams +.Fa kop->crk_iparams + kop->crk_oparams arguments, each encoded as a .Fa struct crparam (address, bitlength) pair. @@ -543,12 +543,12 @@ above and .Dv CIOCNCRYPTRETM below for descriptions of the -.Fa mkop\*[Gt]count , -.Fa mkop\*[Gt]reqs , -.Fa mkop\*[Gt]reqs[n].crk_reqid , -.Fa mkop\*[Gt]reqs[n].crk_status , +.Fa mkop>count , +.Fa mkop>reqs , +.Fa mkop>reqs[n].crk_reqid , +.Fa mkop>reqs[n].crk_status , and -.Fa mkop\*[Gt]reqs[n].crk_opaque +.Fa mkop>reqs[n].crk_opaque fields of the argument structure, and result retrieval. .El .Ss Asynchronous status commands @@ -575,13 +575,13 @@ struct crypt_result { .Ed Check for the status of the request specified by -.Fa cres-\*[Gt]reqid . +.Fa cres->reqid . This requires a linear search through all completed requests and should be used with extreme care if the number of requests pending on this file descriptor may be large. .Pp The -.Fa cres-\*[Gt]status +.Fa cres->status field is set as follows: .Bl -tag -width EINPROGRESS .It 0 @@ -614,11 +614,11 @@ an array (each array element is a structure as used by .Dv CIOCNCRYPTRET above) and fills the array with up to -.Fa cret-\*[Gt]count +.Fa cret->count results of completed requests. .Pp This ioctl fills in the -.Fa cret-\*[Gt]results[n].reqid field , +.Fa cret->results[n].reqid field , so that the request which has completed may be identified by the application. Note that the results may include diff --git a/share/man/man4/ddb.4 b/share/man/man4/ddb.4 index 46bd4fec01c..9c27264f1f6 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ddb.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ddb.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ddb.4,v 1.166 2017/01/12 13:14:41 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ddb.4,v 1.167 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 - 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -108,73 +108,73 @@ There are also key sequences for each port that will activate from the keyboard: .Bl -tag -offset indent -width "xen domU" -compact .It alpha -\*[Lt]Ctrl\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Alt\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Esc\*[Gt] on PC style keyboards. +<Ctrl>-<Alt>-<Esc> on PC style keyboards. .It amd64 -\*[Lt]Ctrl\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Alt\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Esc\*[Gt] +<Ctrl>-<Alt>-<Esc> .It "" -\*[Lt]Break\*[Gt] on serial console. +<Break> on serial console. .It amiga -\*[Lt]LAlt\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]LAmiga\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]F10\*[Gt] +<LAlt>-<LAmiga>-<F10> .It atari -\*[Lt]Alt\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]LeftShift\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]F9\*[Gt] +<Alt>-<LeftShift>-<F9> .It hp300 -\*[Lt]Shift\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Reset\*[Gt] +<Shift>-<Reset> .It hpcarm -\*[Lt]Ctrl\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Alt\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Esc\*[Gt] +<Ctrl>-<Alt>-<Esc> .It hpcmips -\*[Lt]Ctrl\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Alt\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Esc\*[Gt] +<Ctrl>-<Alt>-<Esc> .It hpcsh -\*[Lt]Ctrl\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Alt\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Esc\*[Gt] +<Ctrl>-<Alt>-<Esc> .It hppa -\*[Lt]Ctrl\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Alt\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Esc\*[Gt] on PC style keyboards. +<Ctrl>-<Alt>-<Esc> on PC style keyboards. .It "" +++++ (five plus signs) on PDC console .It "" -\*[Lt]Break\*[Gt] on serial console. +<Break> on serial console. .It i386 -\*[Lt]Ctrl\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Alt\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Esc\*[Gt] +<Ctrl>-<Alt>-<Esc> .It "" -\*[Lt]Break\*[Gt] on serial console. +<Break> on serial console. .It mac68k -\*[Lt]Command\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Power\*[Gt], or the Interrupt switch. +<Command>-<Power>, or the Interrupt switch. .It macppc Some models: -\*[Lt]Command\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Option\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Power\*[Gt] +<Command>-<Option>-<Power> .It mvme68k Abort switch on CPU card. .It pmax -\*[Lt]Do\*[Gt] on +<Do> on .Tn LK-201 rcons console. .It "" -\*[Lt]Break\*[Gt] on serial console. +<Break> on serial console. .It sandpoint -\*[Lt]Break\*[Gt] on serial console. +<Break> on serial console. .It sparc -\*[Lt]L1\*[Gt]-A, or \*[Lt]Stop\*[Gt]-A on a +<L1>-A, or <Stop>-A on a .Tn Sun keyboard. .It "" -\*[Lt]Break\*[Gt] on serial console. +<Break> on serial console. .It sparc64 -\*[Lt]L1\*[Gt]-A, or \*[Lt]Stop\*[Gt]-A on a +<L1>-A, or <Stop>-A on a .Tn Sun keyboard. .It "" -\*[Lt]Break\*[Gt] on serial console. +<Break> on serial console. .It sun3 -\*[Lt]L1\*[Gt]-A, or \*[Lt]Stop\*[Gt]-A on a +<L1>-A, or <Stop>-A on a .Tn Sun keyboard. .It "" -\*[Lt]Break\*[Gt] on serial console. +<Break> on serial console. .It vax -\*[Lt]Esc\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Shift\*[Gt]-D on serial console. +<Esc>-<Shift>-D on serial console. .It x68k Interrupt switch on the body. .It xen dom0 -\*[Lt]Ctrl\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Alt\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Esc\*[Gt] on PC style keyboards. +<Ctrl>-<Alt>-<Esc> on PC style keyboards. .It "" +++++ (five plus signs) on serial console. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ Interrupt switch on the body. +++++ (five plus signs) on serial console. .It zaurus -\*[Lt]Ctrl\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Alt\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]Esc\*[Gt] +<Ctrl>-<Alt>-<Esc> .El .Pp The key sequence to activate @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ variable, then displays .Dq "--db more--" and waits for a response, which may be one of: -.Bl -tag -offset indent -width "\*[Lt]return\*[Gt]" +.Bl -tag -offset indent -width "<return>" .It Aq return one more line. .It Aq space @@ -297,10 +297,10 @@ kernel option), then a history of the last .Cm num commands is kept. The history can be manipulated with the following key sequences: -.Bl -tag -offset indent -width "\*[Lt]Ctrl\*[Gt]-P" -.It \*[Lt]Ctrl\*[Gt]-P +.Bl -tag -offset indent -width "<Ctrl>-P" +.It <Ctrl>-P retrieve previous command in history (if any). -.It \*[Lt]Ctrl\*[Gt]-N +.It <Ctrl>-N retrieve next command in history (if any). .El .Sh COMMANDS @@ -797,7 +797,7 @@ object symbols display function symbols display .Sy * , section symbols display -.Sy \*[Am] , +.Sy & , and file symbols display .Sy / . .Pp @@ -1036,7 +1036,7 @@ option. .It Ic ctx Print process MMU context information. .It Ic pv -Print PA-\*[Gt]VA mapping information. +Print PA->VA mapping information. .It Ic reset Reset the system. .It Ic tf @@ -1305,7 +1305,7 @@ Almost all expression operators in C are supported, except .Sq \&~ , .Sq \&^ , and unary -.Sq \&\*[Am] . +.Sq \&& . Special rules in .Nm are: diff --git a/share/man/man4/dge.4 b/share/man/man4/dge.4 index 243f0bafe69..dcd39dd81d6 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/dge.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/dge.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: dge.4,v 1.10 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: dge.4,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004, SUNET, Swedish University Computer Network. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ in the driver. .It dge%d: symbol error .It dge%d: parity error An error in the XGMII communication was detected. -This is a hardware error in the MAC\*[Lt]-\*[Gt]PHY communication bus. +This is a hardware error in the MAC<->PHY communication bus. .Pp .It dge%d: CRC error A CRC error in the received datagram was detected. diff --git a/share/man/man4/ec.4 b/share/man/man4/ec.4 index 544939d6929..d5062eb3a7c 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ec.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ec.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ec.4,v 1.13 2008/04/30 13:10:54 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ec.4,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ The .Tn IRQ was wildcarded in the kernel configuration file. This is not supported. -.It "ec0: invalid IRQ \*[Lt]n\*[Gt], must be 3, 4, 5, or 9" +.It "ec0: invalid IRQ <n>, must be 3, 4, 5, or 9" .Pp An .Tn IRQ @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ values was specified in the kernel configuration file. The EtherLink II hardware only supports the above listed .Tn IRQ values. -.It "ec0: failed to clear shared memory at offset \*[Lt]off\*[Gt]" +.It "ec0: failed to clear shared memory at offset <off>" .Pp The memory test was unable to clear shared the interface's shared memory region. diff --git a/share/man/man4/edc.4 b/share/man/man4/edc.4 index 6abb74f0698..9542f14d5a3 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/edc.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/edc.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: edc.4,v 1.11 2008/04/30 13:10:54 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: edc.4,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Supported boards include: .Pp .Bl -tag -width xxxx -offset indent .It Tn IBM ESDI Fixed Disk Controller -.It Tn IBM Integrated ESDI Fixed Disk \*[Am] Controller +.It Tn IBM Integrated ESDI Fixed Disk & Controller .El .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr intro 4 , diff --git a/share/man/man4/envsys.4 b/share/man/man4/envsys.4 index ec155fdbb0b..b58940155eb 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/envsys.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/envsys.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: envsys.4,v 1.50 2013/01/12 03:16:43 pgoyette Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: envsys.4,v 1.51 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -89,70 +89,70 @@ and all available properties set on it, plus another entry for the dictionary (which contains specific properties for a device): .Pp .Bd -literal -\&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]device0\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] -\&\*[Lt]array\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]dict\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]allow-rfact\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]true\&/\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]avg-value\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]36400\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]battery-capacity\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]string\&\*[Gt]NORMAL\&\*[Lt]\&/string\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]critical-capacity\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]21417\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]critical-max\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]343150000\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]critical-min\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]288150000\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]cur-value\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]406000\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]description\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]string\&\*[Gt]CPU Temp\&\*[Lt]\&/string\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]high-capacity\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]21417\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]string\&\*[Gt]index\&\*[Lt]\&/string\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]string\&\*[Gt]sensor0\&\*[Lt]\&/string\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]max-value\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]3894000\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]maximum-capacity\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]21417\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]min-value\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]2894000\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]monitoring-state-critical\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]true\&/\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]monitoring-state-critover\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]true\&/\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]monitoring-state-critunder\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]true\&/\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]monitoring-state-state-changed\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]true\&/\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]monitoring-state-warnover\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]true\&/\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]monitoring-state-warnunder\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]true\&/\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]monitoring-supported\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]true\&/\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]state\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]string\&\*[Gt]valid\&\*[Lt]\&/string\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]type\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]string\&\*[Gt]Ampere hour\&\*[Lt]\&/string\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]want-percentage\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]true\&/\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]warning-capacity\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]19234\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]warning-max\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]323150000\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]warning-min\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]298150000\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]\&/dict\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]dict\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]device-properties\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]dict\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]refresh-timeout\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]0xa\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]\&/dict\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]\&/dict\&\*[Gt] -\&\*[Lt]\&/array\&\*[Gt] +\&<key\&>device0\&<\&/key\&> +\&<array\&> + \&<dict\&> + \&<key\&>allow-rfact\&<\&/key\&> + \&<true\&/\&> + \&<key\&>avg-value\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>36400\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>battery-capacity\&<\&/key\&> + \&<string\&>NORMAL\&<\&/string\&> + \&<key\&>critical-capacity\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>21417\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>critical-max\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>343150000\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>critical-min\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>288150000\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>cur-value\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>406000\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>description\&<\&/key\&> + \&<string\&>CPU Temp\&<\&/string\&> + \&<key\&>high-capacity\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>21417\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<string\&>index\&<\&/string\&> + \&<string\&>sensor0\&<\&/string\&> + \&<key\&>max-value\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>3894000\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>maximum-capacity\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>21417\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>min-value\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>2894000\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>monitoring-state-critical\&<\&/key\&> + \&<true\&/\&> + \&<key\&>monitoring-state-critover\&<\&/key\&> + \&<true\&/\&> + \&<key\&>monitoring-state-critunder\&<\&/key\&> + \&<true\&/\&> + \&<key\&>monitoring-state-state-changed\&<\&/key\&> + \&<true\&/\&> + \&<key\&>monitoring-state-warnover\&<\&/key\&> + \&<true\&/\&> + \&<key\&>monitoring-state-warnunder\&<\&/key\&> + \&<true\&/\&> + \&<key\&>monitoring-supported\&<\&/key\&> + \&<true\&/\&> + \&<key\&>state\&<\&/key\&> + \&<string\&>valid\&<\&/string\&> + \&<key\&>type\&<\&/key\&> + \&<string\&>Ampere hour\&<\&/string\&> + \&<key\&>want-percentage\&<\&/key\&> + \&<true\&/\&> + \&<key\&>warning-capacity\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>19234\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>warning-max\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>323150000\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>warning-min\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>298150000\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<\&/dict\&> + \&<dict\&> + \&<key\&>device-properties\&<\&/key\&> + \&<dict\&> + \&<key\&>refresh-timeout\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>0xa\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<\&/dict\&> + \&<\&/dict\&> +\&<\&/array\&> .Ed .Pp Let's explain some more about those objects: @@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ The values will be set to defaults, the ones that the device uses. .Pp Only one object is allowed on this dictionary: .Bd -literal -offset ident -\*[Lt]key\*[Gt]envsys-remove-props\*[Lt]/key\*[Gt] -\*[Lt]true/\*[Gt] +<key>envsys-remove-props</key> +<true/> .Ed .Pp It is a boolean object and must be set to @@ -275,28 +275,28 @@ The following is the property list representation of a dictionary with all recognized and required keywords that a sensor understands: .Bd -literal -\&\*[Lt]dict\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]description\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]string\&\*[Gt]cpu temp\&\*[Lt]\&/string\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]rfact\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]56000\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]critical-capacity\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]10\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]critical-max\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]3400\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]critical-min\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]2800\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]high-capacity\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]95\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]maximum-capacity\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]100\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]warning-capacity\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]15\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]warning-max\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]3200\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]warning-min\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]2900\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] -\&\*[Lt]\&/dict\&\*[Gt] +\&<dict\&> + \&<key\&>description\&<\&/key\&> + \&<string\&>cpu temp\&<\&/string\&> + \&<key\&>rfact\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>56000\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>critical-capacity\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>10\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>critical-max\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>3400\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>critical-min\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>2800\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>high-capacity\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>95\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>maximum-capacity\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>100\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>warning-capacity\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>15\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>warning-max\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>3200\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<key\&>warning-min\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>2900\&<\&/integer\&> +\&<\&/dict\&> .Ed .Pp Also if some properties in a device need to be changed, the @@ -307,39 +307,39 @@ At this moment only the property is understood. This has the following structure: .Bd -literal -\&\*[Lt]dict\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]device-properties\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]dict\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]refresh-timeout\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]integer\&\*[Gt]0xa\&\*[Lt]\&/integer\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]\&/dict\&\*[Gt] -\&\*[Lt]\&/dict\&\*[Gt] +\&<dict\&> + \&<key\&>device-properties\&<\&/key\&> + \&<dict\&> + \&<key\&>refresh-timeout\&<\&/key\&> + \&<integer\&>0xa\&<\&/integer\&> + \&<\&/dict\&> +\&<\&/dict\&> .Ed .Pp A dictionary sent to the kernel with this .Xr ioctl 2 should have the following structure: .Bd -literal -\&\*[Lt]dict\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]device_name\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]array\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]dict\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]index\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]string\&\*[Gt]sensor0\&\*[Lt]\&/string\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]key\&\*[Gt]description\&\*[Lt]\&/key\&\*[Gt] - \&\*[Lt]string\&\*[Gt]cpu temp\&\*[Lt]\&/string\&\*[Gt] +\&<dict\&> + \&<key\&>device_name\&<\&/key\&> + \&<array\&> + \&<dict\&> + \&<key\&>index\&<\&/key\&> + \&<string\&>sensor0\&<\&/string\&> + \&<key\&>description\&<\&/key\&> + \&<string\&>cpu temp\&<\&/string\&> ... Another property for this sensor ... - \&\*[Lt]\&/dict\&\*[Gt] + \&<\&/dict\&> ... Another dictionary for device-properties or sensor ... - \&\*[Lt]\&/array\&\*[Gt] + \&<\&/array\&> ... Another device as above ... -\&\*[Lt]\&/dict\&\*[Gt] +\&<\&/dict\&> .Ed .Pp The named device will be an array and will contain dictionaries, diff --git a/share/man/man4/etherip.4 b/share/man/man4/etherip.4 index 784099597b0..a9008ac1091 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/etherip.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/etherip.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: etherip.4,v 1.7 2008/05/04 19:43:05 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: etherip.4,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006, Hans Rosenfeld <rosenfeld@grumpf.hope-2000.org>. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ device is created, it is assigned an Ethernet address of the form f2:0b:a5:xx:xx:xx. This address can later be changed through a sysctl node. .Pp -The sysctl node is net.link.etherip.\*[Lt]iface\*[Gt]. +The sysctl node is net.link.etherip.<iface>. Any string of six colon-separated hexadecimal numbers will be accepted. Reading that node will provide a string representation of the current Ethernet address. diff --git a/share/man/man4/gpiosim.4 b/share/man/man4/gpiosim.4 index 773406237e7..281abc393c3 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/gpiosim.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/gpiosim.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: gpiosim.4,v 1.5 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: gpiosim.4,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2009, 2013 Marc Balmer <marc@msys.ch> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -32,9 +32,9 @@ device. The state of the simulated device can be manipulated through the .Xr sysctl 8 interface. -For this purpose, access the "hw.gpiosim\*[Lt]N\*[Gt].value" +For this purpose, access the "hw.gpiosim<N>.value" .Xr sysctl 8 -variable, where "\*[Lt]N\*[Gt]" denotes the number of the +variable, where "<N>" denotes the number of the .Nm instance. .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/share/man/man4/gre.4 b/share/man/man4/gre.4 index cd43f91f70e..213a65190e0 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/gre.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/gre.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: gre.4,v 1.44 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: gre.4,v 1.45 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ This is the address the encapsulated packets are sent to (i.e. the real address of the remote tunnel endpoint.) .It GRESPROTO : Set the operation mode to the specified IP protocol value. -The protocol is passed to the interface in (struct ifreq)-\*[Gt]ifr_flags. +The protocol is passed to the interface in (struct ifreq)->ifr_flags. The operation mode can also be given as .Bl -tag -width link0xxx .It link0 link2 @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Query operation mode. Delegate a socket from userland to a tunnel interface in UDP encapsulation mode. The file descriptor for the socket is passed in -(struct ifreq)-\*[Gt]ifr_value. +(struct ifreq)->ifr_value. .El .Pp Note that the IP addresses of the tunnel endpoints may be the same as the @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ On Router D (Cisco): ip unnumbered D ! e.g. address from Ethernet interface tunnel source D ! e.g. address from Ethernet interface tunnel destination A - ip route C \*[Lt]some interface and mask\*[Gt] + ip route C <some interface and mask> ip route A mask C ip route X mask tunnelX .Ed @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ If all goes well, you should see packets flowing ;-) If you want to reach Router A over the tunnel (from Router D (Cisco)), then you have to have an alias on Router A for e.g. the Ethernet interface like: .Bd -literal - ifconfig \*[Lt]etherif\*[Gt] alias Y + ifconfig <etherif> alias Y .Ed .Pp and on the Cisco diff --git a/share/man/man4/ieee80211.4 b/share/man/man4/ieee80211.4 index a028d61426f..02112f1253d 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ieee80211.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ieee80211.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ieee80211.4,v 1.4 2009/02/26 12:53:35 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ieee80211.4,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 .\" The Aerospace Corporation. All rights reserved. @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ and setting to the length. If .Va i_val -is \*[Gt]= 0 then the request refers to the configured value for that slot. +is >= 0 then the request refers to the configured value for that slot. Generally, 0 is the only valid value, but some interfaces support more SSIDs. If diff --git a/share/man/man4/iop.4 b/share/man/man4/iop.4 index f6937b7b846..1ce5ff03e4a 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/iop.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/iop.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: iop.4,v 1.21 2012/03/13 19:25:40 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: iop.4,v 1.22 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ iov_len field from the returned iovec. struct iop_tidmap { u_short it_tid; u_short it_flags; - char it_dvname[sizeof(((struct device *)NULL)-\*[Gt]dv_xname)]; + char it_dvname[sizeof(((struct device *)NULL)->dv_xname)]; }; #define IT_CONFIGURED 0x02 /* target configured */ .Ed diff --git a/share/man/man4/ip.4 b/share/man/man4/ip.4 index 4b0737533fb..7b734264996 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ip.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ip.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ip.4,v 1.36 2013/07/13 09:24:25 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ip.4,v 1.37 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ and sockets. For example, .Bd -literal -int tos = IPTOS_LOWDELAY; /* see \*[Lt]netinet/ip.h\*[Gt] */ -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_TOS, \*[Am]tos, sizeof(tos)); +int tos = IPTOS_LOWDELAY; /* see <netinet/ip.h> */ +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_TOS, &tos, sizeof(tos)); int ttl = 60; /* max = 255 */ -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_TTL, \*[Am]ttl, sizeof(ttl)); +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_TTL, &ttl, sizeof(ttl)); .Ed .Pp .Dv IP_IPSEC_POLICY @@ -138,8 +138,8 @@ and their respective constants are in .In netinet/portalgo.h . For example, .Bd -literal -int algo = PORTALGO_ALGO_RANDOM_PICK; /* see \*[Lt]netinet/portalgo.h\*[Gt] */ -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_PORTALGO, \*[Am]algo, sizeof(algo)); +int algo = PORTALGO_ALGO_RANDOM_PICK; /* see <netinet/portalgo.h> */ +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_PORTALGO, &algo, sizeof(algo)); .Ed .Pp The port selection can be also viewed and controlled at a global level for all @@ -159,8 +159,8 @@ and sockets. For example, .Bd -literal -int range = IP_PORTRANGE_LOW; /* see \*[Lt]netinet/in.h\*[Gt] */ -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_PORTRANGE, \*[Am]range, sizeof(range)); +int range = IP_PORTRANGE_LOW; /* see <netinet/in.h> */ +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_PORTRANGE, &range, sizeof(range)); .Ed .Pp If the @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ according to RFC 3682. To discard all packets with a TTL lower than 255: .Bd -literal -offset indent int minttl = 255; -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MINTTL, \*[Am]minttl, sizeof(minttl)); +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MINTTL, &minttl, sizeof(minttl)); .Ed .Ss MULTICAST OPTIONS .Tn IP @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ option changes the time-to-live (TTL) for outgoing multicast datagrams in order to control the scope of the multicasts: .Bd -literal u_char ttl; /* range: 0 to 255, default = 1 */ -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_TTL, \*[Am]ttl, sizeof(ttl)); +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_TTL, &ttl, sizeof(ttl)); .Ed .Pp Datagrams with a TTL of 1 are not forwarded beyond the local network. @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ option overrides the default for subsequent transmissions from a given socket: .Bd -literal struct in_addr addr; -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_IF, \*[Am]addr, sizeof(addr)); +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_IF, &addr, sizeof(addr)); .Ed .Pp where "addr" is the local @@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ An application may also specify an alternative to the default network interface by index: .Bd -literal struct uint32_t idx = htonl(ifindex); -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_IF, \*[Am]idx, sizeof(idx)); +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_IF, &idx, sizeof(idx)); .Ed .Pp where "ifindex" is an interface index as returned by @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ option gives the sender explicit control over whether or not subsequent datagrams are looped back: .Bd -literal u_char loop; /* 0 = disable, 1 = enable (default) */ -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_LOOP, \*[Am]loop, sizeof(loop)); +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_LOOP, &loop, sizeof(loop)); .Ed .Pp This option @@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ To join a multicast group, use the option: .Bd -literal struct ip_mreq mreq; -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP, \*[Am]mreq, sizeof(mreq)); +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_ADD_MEMBERSHIP, &mreq, sizeof(mreq)); .Ed .Pp where @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ Up to To drop a membership, use: .Bd -literal struct ip_mreq mreq; -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP, \*[Am]mreq, sizeof(mreq)); +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_DROP_MEMBERSHIP, &mreq, sizeof(mreq)); .Ed .Pp where @@ -429,10 +429,10 @@ be used only with the .Dv SOCK_RAW type. .Bd -literal -#include \*[Lt]netinet/ip.h\*[Gt] +#include <netinet/ip.h> int hincl = 1; /* 1 = on, 0 = off */ -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_HDRINCL, \*[Am]hincl, sizeof(hincl)); +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IP, IP_HDRINCL, &hincl, sizeof(hincl)); .Ed .Pp Unlike previous @@ -440,10 +440,10 @@ Unlike previous releases, the program must set all the fields of the IP header, including the following: .Bd -literal -ip-\*[Gt]ip_v = IPVERSION; -ip-\*[Gt]ip_hl = hlen \*[Gt]\*[Gt] 2; -ip-\*[Gt]ip_id = 0; /* 0 means kernel set appropriate value */ -ip-\*[Gt]ip_off = offset; +ip->ip_v = IPVERSION; +ip->ip_hl = hlen >> 2; +ip->ip_id = 0; /* 0 means kernel set appropriate value */ +ip->ip_off = offset; .Ed .Pp If the header source address is set to diff --git a/share/man/man4/ip6.4 b/share/man/man4/ip6.4 index 1e203b9868e..46e0ed1087f 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ip6.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ip6.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ip6.4,v 1.30 2012/06/25 14:47:55 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ip6.4,v 1.31 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" $KAME: ip6.4,v 1.23 2005/01/11 05:56:25 itojun Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: ip6.4,v 1.21 2005/01/06 03:50:46 itojun Exp $ .\" @@ -241,8 +241,8 @@ and their respective constants are in .In netinet/portalgo.h . For example, .Bd -literal -int algo = PORTALGO_ALGO_RANDOM_PICK; /* see \*[Lt]netinet/portalgo.h\*[Gt] */ -setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_PORTALGO, \*[Am]algo, sizeof(algo)); +int algo = PORTALGO_ALGO_RANDOM_PICK; /* see <netinet/portalgo.h> */ +setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_PORTALGO, &algo, sizeof(algo)); .Ed .Pp The port selection can be also viewed and controlled at a global level for all @@ -592,13 +592,13 @@ u_char data[2048]; /* Create socket. */ -(void)memset(\*[Am]m, 0, sizeof(m)); -(void)memset(\*[Am]iov, 0, sizeof(iov)); +(void)memset(&m, 0, sizeof(m)); +(void)memset(&iov, 0, sizeof(iov)); iov[0].iov_base = data; /* buffer for packet payload */ iov[0].iov_len = sizeof(data); /* expected packet length */ -m.msg_name = \*[Am]from; /* sockaddr_in6 of peer */ +m.msg_name = &from; /* sockaddr_in6 of peer */ m.msg_namelen = sizeof(from); m.msg_iov = iov; m.msg_iovlen = 1; @@ -610,19 +610,19 @@ m.msg_controllen = sizeof(buf); * returned along with the payload. */ optval = 1; -if (setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_HOPLIMIT, \*[Am]optval, +if (setsockopt(s, IPPROTO_IPV6, IPV6_HOPLIMIT, &optval, sizeof(optval)) == -1) err(1, "setsockopt"); found = 0; while (!found) { - if (recvmsg(s, \*[Am]m, 0) == -1) + if (recvmsg(s, &m, 0) == -1) err(1, "recvmsg"); - for (cm = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(\*[Am]m); cm != NULL; - cm = CMSG_NXTHDR(\*[Am]m, cm)) { - if (cm-\*[Gt]cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IPV6 \*[Am]\*[Am] - cm-\*[Gt]cmsg_type == IPV6_HOPLIMIT \*[Am]\*[Am] - cm-\*[Gt]cmsg_len == CMSG_LEN(sizeof(int))) { + for (cm = CMSG_FIRSTHDR(&m); cm != NULL; + cm = CMSG_NXTHDR(&m, cm)) { + if (cm->cmsg_level == IPPROTO_IPV6 && + cm->cmsg_type == IPV6_HOPLIMIT && + cm->cmsg_len == CMSG_LEN(sizeof(int))) { found = 1; (void)printf("hop limit: %d\en", *(int *)CMSG_DATA(cm)); diff --git a/share/man/man4/isa.4 b/share/man/man4/isa.4 index d7927e51349..bd63fe31a50 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/isa.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/isa.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: isa.4,v 1.45 2014/10/27 16:18:38 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: isa.4,v 1.46 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Jason R. Thorpe. All rights reserved. .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Jonathan Stone @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Byte Runner Technologies TC-400 and TC-800 series serial interfaces. .Ss Network interfaces .Bl -tag -width pcdisplay -offset indent .It ai -.Tn AT\*[Am]T +.Tn AT&T .Tn StarLan .Tn Ethernet interfaces. diff --git a/share/man/man4/isdntel.4 b/share/man/man4/isdntel.4 index 72606466254..1a8d9ffd5f0 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/isdntel.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/isdntel.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: isdntel.4,v 1.7 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: isdntel.4,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1999 Hellmuth Michaelis. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $Id: isdntel.4,v 1.7 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $Id: isdntel.4,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ parameters are available: do no A-law/mu-law audio format conversion. The conversion path looks like this: .Pp -USER \*[Lt]--\*[Gt] bitreversing \*[Lt]--\*[Gt] ISDN-line +USER <--> bitreversing <--> ISDN-line .Pp .It Ar CVT_ALAW2ULAW set audio format conversion to do an audio conversion from A-law @@ -98,13 +98,13 @@ The .Xr read 2 conversion path looks like this: .Pp -USER \*[Lt]-- mu-law/A-law \*[Lt]-- bitreversing \*[Lt]-- ISDN-line +USER <-- mu-law/A-law <-- bitreversing <-- ISDN-line .Pp and the .Xr write 2 conversion path looks like this: .Pp -USER --\*[Gt] mu-law/A-law --\*[Gt] bitreversing --\*[Gt] ISDN-line +USER --> mu-law/A-law --> bitreversing --> ISDN-line .Pp .It Ar CVT_ULAW2ALAW set audio format conversion to do an audio conversion from mu-law @@ -113,13 +113,13 @@ The .Xr read 2 conversion path looks like this: .Pp -USER \*[Lt]-- A-law/mu-law \*[Lt]-- bitreversing \*[Lt]-- ISDN-line +USER <-- A-law/mu-law <-- bitreversing <-- ISDN-line .Pp and the .Xr write 2 conversion path looks like this: .Pp -USER --\*[Gt] A-law/mu-law --\*[Gt] bitreversing --\*[Gt] ISDN-line +USER --> A-law/mu-law --> bitreversing --> ISDN-line .El .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr isdnd.rc 5 , diff --git a/share/man/man4/isic.4 b/share/man/man4/isic.4 index 60167090556..bddb0439622 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/isic.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/isic.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: isic.4,v 1.17 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: isic.4,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 2000 Hellmuth Michaelis. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $Id: isic.4,v 1.17 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $Id: isic.4,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ Teles S0/16.3 PnP card .Cd options ISICPNP_TEL_S0_16_3_P .Cd "isic* at isapnp?" .Pp -Creatix ISDN-S0 P\*[Am]P card +Creatix ISDN-S0 P&P card .Cd options ISICPNP_CRTX_S0_P .Cd "isic* at isapnp?" .Pp @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Possible interrupt configurations are 3, 5, 7, 10, 11 and 12. .Pp The card is autoconfigured by the PnP kernel subsystem. .Pp -.It Ar Creatix ISDN-S0 P\*[Am]P +.It Ar Creatix ISDN-S0 P&P .Pp Valid i/o port values are 0x120, 0x180 and 0x100. .Pp @@ -258,9 +258,9 @@ The card is autoconfigured by the PCI kernel subsystem. .Pp .It Ar "ITK ix1 micro" .Pp -Valid i/o port values must be in the range (\*[Lt]unknown\*[Gt]). +Valid i/o port values must be in the range (<unknown>). .Pp -Valid interrupt configurations are (\*[Lt]unknown\*[Gt]). +Valid interrupt configurations are (<unknown>). .Pp The optional .Em flag diff --git a/share/man/man4/jme.4 b/share/man/man4/jme.4 index 6680cdf7b55..327e4026369 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/jme.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/jme.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: jme.4,v 1.6 2009/10/19 18:41:09 bouyer Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: jme.4,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2008 Manuel Bouyer .\" All rights reserved. @@ -58,13 +58,13 @@ be enabled if the configured MTU is larger than 4000 bytes. Interrupt coalescing can be controlled on a per-adapter basis through the following sysctls: .Bl -tag -width ".Cm hw.jme.jmeXxX.int_rxtos" -.It Cm hw.jme.jme\*[Lt]x\*[Gt].int_rxtos +.It Cm hw.jme.jme<x>.int_rxtos jme receive interrupt moderation timer, in microseconds (defaults to 100) -.It Cm hw.jme.jme\*[Lt]x\*[Gt].int_rxct +.It Cm hw.jme.jme<x>.int_rxct jme receive interrupt moderation packet counter (defaults to 128) -.It Cm hw.jme.jme\*[Lt]x\*[Gt].int_txto +.It Cm hw.jme.jme<x>.int_txto jme transmit interrupt moderation timer, in microseconds (defaults to 100) -.It Cm hw.jme.jme\*[Lt]x\*[Gt].int_txct +.It Cm hw.jme.jme<x>.int_txct jme transmit interrupt moderation packet counter (defaults to 128) .El .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.alpha/ttwoga.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.alpha/ttwoga.4 index 2e70137f589..51d61592779 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.alpha/ttwoga.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.alpha/ttwoga.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ttwoga.4,v 1.5 2017/02/18 22:39:00 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ttwoga.4,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ DEC T2 Gate Array The .Nm driver provides support for the Digital Equipment Corp. T2 Gate Array, -the CBUS-\*[Gt]PCI bridge found in the AlphaServer 2100/2100A. +the CBUS->PCI bridge found in the AlphaServer 2100/2100A. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr alpha/intro 4 , .Xr alpha/ttwopci 4 , diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.alpha/ttwopci.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.alpha/ttwopci.4 index 9f35fec1f24..508b9979acb 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.alpha/ttwopci.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.alpha/ttwopci.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ttwopci.4,v 1.5 2017/02/18 22:39:00 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ttwopci.4,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ DEC T2 Gate Array PCI controller .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm -driver provides support for CBUS-\*[Gt]PCI bridge on the DEC T2 Gate Array +driver provides support for CBUS->PCI bridge on the DEC T2 Gate Array found in the AlphaServer 2100/2100A. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr alpha/intro 4 , diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.amiga/grf.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.amiga/grf.4 index ad4ba65832d..44d1473d1c8 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.amiga/grf.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.amiga/grf.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: grf.4,v 1.6 2017/02/18 22:39:00 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: grf.4,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ This is frame buffer device for Amiga. There is fixed mapping to the common video hardware. If the device is configured, the frame buffers are mapped as follows: -.Bl -tag -width "grf1 \*[Am] grf2" +.Bl -tag -width "grf1 & grf2" .It grf0 custom chips -.It grf1 \*[Am] grf2 +.It grf1 & grf2 Retina Z2/Z3 .It grf3 Cirrus boards diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.amiga/mfcs.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.amiga/mfcs.4 index 90cd212bc30..24e21bfdf35 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.amiga/mfcs.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.amiga/mfcs.4 @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)dca.4 5.2 (Berkeley) 3/27/91 -.\" $NetBSD: mfcs.4,v 1.7 2003/08/07 10:31:05 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mfcs.4,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd July 23, 1995 .Dt MFCS 4 amiga @@ -54,10 +54,10 @@ controls, among other things, a dual port communications interface with a multiple character buffer. .Pp Input and output for each MultiFaceCard III line may set to a maximum baud -rates of 1152000. Formula for baud rate: Baud = 230400 / N with 1 \*[Lt] N \*[Lt] 65536. +rates of 1152000. Formula for baud rate: Baud = 230400 / N with 1 < N < 65536. .Pp Input and output for each MultiFaceCard II line may set to a maximum baud -rates of 57600. Formula for baud rate: Baud = 115200 / N with 1 \*[Lt] N \*[Lt] 65536. +rates of 57600. Formula for baud rate: Baud = 115200 / N with 1 < N < 65536. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width Pa .It Pa /dev/ttyA? diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.atari/rtc.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.atari/rtc.4 index 35f1468f00e..2b2e604f471 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.atari/rtc.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.atari/rtc.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rtc.4,v 1.7 2009/03/11 13:41:25 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rtc.4,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ kernel expects the RTC to run in UTC. .It Pa /dev/rtc .El .Sh EXAMPLES -date -u +%Y%m%d%H%M.%S \*[Gt] /dev/rtc +date -u +%Y%m%d%H%M.%S > /dev/rtc .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr date 1 , .Xr strftime 3 diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.dreamcast/aica.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.dreamcast/aica.4 index fe3e8441638..071b46f74fb 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.dreamcast/aica.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.dreamcast/aica.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: aica.4,v 1.5 2017/02/17 22:24:46 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: aica.4,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -50,5 +50,5 @@ device driver appeared in .Nx 2.0 . .Sh BUGS AICA has 64 PCM channels, but this driver support only 2 channels -(left \*[Am] right). +(left & right). The remaining 62 channels are idle. diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/dcl.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/dcl.4 index fdba3549d21..f997b64af4d 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/dcl.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.hp300/dcl.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: dcl.4,v 1.12 2003/11/16 10:05:48 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: dcl.4,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -63,13 +63,13 @@ carrier always present, or to 0 if modem control is desired. .Pp Use .Tn HP -cable "98626 \*[Am] 98628 opts.002, +cable "98626 & 98628 opts.002, .Tn RS232-C .Tn DCE CABLE , 5061-4216" to attach non-modem devices. Use .Tn HP -cable "98626 \*[Am] 98628 opts.001, +cable "98626 & 98628 opts.001, .Tn RS232-C .Tn DTE CABLE , 5061-4215" to attach modems. diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.hppa/pdc.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.hppa/pdc.4 index c2c6caa11b4..493b81393cb 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.hppa/pdc.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.hppa/pdc.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pdc.4,v 1.2 2017/02/17 22:24:46 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pdc.4,v 1.3 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" $OpenBSD: pdc.4,v 1.6 2007/06/01 19:54:10 aanriot Exp $ .\" @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ The cache configuration word is formatted as follows: .It Sy "bit" Ta Sy "len" Ta Sy "contents" .It "0" Ta "12" Ta "reserved" .It "13" Ta "3" Ta "set 1 if coherent operation supported" -.It "16" Ta "2" Ta "flush mode: 0 -- fdc \*[Am] fic; 1 -- fdc; 2 -- fic; 3 -- either" +.It "16" Ta "2" Ta "flush mode: 0 -- fdc & fic; 1 -- fdc; 2 -- fic; 3 -- either" .It "18" Ta "1" Ta "write-thru D-cache if set" .It "19" Ta "2" Ta "reserved" .It "21" Ta "3" Ta "cache line size" diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.i386/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.i386/intro.4 index 891fa3bcf08..bf79be27b82 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.i386/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.i386/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: intro.4,v 1.30 2017/02/17 22:24:46 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: intro.4,v 1.31 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Jonathan Stone .\" Copyright (c) 1994 Christopher G. Demetriou @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Ethernet interface .It ep 3Com EtherLink III (3c5x9) Ethernet interface .It ie -Ethernet driver for the AT\*[Am]T StarLAN 10, EN100, StarLan Fiber, and 3Com 3c507. +Ethernet driver for the AT&T StarLAN 10, EN100, StarLan Fiber, and 3Com 3c507. .It iy Ethernet driver for the ISA Intel EtherExpress PR0/10 adaptor. .It le diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.i386/ndis.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.i386/ndis.4 index 412b0072c71..02e64959f78 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.i386/ndis.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.i386/ndis.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ndis.4,v 1.5 2014/03/18 18:20:40 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ndis.4,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003 .\" Bill Paul <wpaul@windriver.com>. All rights reserved. @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ $ cd src/sys/arch/i386/conf $ config NDIS $ cd ../compile/NDIS $ cp /path/to/ndis_driver_data.h . -$ make depend \*[Am]\*[Am] make +$ make depend && make $ su $ mv /netbsd /onetbsd $ cp netbsd /netbsd @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ The device can then be configured with .Xr ifconfig 8 : .Pp .Bd -literal -offset indent -ndis0: flags=8843\*[Lt]UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST\*[Gt] mtu 1500 +ndis0: flags=8843<UP,BROADCAST,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> mtu 1500 ssid WWUwireless powersave on (100ms sleep) chan 6 diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.i386/pcibios.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.i386/pcibios.4 index 27f90c7854e..3d6350c9014 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.i386/pcibios.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.i386/pcibios.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pcibios.4,v 1.18 2011/04/05 08:24:43 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pcibios.4,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999, 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ you have to specify to make kernel with DDB): .Dl Ic boot -d And type the following command on -.Qq Sy db\*[Gt] +.Qq Sy db> prompt: .Dl Ic write pcibios_irqs_hint 0x0a00 Then type the following to continue to boot: diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.sgimips/giopci.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.sgimips/giopci.4 index a3867a075bd..c5c8b22dc68 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.sgimips/giopci.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.sgimips/giopci.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: giopci.4,v 1.8 2017/02/18 22:39:01 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: giopci.4,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ The driver provides support for the machine-independent PCI subsystem (described in .Xr pci 4 ) such that it may attach various GIO expansion boards featuring PCI chipsets -sitting behind various special GIO\*[Lt]-\*[Gt]PCI bridges. +sitting behind various special GIO<->PCI bridges. .Pp The following boards are presently supported: .Bl -tag -compact -width "Phobos G100/G130/G160 Fast Ethernet" -offset "xxxx" diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/intro.4 index 51b5e79246d..c2298e29b92 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/intro.4 @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $NetBSD: intro.4,v 1.26 2017/02/18 22:39:01 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: intro.4,v 1.27 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd February 17, 2017 .Dt INTRO 4 sparc @@ -233,13 +233,13 @@ black and white obio frame buffer .It cgfourteen 24 bit Sbus color frame buffer .It cgsix -8 bit obio (sun4c \*[Am] sun4m), Sbus color graphics frame buffer +8 bit obio (sun4c & sun4m), Sbus color graphics frame buffer .It cgthree 8 bit VMEbus, Sbus, and obio (sun4m) color graphics frame buffer .It cgtwo 8 bit VMEbus color frame buffer .It dbri -Dual Basic Rate Interface (BRI) ISDN (SPARC LX \*[Am] SPARCstation 10) (only the audio component is supported) +Dual Basic Rate Interface (BRI) ISDN (SPARC LX & SPARCstation 10) (only the audio component is supported) .It eeprom Sun non-volatile configuration RAM driver .It esp @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ The following devices are not supported, due to unavailability of either documentation or sample hardware: .Bl -tag -width speaker .It dbri -Dual Basic Rate Interface (BRI) ISDN (SPARC LX \*[Am] SPARCstation 10) +Dual Basic Rate Interface (BRI) ISDN (SPARC LX & SPARCstation 10) .El .Sh HISTORY This diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/magma.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/magma.4 index a1b4c72adf7..404692bd131 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/magma.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.sparc/magma.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: magma.4,v 1.11 2009/03/11 13:41:25 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: magma.4,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 Iain Hibbert .\" All rights reserved. @@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ The device minor numbers for this driver are encoded as follows: | 7 | 6 | 5 | 4 | 3 | 2 | 1 | 0 | +---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+ | | | | | | | | - | | | | +---+---+---+---\*[Gt] port number + | | | | +---+---+---+---> port number | | | | - | | | +-------------------\*[Gt] dial-out (on tty ports) + | | | +-------------------> dial-out (on tty ports) | | | - | | +-----------------------\*[Gt] unused + | | +-----------------------> unused | | - +---+---------------------------\*[Gt] card number + +---+---------------------------> card number .Ed .Pp Up to four cards are supported in the system. diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.sparc64/intro.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.sparc64/intro.4 index b97708e42fa..107d593fd44 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.sparc64/intro.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.sparc64/intro.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: intro.4,v 1.4 2007/05/10 07:47:27 jnemeth Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: intro.4,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Jonathan Stone. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ Not all supported devices are listed. .Pp .Bl -tag -width leXlebufferXX .It auxio -Auxiliary I/O \*[Am] LED +Auxiliary I/O & LED .It bpp Bi-directional Parallel port .It cgsix -8 bit obio (sun4c \*[Am] sun4m), Sbus color graphics frame buffer +8 bit obio (sun4c & sun4m), Sbus color graphics frame buffer .It com PC-style serial port .It eeprom @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ FSBE/S (X1053A, part # 501-2015) Fast SCSI-2/Buffered Ethernet Sbus controller .It fdc Floppy Disk Controller .It ffb -Creator \*[Am] Creaor3D graphics frame buffer +Creator & Creaor3D graphics frame buffer .It isp Qlogic ISP Sbus and PCI SCSI controller .It kbd @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ and .Xr shutdown 8 commands can use it to power down the system. .It sab -Siemens 82532 \*[Am] 83538 serial controller +Siemens 82532 & 83538 serial controller .It zs Zilog 8530 serial controller .El diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.sun2/leds.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.sun2/leds.4 index 6ebe4884a65..f7edab465dd 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.sun2/leds.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.sun2/leds.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: leds.4,v 1.9 2008/04/30 13:10:56 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: leds.4,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ to display the repeating animation of a single lit LED scrolling from one end of the display to the other, using six clock ticks between each update. .Bd -ragged -offset indent # echo 5 8 254 253 251 247 239 223 191 127 | - awk '{ for (i=1;i\*[Le]NF;i++) printf("%c",$i+0); }' \*[Gt] /dev/leds + awk '{ for (i=1;i\*[Le]NF;i++) printf("%c",$i+0); }' > /dev/leds .Ed .Sh ERRORS An I/O transfer to diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.sun3/leds.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.sun3/leds.4 index 93a52731264..a1e7daa1ed3 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.sun3/leds.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.sun3/leds.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: leds.4,v 1.12 2008/04/30 13:10:57 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: leds.4,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ to display the repeating animation of a single lit LED scrolling from one end of the display to the other, using six clock ticks between each update. .Bd -ragged -offset indent # echo 5 8 254 253 251 247 239 223 191 127 | - awk '{ for (i=1;i\*[Le]NF;i++) printf("%c",$i+0); }' \*[Gt] /dev/leds + awk '{ for (i=1;i\*[Le]NF;i++) printf("%c",$i+0); }' > /dev/leds .Ed .Sh ERRORS An I/O transfer to diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.vax/ad.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.vax/ad.4 index dd60a37cef4..76d41875cab 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.vax/ad.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.vax/ad.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ad.4,v 1.11 2003/08/07 10:31:10 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ad.4,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ selects which channel of the board to read. For example, .Bd -literal -offset indent chan = 5; -ioctl(fd, AD_CHAN, \*[Am]chan); +ioctl(fd, AD_CHAN, &chan); .Ed .Pp selects channel 5. @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ actually reads the data and returns it to the user process. An example is .Bd -literal -offset indent -ioctl(fd, AD_READ, \*[Am]data); +ioctl(fd, AD_READ, &data); .Ed .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /dev/adx -compact diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.vax/cons.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.vax/cons.4 index 1c3a10f5095..2182926b514 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.vax/cons.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.vax/cons.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: cons.4,v 1.11 2003/08/07 10:31:10 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: cons.4,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ not disabled, .Ic \&^P (control-P) puts the console in local console mode (where the prompt is -.Sq Li \*[Gt]\*[Gt]\*[Gt] ) . +.Sq Li >>> ) . The operation of the console in this mode varies slightly per-processor. .Ss VAX-11/780 or 785 @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Get out of .Tn ODT mode. .Pp -.It Ic \*[Lt]break\*[Gt] +.It Ic <break> If you hit the break key on the console, then the console .Tn LSI Ns -11 will go into @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ When in console mode on an 11/750 which has a remote diagnosis module, a .Ic \&^D will put you in remote diagnosis mode, where the prompt will be -.Ql RDM\*[Gt] . +.Ql RDM> . .El .Ss VAX-8600 or 8650 The diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.vax/dl.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.vax/dl.4 index f3635b1c0d6..c7c2c7553de 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.vax/dl.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.vax/dl.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: dl.4,v 1.12 2009/03/09 19:24:30 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: dl.4,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Ben Harris. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ The driver was written for .Nx 1.3 . .Sh AUTHORS -Ben Harris \*[Lt]bjh21@NetBSD.org\*[Gt] +Ben Harris <bjh21@NetBSD.org> .Sh BUGS The .Tn DL-11 diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.vax/dn.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.vax/dn.4 index 3ff4dd410c2..21c94942c43 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.vax/dn.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.vax/dn.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: dn.4,v 1.11 2009/03/15 10:45:21 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: dn.4,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ The codes for the phone numbers are: .It * dial * (`:' is a synonym) .It # dial # (`;' is a synonym) .It \- delay 20 milliseconds -.It \*[Lt] end of phone number (`e' is a synonym) +.It < end of phone number (`e' is a synonym) .It = delay for a second dial tone (`w' is a synonym) .It f force a hangup of any existing connection .El diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.vax/hy.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.vax/hy.4 index 32a33ee4c31..375e68e76a2 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.vax/hy.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.vax/hy.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: hy.4,v 1.11 2003/08/07 10:31:11 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: hy.4,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -88,12 +88,12 @@ connections are dropped. Software does not shut down the network unless power has been off for a while. .Pp -.It hy%d: RECVD MP \*[Gt] MPSIZE (%d). +.It hy%d: RECVD MP > MPSIZE (%d). A message proper was received that is too big. Probable a driver bug. Shouldn't happen. .Pp -.It "hy%d: xmit error \- len \*[Gt] hy_olen [%d \*[Gt] %d]." +.It "hy%d: xmit error \- len > hy_olen [%d > %d]." Probable driver error. Shouldn't happen. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/man4.vax/ix.4 b/share/man/man4/man4.vax/ix.4 index a8fa5d651a3..f604d18072f 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/man4.vax/ix.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/man4.vax/ix.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ix.4,v 1.16 2017/02/17 22:24:47 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ix.4,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ A program to load the image is provided in .Pa /usr/src/new/np100 . The sequence of commands would be: .Bd -literal -offset indent -# ./npload np.image [/dev/np\*[Lt]board #\*[Gt] if other than np00] +# ./npload np.image [/dev/np<board #> if other than np00] # sleep 10 # ifconfig ix0 ... .Ed diff --git a/share/man/man4/mfb.4 b/share/man/man4/mfb.4 index 8d2fdc5d7ef..2bb57fe2711 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/mfb.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/mfb.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mfb.4,v 1.4 2008/04/30 13:10:54 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mfb.4,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -55,4 +55,4 @@ of running at a resolution of 1280-by-1024 at 72 Hz. .Nx Ns /pmax does not currently support the machine-independent .Xr wscons 4 -interface and uses a machine-dependent version.
\ No newline at end of file +interface and uses a machine-dependent version. diff --git a/share/man/man4/mfi.4 b/share/man/man4/mfi.4 index 9383436c845..5a64cfdba8e 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/mfi.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/mfi.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mfi.4,v 1.11 2012/03/22 15:43:37 sborrill Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mfi.4,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: mfi.4,v 1.7 2006/09/01 09:58:09 jmc Exp $ .\" .\" Written by Marco Peereboom <marco@peereboom.us> @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .Os .Sh NAME .Nm mfi -.Nd LSI Logic \*[Am] Dell MegaRAID SAS RAID controller +.Nd LSI Logic & Dell MegaRAID SAS RAID controller .Sh SYNOPSIS .Cd "mfi* at pci? dev ? function ?" .Sh DESCRIPTION diff --git a/share/man/man4/midi.4 b/share/man/man4/midi.4 index 5a1a1ee8a60..3e33ae5ff9d 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/midi.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/midi.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: midi.4,v 1.31 2017/04/29 18:31:43 mrg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: midi.4,v 1.32 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999-2017 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ bytes will be read, but if a of size .Va m -\*[Lt] +< .Va n is issued, fewer than .Va m @@ -276,13 +276,13 @@ access can be used to receive bulk dumps from synthesizers, download bulk data to them, and so on. Simple patching of one device to another can be done at the command line, as with -.Dl $ cat -u 0\*[Lt]\*[Gt]/dev/rmidi0 1\*[Gt]\*[Am]0 +.Dl $ cat -u 0<>/dev/rmidi0 1>&0 which will loop all messages received on the input stream of .Pa rmidi0 input stream back to its output stream in real time. However, an attempt to record and play back music with -.Dl $ cat /dev/rmidiN \*[Gt]foo; cat foo \*[Gt]/dev/rmidiN +.Dl $ cat /dev/rmidiN >foo; cat foo >/dev/rmidiN will be disappointing. The file .Pa foo @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ device. These rules support end-to-end Active Sensing behavior in simple cases without special action in an application. For example, in -.Dl $ cat -u /dev/rmidi0 \*[Gt]/dev/rmidi1 +.Dl $ cat -u /dev/rmidi0 >/dev/rmidi1 if the input stream to .Pa rmidi0 is lost, the @@ -408,7 +408,7 @@ an underlying output stream according to its .Va device index. Therefore -.Dl $ cat /dev/music \*[Gt]foo; cat foo \*[Gt]/dev/music +.Dl $ cat /dev/music >foo; cat foo >/dev/music can be expected to capture and reproduce an input performance including timing. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/mpls.4 b/share/man/man4/mpls.4 index a1a21a9ed82..d807b3fa980 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/mpls.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/mpls.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mpls.4,v 1.9 2013/07/24 07:00:16 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mpls.4,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2010 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -219,10 +219,10 @@ destination: 50 Tag: 33 local addr: 192.168.1.180 interface: sk0 - flags: \*[Lt]UP,GATEWAY,HOST,DONE,STATIC\*[Gt] + flags: <UP,GATEWAY,HOST,DONE,STATIC> recvpipe sendpipe ssthresh rtt,msec rttvar hopcount mtu expire 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -sockaddrs: \*[Lt]DST,GATEWAY,IFP,IFA,TAG\*[Gt] +sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,IFP,IFA,TAG> .Ed .It Route IP packets into MPLS domain but use a different source diff --git a/share/man/man4/multicast.4 b/share/man/man4/multicast.4 index 98179ca1507..22f3eb16703 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/multicast.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/multicast.4 @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/multicast.4,v 1.4 2004/07/09 09:22:36 ru Exp $ -.\" $NetBSD: multicast.4,v 1.7 2014/02/22 17:29:13 dholland Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: multicast.4,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd September 4, 2003 .Dt MULTICAST 4 @@ -130,17 +130,17 @@ or disable multicast forwarding in the kernel: .Bd -literal /* IPv4 */ int v = 1; /* 1 to enable, or 0 to disable */ -setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_INIT, (void *)\*[Am]v, sizeof(v)); +setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_INIT, (void *)&v, sizeof(v)); .Ed .Bd -literal /* IPv6 */ int v = 1; /* 1 to enable, or 0 to disable */ -setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_IPV6, MRT6_INIT, (void *)\*[Am]v, sizeof(v)); +setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_IPV6, MRT6_INIT, (void *)&v, sizeof(v)); \&... /* If necessary, filter all ICMPv6 messages */ struct icmp6_filter filter; -ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCKALL(\*[Am]filter); -setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_ICMPV6, ICMP6_FILTER, (void *)\*[Am]filter, +ICMP6_FILTER_SETBLOCKALL(&filter); +setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_ICMPV6, ICMP6_FILTER, (void *)&filter, sizeof(filter)); .Ed .Pp @@ -156,17 +156,17 @@ multicast interface must be added to the kernel: .Bd -literal /* IPv4 */ struct vifctl vc; -memset(\*[Am]vc, 0, sizeof(vc)); +memset(&vc, 0, sizeof(vc)); /* Assign all vifctl fields as appropriate */ vc.vifc_vifi = vif_index; vc.vifc_flags = vif_flags; vc.vifc_threshold = min_ttl_threshold; vc.vifc_rate_limit = max_rate_limit; -memcpy(\*[Am]vc.vifc_lcl_addr, \*[Am]vif_local_address, sizeof(vc.vifc_lcl_addr)); -if (vc.vifc_flags \*[Am] VIFF_TUNNEL) - memcpy(\*[Am]vc.vifc_rmt_addr, \*[Am]vif_remote_address, +memcpy(&vc.vifc_lcl_addr, &vif_local_address, sizeof(vc.vifc_lcl_addr)); +if (vc.vifc_flags & VIFF_TUNNEL) + memcpy(&vc.vifc_rmt_addr, &vif_remote_address, sizeof(vc.vifc_rmt_addr)); -setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_ADD_VIF, (void *)\*[Am]vc, +setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_ADD_VIF, (void *)&vc, sizeof(vc)); .Ed .Pp @@ -198,12 +198,12 @@ contains the remote IP address in case of DVMRP multicast tunnels. .Bd -literal /* IPv6 */ struct mif6ctl mc; -memset(\*[Am]mc, 0, sizeof(mc)); +memset(&mc, 0, sizeof(mc)); /* Assign all mif6ctl fields as appropriate */ mc.mif6c_mifi = mif_index; mc.mif6c_flags = mif_flags; mc.mif6c_pifi = pif_index; -setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_IPV6, MRT6_ADD_MIF, (void *)\*[Am]mc, +setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_IPV6, MRT6_ADD_MIF, (void *)&mc, sizeof(mc)); .Ed .Pp @@ -224,13 +224,13 @@ A multicast interface is deleted by: .Bd -literal /* IPv4 */ vifi_t vifi = vif_index; -setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_DEL_VIF, (void *)\*[Am]vifi, +setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_DEL_VIF, (void *)&vifi, sizeof(vifi)); .Ed .Bd -literal /* IPv6 */ mifi_t mifi = mif_index; -setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_IPV6, MRT6_DEL_MIF, (void *)\*[Am]mifi, +setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_IPV6, MRT6_DEL_MIF, (void *)&mifi, sizeof(mifi)); .Ed .Pp @@ -293,27 +293,27 @@ An MFC entry is added by: .Bd -literal /* IPv4 */ struct mfcctl mc; -memset(\*[Am]mc, 0, sizeof(mc)); -memcpy(\*[Am]mc.mfcc_origin, \*[Am]source_addr, sizeof(mc.mfcc_origin)); -memcpy(\*[Am]mc.mfcc_mcastgrp, \*[Am]group_addr, sizeof(mc.mfcc_mcastgrp)); +memset(&mc, 0, sizeof(mc)); +memcpy(&mc.mfcc_origin, &source_addr, sizeof(mc.mfcc_origin)); +memcpy(&mc.mfcc_mcastgrp, &group_addr, sizeof(mc.mfcc_mcastgrp)); mc.mfcc_parent = iif_index; -for (i = 0; i \*[Lt] maxvifs; i++) +for (i = 0; i < maxvifs; i++) mc.mfcc_ttls[i] = oifs_ttl[i]; setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_ADD_MFC, - (void *)\*[Am]mc, sizeof(mc)); + (void *)&mc, sizeof(mc)); .Ed .Bd -literal /* IPv6 */ struct mf6cctl mc; -memset(\*[Am]mc, 0, sizeof(mc)); -memcpy(\*[Am]mc.mf6cc_origin, \*[Am]source_addr, sizeof(mc.mf6cc_origin)); -memcpy(\*[Am]mc.mf6cc_mcastgrp, \*[Am]group_addr, sizeof(mf6cc_mcastgrp)); +memset(&mc, 0, sizeof(mc)); +memcpy(&mc.mf6cc_origin, &source_addr, sizeof(mc.mf6cc_origin)); +memcpy(&mc.mf6cc_mcastgrp, &group_addr, sizeof(mf6cc_mcastgrp)); mc.mf6cc_parent = iif_index; -for (i = 0; i \*[Lt] maxvifs; i++) - if (oifs_ttl[i] \*[Gt] 0) - IF_SET(i, \*[Am]mc.mf6cc_ifset); +for (i = 0; i < maxvifs; i++) + if (oifs_ttl[i] > 0) + IF_SET(i, &mc.mf6cc_ifset); setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_IPV6, MRT6_ADD_MFC, - (void *)\*[Am]mc, sizeof(mc)); + (void *)&mc, sizeof(mc)); .Ed .Pp The @@ -339,20 +339,20 @@ An MFC entry is deleted by: .Bd -literal /* IPv4 */ struct mfcctl mc; -memset(\*[Am]mc, 0, sizeof(mc)); -memcpy(\*[Am]mc.mfcc_origin, \*[Am]source_addr, sizeof(mc.mfcc_origin)); -memcpy(\*[Am]mc.mfcc_mcastgrp, \*[Am]group_addr, sizeof(mc.mfcc_mcastgrp)); +memset(&mc, 0, sizeof(mc)); +memcpy(&mc.mfcc_origin, &source_addr, sizeof(mc.mfcc_origin)); +memcpy(&mc.mfcc_mcastgrp, &group_addr, sizeof(mc.mfcc_mcastgrp)); setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_DEL_MFC, - (void *)\*[Am]mc, sizeof(mc)); + (void *)&mc, sizeof(mc)); .Ed .Bd -literal /* IPv6 */ struct mf6cctl mc; -memset(\*[Am]mc, 0, sizeof(mc)); -memcpy(\*[Am]mc.mf6cc_origin, \*[Am]source_addr, sizeof(mc.mf6cc_origin)); -memcpy(\*[Am]mc.mf6cc_mcastgrp, \*[Am]group_addr, sizeof(mf6cc_mcastgrp)); +memset(&mc, 0, sizeof(mc)); +memcpy(&mc.mf6cc_origin, &source_addr, sizeof(mc.mf6cc_origin)); +memcpy(&mc.mf6cc_mcastgrp, &group_addr, sizeof(mf6cc_mcastgrp)); setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_IPV6, MRT6_DEL_MFC, - (void *)\*[Am]mc, sizeof(mc)); + (void *)&mc, sizeof(mc)); .Ed .Pp The following method can be used to get various statistics per @@ -361,18 +361,18 @@ packets per source and group address): .Bd -literal /* IPv4 */ struct sioc_sg_req sgreq; -memset(\*[Am]sgreq, 0, sizeof(sgreq)); -memcpy(\*[Am]sgreq.src, \*[Am]source_addr, sizeof(sgreq.src)); -memcpy(\*[Am]sgreq.grp, \*[Am]group_addr, sizeof(sgreq.grp)); -ioctl(mrouter_s4, SIOCGETSGCNT, \*[Am]sgreq); +memset(&sgreq, 0, sizeof(sgreq)); +memcpy(&sgreq.src, &source_addr, sizeof(sgreq.src)); +memcpy(&sgreq.grp, &group_addr, sizeof(sgreq.grp)); +ioctl(mrouter_s4, SIOCGETSGCNT, &sgreq); .Ed .Bd -literal /* IPv6 */ struct sioc_sg_req6 sgreq; -memset(\*[Am]sgreq, 0, sizeof(sgreq)); -memcpy(\*[Am]sgreq.src, \*[Am]source_addr, sizeof(sgreq.src)); -memcpy(\*[Am]sgreq.grp, \*[Am]group_addr, sizeof(sgreq.grp)); -ioctl(mrouter_s6, SIOCGETSGCNT_IN6, \*[Am]sgreq); +memset(&sgreq, 0, sizeof(sgreq)); +memcpy(&sgreq.src, &source_addr, sizeof(sgreq.src)); +memcpy(&sgreq.grp, &group_addr, sizeof(sgreq.grp)); +ioctl(mrouter_s6, SIOCGETSGCNT_IN6, &sgreq); .Ed .Pp The following method can be used to get various statistics per @@ -381,16 +381,16 @@ packets per interface): .Bd -literal /* IPv4 */ struct sioc_vif_req vreq; -memset(\*[Am]vreq, 0, sizeof(vreq)); +memset(&vreq, 0, sizeof(vreq)); vreq.vifi = vif_index; -ioctl(mrouter_s4, SIOCGETVIFCNT, \*[Am]vreq); +ioctl(mrouter_s4, SIOCGETVIFCNT, &vreq); .Ed .Bd -literal /* IPv6 */ struct sioc_mif_req6 mreq; -memset(\*[Am]mreq, 0, sizeof(mreq)); +memset(&mreq, 0, sizeof(mreq)); mreq.mifi = vif_index; -ioctl(mrouter_s6, SIOCGETMIFCNT_IN6, \*[Am]mreq); +ioctl(mrouter_s6, SIOCGETMIFCNT_IN6, &mreq); .Ed .Ss Advanced Multicast API Programming Guide If we want to add new features in the kernel, it becomes difficult @@ -451,7 +451,7 @@ and Example: .Bd -literal uint32_t v; -getsockopt(sock, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_API_SUPPORT, (void *)\*[Am]v, sizeof(v)); +getsockopt(sock, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_API_SUPPORT, (void *)&v, sizeof(v)); .Ed .Pp would set in @@ -476,11 +476,11 @@ would fail. To modify the API, and to set some specific feature in the kernel, then: .Bd -literal uint32_t v = MRT_MFC_FLAGS_DISABLE_WRONGVIF; -if (setsockopt(sock, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_API_CONFIG, (void *)\*[Am]v, sizeof(v)) +if (setsockopt(sock, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_API_CONFIG, (void *)&v, sizeof(v)) != 0) { return (ERROR); } -if (v \*[Am] MRT_MFC_FLAGS_DISABLE_WRONGVIF) +if (v & MRT_MFC_FLAGS_DISABLE_WRONGVIF) return (OK); /* Success */ else return (ERROR); @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ The return value in is the actual (sub)set of features that were enabled in the kernel. To obtain later the same set of features that were enabled, then: .Bd -literal -getsockopt(sock, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_API_CONFIG, (void *)\*[Am]v, sizeof(v)); +getsockopt(sock, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_API_CONFIG, (void *)&v, sizeof(v)); .Ed .Pp The set of enabled features is global. @@ -507,15 +507,15 @@ should be called right after .Pp Currently, the following set of new features is defined: .Bd -literal -#define MRT_MFC_FLAGS_DISABLE_WRONGVIF (1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] 0) /* disable WRONGVIF signals */ -#define MRT_MFC_FLAGS_BORDER_VIF (1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] 1) /* border vif */ -#define MRT_MFC_RP (1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] 8) /* enable RP address */ -#define MRT_MFC_BW_UPCALL (1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] 9) /* enable bw upcalls */ +#define MRT_MFC_FLAGS_DISABLE_WRONGVIF (1 << 0) /* disable WRONGVIF signals */ +#define MRT_MFC_FLAGS_BORDER_VIF (1 << 1) /* border vif */ +#define MRT_MFC_RP (1 << 8) /* enable RP address */ +#define MRT_MFC_BW_UPCALL (1 << 9) /* enable bw upcalls */ .Ed .\" .Pp .\" In the future there might be: .\" .Bd -literal -.\" #define MRT_MFC_GROUP_SPECIFIC (1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] 10) /* allow (*,G) MFC entries */ +.\" #define MRT_MFC_GROUP_SPECIFIC (1 << 10) /* allow (*,G) MFC entries */ .\" .Ed .\" .Pp .\" to allow (*,G) MFC entries (i.e., group-specific entries) in the kernel. @@ -566,8 +566,8 @@ field is used to set various flags per interface per (S,G) entry. Currently, the defined flags are: .Bd -literal -#define MRT_MFC_FLAGS_DISABLE_WRONGVIF (1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] 0) /* disable WRONGVIF signals */ -#define MRT_MFC_FLAGS_BORDER_VIF (1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] 1) /* border vif */ +#define MRT_MFC_FLAGS_DISABLE_WRONGVIF (1 << 0) /* disable WRONGVIF signals */ +#define MRT_MFC_FLAGS_BORDER_VIF (1 << 1) /* border vif */ .Ed .Pp The @@ -693,14 +693,14 @@ There can be more than one filter per (S,G). .It Instead of supporting all possible comparison operations -(i.e., \*[Lt] \*[Lt]= == != \*[Gt] \*[Gt]= ), there is support only for the -\*[Lt]= and \*[Gt]= operations, +(i.e., < <= == != > >= ), there is support only for the +<= and >= operations, because this makes the kernel-level implementation simpler, and because practically we need only those two. Further, the missing operations can be simulated by secondary -user-level filtering of those \*[Lt]= and \*[Gt]= filters. +user-level filtering of those <= and >= filters. For example, to simulate !=, then we need to install filter -.Dq bw \*[Lt]= 0xffffffff , +.Dq bw <= 0xffffffff , and after an upcall is received, we need to check whether .Dq measured_bw != expected_bw . @@ -740,14 +740,14 @@ the following: * * Measurement works as follows: * - * For \*[Gt]= measurements: + * For >= measurements: * The first packet marks the start of a measurement interval. * During an interval we count packets and bytes, and when we * pass the threshold we deliver an upcall and we are done. * The first packet after the end of the interval resets the * count and restarts the measurement. * - * For \*[Lt]= measurement: + * For <= measurement: * We start a timer to fire at the end of the interval, and * then for each incoming packet we count packets and bytes. * When the timer fires, we compare the value with the threshold, @@ -765,11 +765,11 @@ struct bw_upcall { struct in_addr bu_src; /* source address */ struct in_addr bu_dst; /* destination address */ uint32_t bu_flags; /* misc flags (see below) */ -#define BW_UPCALL_UNIT_PACKETS (1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] 0) /* threshold (in packets) */ -#define BW_UPCALL_UNIT_BYTES (1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] 1) /* threshold (in bytes) */ -#define BW_UPCALL_GEQ (1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] 2) /* upcall if bw \*[Gt]= threshold */ -#define BW_UPCALL_LEQ (1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] 3) /* upcall if bw \*[Lt]= threshold */ -#define BW_UPCALL_DELETE_ALL (1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] 4) /* delete all upcalls for s,d*/ +#define BW_UPCALL_UNIT_PACKETS (1 << 0) /* threshold (in packets) */ +#define BW_UPCALL_UNIT_BYTES (1 << 1) /* threshold (in bytes) */ +#define BW_UPCALL_GEQ (1 << 2) /* upcall if bw >= threshold */ +#define BW_UPCALL_LEQ (1 << 3) /* upcall if bw <= threshold */ +#define BW_UPCALL_DELETE_ALL (1 << 4) /* delete all upcalls for s,d*/ struct bw_data bu_threshold; /* the bw threshold */ struct bw_data bu_measured; /* the measured bw */ }; @@ -796,19 +796,19 @@ argument, and that filter will trigger an upcall according to the following pseudo-algorithm: .Bd -literal - if (bw_upcall_oper IS "\*[Gt]=") { - if (((bw_upcall_unit \*[Am] PACKETS == PACKETS) \*[Am]\*[Am] - (measured_packets \*[Gt]= threshold_packets)) || - ((bw_upcall_unit \*[Am] BYTES == BYTES) \*[Am]\*[Am] - (measured_bytes \*[Gt]= threshold_bytes))) - SEND_UPCALL("measured bandwidth is \*[Gt]= threshold"); + if (bw_upcall_oper IS ">=") { + if (((bw_upcall_unit & PACKETS == PACKETS) && + (measured_packets >= threshold_packets)) || + ((bw_upcall_unit & BYTES == BYTES) && + (measured_bytes >= threshold_bytes))) + SEND_UPCALL("measured bandwidth is >= threshold"); } - if (bw_upcall_oper IS "\*[Lt]=" \*[Am]\*[Am] measured_interval \*[Gt]= threshold_interval) { - if (((bw_upcall_unit \*[Am] PACKETS == PACKETS) \*[Am]\*[Am] - (measured_packets \*[Lt]= threshold_packets)) || - ((bw_upcall_unit \*[Am] BYTES == BYTES) \*[Am]\*[Am] - (measured_bytes \*[Lt]= threshold_bytes))) - SEND_UPCALL("measured bandwidth is \*[Lt]= threshold"); + if (bw_upcall_oper IS "<=" && measured_interval >= threshold_interval) { + if (((bw_upcall_unit & PACKETS == PACKETS) && + (measured_packets <= threshold_packets)) || + ((bw_upcall_unit & BYTES == BYTES) && + (measured_bytes <= threshold_bytes))) + SEND_UPCALL("measured bandwidth is <= threshold"); } .Ed .Pp @@ -817,27 +817,27 @@ In the same the unit can be specified in both BYTES and PACKETS. However, the GEQ and LEQ flags are mutually exclusive. .Pp -Basically, an upcall is delivered if the measured bandwidth is \*[Gt]= or -\*[Lt]= the threshold bandwidth (within the specified measurement +Basically, an upcall is delivered if the measured bandwidth is >= or +<= the threshold bandwidth (within the specified measurement interval). For practical reasons, the smallest value for the measurement interval is 3 seconds. If smaller values are allowed, then the bandwidth estimation may be less accurate, or the potentially very high frequency of the generated upcalls may introduce too much overhead. -For the \*[Gt]= operation, the answer may be known before the end of +For the >= operation, the answer may be known before the end of .Va threshold_interval , therefore the upcall may be delivered earlier. -For the \*[Lt]= operation however, we must wait +For the <= operation however, we must wait until the threshold interval has expired to know the answer. .Pp Example of usage: .Bd -literal struct bw_upcall bw_upcall; /* Assign all bw_upcall fields as appropriate */ -memset(\*[Am]bw_upcall, 0, sizeof(bw_upcall)); -memcpy(\*[Am]bw_upcall.bu_src, \*[Am]source, sizeof(bw_upcall.bu_src)); -memcpy(\*[Am]bw_upcall.bu_dst, \*[Am]group, sizeof(bw_upcall.bu_dst)); +memset(&bw_upcall, 0, sizeof(bw_upcall)); +memcpy(&bw_upcall.bu_src, &source, sizeof(bw_upcall.bu_src)); +memcpy(&bw_upcall.bu_dst, &group, sizeof(bw_upcall.bu_dst)); bw_upcall.bu_threshold.b_data = threshold_interval; bw_upcall.bu_threshold.b_packets = threshold_packets; bw_upcall.bu_threshold.b_bytes = threshold_bytes; @@ -857,7 +857,7 @@ do { return (ERROR); } while (0); setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_ADD_BW_UPCALL, - (void *)\*[Am]bw_upcall, sizeof(bw_upcall)); + (void *)&bw_upcall, sizeof(bw_upcall)); .Ed .Pp To delete a single filter, then use @@ -905,10 +905,10 @@ the particular intervals are measured, the user should be careful how is used. For example, if the filter is installed to trigger an upcall if the number of packets -is \*[Gt]= 1, then +is >= 1, then .Va bu_measured may have a value of zero in the upcalls after the -first one, because the measured interval for \*[Gt]= filters is +first one, because the measured interval for >= filters is .Dq clocked by the forwarded packets. Hence, this upcall mechanism should not be used for measuring @@ -925,7 +925,7 @@ Note that the upcalls for a filter are delivered until the specific filter is deleted, but no more frequently than once per .Va bu_threshold.b_time . For example, if the filter is specified to -deliver a signal if bw \*[Gt]= 1 packet, the first packet will trigger a +deliver a signal if bw >= 1 packet, the first packet will trigger a signal, but the next upcall will be triggered no earlier than .Va bu_threshold.b_time after the previous upcall. diff --git a/share/man/man4/options.4 b/share/man/man4/options.4 index 9b75593ea99..d32598ade97 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/options.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/options.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: options.4,v 1.466 2017/05/19 14:18:41 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: options.4,v 1.467 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 .\" Perry E. Metzger. All rights reserved. @@ -1051,13 +1051,13 @@ until either the namei cache hit rate improves or it is determined that your system does not benefit substantially from an increase in the size of the namei cache. .It Cd options NAMECACHE_ENTER_REVERSE -Causes the namei cache to always enter a reverse mapping (vnode -\*[Gt] name) +Causes the namei cache to always enter a reverse mapping (vnode -> name) as well as a normal one. Normally, this is already done for directory vnodes, to speed up the getcwd operation. This option will cause longer hash chains in the reverse cache, and thus slow down getcwd somewhat. -However, it does make vnode -\*[Gt] path translations possible in some cases. +However, it does make vnode -> path translations possible in some cases. For now, only useful if strict .Pa /proc/#/maps emulation for Linux binaries is required. @@ -2690,7 +2690,7 @@ device. .It Cd options BLINK Enable blinking of LED. Blink rate is full cycle every N seconds for -N \*[Lt] then current load average. +N < then current load average. See .Xr getloadavg 3 . .\" .It Cd options COLORFONT_CACHE @@ -2756,7 +2756,7 @@ device. .It Cd options BLINK Enable blinking of LED. Blink rate is full cycle every N seconds for -N \*[Lt] then current load average. +N < then current load average. See .Xr getloadavg 3 . .El diff --git a/share/man/man4/pad.4 b/share/man/man4/pad.4 index 9742f37486c..b58aff99a1a 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/pad.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/pad.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pad.4,v 1.5 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pad.4,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Jared D. McNeill <jmcneill@invisible.ca> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ and feeds the raw PCM output to .Sh EXAMPLES The following example streams an MP3 to an Apple AirTunes compatible device: .Bd -literal -offset indent -$ rtunes - \*[Lt] /dev/pad0 \*[Am] +$ rtunes - < /dev/pad0 & $ mpg123 -a /dev/sound1 mozart.mp3 .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/share/man/man4/pci.4 b/share/man/man4/pci.4 index d0113a6c4bf..0e0e4696baf 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/pci.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/pci.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pci.4,v 1.96 2016/05/01 10:21:01 nonaka Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pci.4,v 1.97 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Jason R. Thorpe. All rights reserved. .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Jonathan Stone @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ and .Tn FibreChannel interfaces. .It mfi -LSI Logic \*[Am] Dell MegaRAID SAS RAID controllers. +LSI Logic & Dell MegaRAID SAS RAID controllers. .It mly Mylex AcceleRAID and eXtremeRAID controllers with v6 firmware. .It nca diff --git a/share/man/man4/pim.4 b/share/man/man4/pim.4 index 52e5b326c73..992f00d67cb 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/pim.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/pim.4 @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ .\" DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. .\" .\" $FreeBSD: src/share/man/man4/pim.4,v 1.2 2004/07/09 09:22:36 ru Exp $ -.\" $NetBSD: pim.4,v 1.4 2012/03/13 19:25:41 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pim.4,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd September 4, 2003 .Dt PIM 4 @@ -95,12 +95,12 @@ Note that those options require certain privilege .Bd -literal /* IPv4 */ int v = 1; /* 1 to enable, or 0 to disable */ -setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_PIM, (void *)\*[Am]v, sizeof(v)); +setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_PIM, (void *)&v, sizeof(v)); .Ed .Bd -literal /* IPv6 */ int v = 1; /* 1 to enable, or 0 to disable */ -setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_IPV6, MRT6_PIM, (void *)\*[Am]v, sizeof(v)); +setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_IPV6, MRT6_PIM, (void *)&v, sizeof(v)); .Ed .Pp After PIM processing is enabled, the multicast-capable interfaces @@ -113,23 +113,23 @@ This can be accomplished by using the following options: .Bd -literal /* IPv4 */ struct vifctl vc; -memset(\*[Am]vc, 0, sizeof(vc)); +memset(&vc, 0, sizeof(vc)); /* Assign all vifctl fields as appropriate */ \&... if (is_pim_register_vif) vc.vifc_flags |= VIFF_REGISTER; -setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_ADD_VIF, (void *)\*[Am]vc, +setsockopt(mrouter_s4, IPPROTO_IP, MRT_ADD_VIF, (void *)&vc, sizeof(vc)); .Ed .Bd -literal /* IPv6 */ struct mif6ctl mc; -memset(\*[Am]mc, 0, sizeof(mc)); +memset(&mc, 0, sizeof(mc)); /* Assign all mif6ctl fields as appropriate */ \&... if (is_pim_register_vif) mc.mif6c_flags |= MIFF_REGISTER; -setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_IPV6, MRT6_ADD_MIF, (void *)\*[Am]mc, +setsockopt(mrouter_s6, IPPROTO_IPV6, MRT6_ADD_MIF, (void *)&mc, sizeof(mc)); .Ed .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/plip.4 b/share/man/man4/plip.4 index 51d35a91b8c..c3db1af1b3d 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/plip.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/plip.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: plip.4,v 1.3 2009/03/09 19:24:28 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: plip.4,v 1.4 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 A.R.Gordon, andrew.gordon@net-tel.co.uk .\" All rights reserved. @@ -109,16 +109,16 @@ for details on configuring network interfaces. The cable connecting the two parallel ports should be wired as follows: .Bd -literal Pin Pin Description - 2 15 Data0 -\*[Gt] ERROR* - 3 13 Data1 -\*[Gt] SLCT - 4 12 Data2 -\*[Gt] PE - 5 10 Data3 -\*[Gt] ACK* - 6 11 Data4 -\*[Gt] BUSY - 15 2 ERROR* -\*[Gt] Data0 - 13 3 SLCT -\*[Gt] Data1 - 12 4 PE -\*[Gt] Data2 - 10 5 ACK* -\*[Gt] Data3 - 11 6 BUSY -\*[Gt] Data4 + 2 15 Data0 -> ERROR* + 3 13 Data1 -> SLCT + 4 12 Data2 -> PE + 5 10 Data3 -> ACK* + 6 11 Data4 -> BUSY + 15 2 ERROR* -> Data0 + 13 3 SLCT -> Data1 + 12 4 PE -> Data2 + 10 5 ACK* -> Data3 + 11 6 BUSY -> Data4 18-25 18-25 Ground .Ed .Pp @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ Length (most significant byte) 12 bytes of supposed MAC addresses (ignored by FreeBSD). Fixed byte 0x08 Fixed byte 0x00 -\*[Lt]IP datagram\*[Gt] +<IP datagram> Checksum byte. .Ed .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/pppoe.4 b/share/man/man4/pppoe.4 index 2cc40970e53..558a494e2bc 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/pppoe.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/pppoe.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pppoe.4,v 1.38 2016/08/08 07:28:54 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pppoe.4,v 1.39 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -165,14 +165,14 @@ router, you need to set the options in your NAT rules, like in this example of .Pa /etc/ipnat.conf : .Bd -literal -offset indent -map pppoe0 192.168.1.0/24 -\*[Gt] 0/32 portmap tcp/udp 44000:49999 mssclamp 1440 -map pppoe0 192.168.1.0/24 -\*[Gt] 0/32 mssclamp 1440 +map pppoe0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 portmap tcp/udp 44000:49999 mssclamp 1440 +map pppoe0 192.168.1.0/24 -> 0/32 mssclamp 1440 .Ed .Pp If you do not use NAT, you need to set up a 1:1 NAT rule, just to get the clamping: .Bd -literal -offset indent -map pppoe0 x.x.x.x/24 -\*[Gt] 0/0 mssclamp 1440 +map pppoe0 x.x.x.x/24 -> 0/0 mssclamp 1440 .Ed .Pp The above examples assume a MTU of 1492 bytes. diff --git a/share/man/man4/radio.4 b/share/man/man4/radio.4 index 51e5884b7a8..77f250a379d 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/radio.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/radio.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: radio.4,v 1.12 2011/03/27 12:45:28 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: radio.4,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" $RuOBSD: radio.4,v 1.4 2001/10/26 05:38:43 form Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: radio.4,v 1.3 2001/12/05 10:58:54 mickey Exp $ .\" @@ -74,17 +74,17 @@ struct radio_info { int lock; /* locking field strength */ uint32_t freq; /* in kHz */ uint32_t caps; /* card capabilities */ -#define RADIO_CAPS_DETECT_STEREO (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]0) -#define RADIO_CAPS_DETECT_SIGNAL (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]1) -#define RADIO_CAPS_SET_MONO (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]2) -#define RADIO_CAPS_HW_SEARCH (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]3) -#define RADIO_CAPS_HW_AFC (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]4) -#define RADIO_CAPS_REFERENCE_FREQ (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]5) -#define RADIO_CAPS_LOCK_SENSITIVITY (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]6) -#define RADIO_CARD_TYPE (0xFF\*[Lt]\*[Lt]16) +#define RADIO_CAPS_DETECT_STEREO (1<<0) +#define RADIO_CAPS_DETECT_SIGNAL (1<<1) +#define RADIO_CAPS_SET_MONO (1<<2) +#define RADIO_CAPS_HW_SEARCH (1<<3) +#define RADIO_CAPS_HW_AFC (1<<4) +#define RADIO_CAPS_REFERENCE_FREQ (1<<5) +#define RADIO_CAPS_LOCK_SENSITIVITY (1<<6) +#define RADIO_CARD_TYPE (0xFF<<16) uint32_t info; -#define RADIO_INFO_STEREO (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]0) -#define RADIO_INFO_SIGNAL (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]1) +#define RADIO_INFO_STEREO (1<<0) +#define RADIO_INFO_SIGNAL (1<<1) }; .Ed .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man4/ral.4 b/share/man/man4/ral.4 index 79cfb63b4b7..2e4cafb88b2 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ral.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ral.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ral.4,v 1.11 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ral.4,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: ral.4,v 1.53 2006/05/06 17:26:25 jmc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ ASUS WL-107G. Atlantis Land A02-PCM-W54. Belkin F5D7010 v2. Canyon CN-WF513. -CC\*[Am]C WL-2102. +CC&C WL-2102. CNet CWC-854. Conceptronic C54RC. Corega CG-WLCB54GL. diff --git a/share/man/man4/route.4 b/share/man/man4/route.4 index c65fb939b89..21b3913925e 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/route.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/route.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: route.4,v 1.30 2017/04/11 18:20:03 roy Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: route.4,v 1.31 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ struct rt_msghdr { u_char rtm_version; /* future binary compatibility */ u_char rtm_type; /* message type */ u_short rtm_index; /* index for associated ifp */ - int rtm_flags; /* flags, incl kern \*[Am] message, e.g. DONE */ + int rtm_flags; /* flags, incl kern & message, e.g. DONE */ int rtm_addrs; /* bitmask identifying sockaddrs in msg */ pid_t rtm_pid; /* identify sender */ int rtm_seq; /* for sender to identify action */ diff --git a/share/man/man4/sc.4 b/share/man/man4/sc.4 index f8c6877b093..db17e55ee61 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/sc.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/sc.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sc.4,v 1.7 2005/06/20 13:25:24 peter Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sc.4,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" written from a reading of config files and driver source code .\" Erik E. Fair <fair@NetBSD.org> @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The values are bits in a bitfield, and are interpreted as follows: .Pp .Bl -tag -offset indent -compact -width 0x000ff .It 0x0ff -Set bit (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]target) to disable +Set bit (1<<target) to disable .Tn SCSI parity checking .It 0x100 diff --git a/share/man/man4/se.4 b/share/man/man4/se.4 index 73a92e38d4c..b6a3daa3853 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/se.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/se.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: se.4,v 1.5 2002/02/13 08:17:45 ross Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: se.4,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd February 3, 1997 .Dt SE 4 @@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ Normal operation does not require any special userland program. .Xr scsi 4 , .Xr ifconfig 8 .Sh AUTHORS -Ian Dall \*[Lt]ian.dall@dsto.defence.gov.au\*[Gt] +Ian Dall <ian.dall@dsto.defence.gov.au> .Pp -Acknowledgement: Thanks are due to Philip L. Budne \*[Lt]budd@cs.bu.edu\*[Gt] +Acknowledgement: Thanks are due to Philip L. Budne <budd@cs.bu.edu> who reverse engineered the EA41x. In developing this code, Phil's userland daemon "etherd", was referred to extensively in lieu of accurate documentation for the device. diff --git a/share/man/man4/si.4 b/share/man/man4/si.4 index e796c7812c0..66166cbd2b1 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/si.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/si.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: si.4,v 1.10 2005/06/20 13:25:24 peter Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: si.4,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" written from a reading of config files and driver source code .\" Erik E. Fair <fair@NetBSD.org> @@ -55,11 +55,11 @@ The values are bits in a bitfield, and are interpreted as follows: .Pp .Bl -tag -offset indent -compact -width 0x000ff .It 0x000ff -Set bit (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt]target) to disable +Set bit (1<<target) to disable .Tn SCSI disconnect/reselect .It 0x0ff00 -Set bit (1\*[Lt]\*[Lt](target+8)) to disable +Set bit (1<<(target+8)) to disable .Tn SCSI parity checking .It 0x10000 diff --git a/share/man/man4/strip.4 b/share/man/man4/strip.4 index dd3a00a681c..14397e6ea39 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/strip.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/strip.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: strip.4,v 1.15 2012/03/13 19:25:41 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: strip.4,v 1.16 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright 1996 The Board of Trustees of The Leland Stanford .\" Junior University. All Rights Reserved. @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ Use a terminal emulator and the Hayes command .Ic ATS304=115200 to set the serial baudrate to the specified number (or 0 for autobaud). The command -.Ic AT\*[Am]W +.Ic AT&W will then save the current packet radio state in non-volatile memory. .Pp .Tn Metricom diff --git a/share/man/man4/termios.4 b/share/man/man4/termios.4 index 8d705024b01..29a905c62b1 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/termios.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/termios.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: termios.4,v 1.36 2011/10/01 08:50:28 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: termios.4,v 1.37 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ sets the process group of the terminal back to its own process group (it puts itself into the foreground). .Pp If the job is to be started in the background (as denoted by the -shell operator "\*[Am]"), it never changes the process group of the +shell operator "&"), it never changes the process group of the terminal and doesn't wait for the job to complete (that is, it immediately attempts to read the next command). .Pp @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ and .Dv VTIME and their interactions are described below. -.Ss "Case A: VMIN \*[Gt] 0, VTIME \*[Gt] 0" +.Ss "Case A: VMIN > 0, VTIME > 0" In this case .Dv VTIME serves as an inter-byte timer and is activated after @@ -438,9 +438,9 @@ expires at least one byte is returned because the timer would not have been enabled unless a byte was received. In this case .Pf \&( Dv VMIN -\*[Gt] 0, +> 0, .Dv VTIME -\*[Gt] 0) the read blocks until the +> 0) the read blocks until the .Dv VMIN and .Dv VTIME @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ If data is in the buffer at the time of the .Xr read 2 , the result is as if data had been received immediately after the .Xr read 2 . -.Ss "Case B: VMIN \*[Gt] 0, VTIME = 0" +.Ss "Case B: VMIN > 0, VTIME = 0" In this case, since the value of .Dv VTIME is zero, the timer plays no role @@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ read record-based terminal .Dv I/O may block indefinitely in the read operation. -.Ss "Case C: VMIN = 0, VTIME \*[Gt] 0" +.Ss "Case C: VMIN = 0, VTIME > 0" In this case, since .Dv VMIN = 0, diff --git a/share/man/man4/uftdi.4 b/share/man/man4/uftdi.4 index 253ea696057..e4155e51cbd 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/uftdi.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/uftdi.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: uftdi.4,v 1.19 2017/05/30 20:32:08 jnemeth Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: uftdi.4,v 1.20 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ The driver supports the following adapters: .Pp .Bl -tag -width Dv -offset indent -compact -.It Tn B\*[Am]B Electronics uLinks RS-422/485 +.It Tn B&B Electronics uLinks RS-422/485 .It Tn Coastal ChipWorks TNC-X .It Tn Crystalfontz CFA-631 LCD .It Tn Crystalfontz CFA-632 LCD diff --git a/share/man/man4/ugen.4 b/share/man/man4/ugen.4 index 9d470fb46b2..521a2b02d3c 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ugen.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ugen.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ugen.4,v 1.31 2012/11/27 20:06:36 jkunz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ugen.4,v 1.32 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -367,11 +367,11 @@ All endpoints (except the control endpoint) for the current configuration can be found by iterating the .Dv interface_index from 0 to -.Dv config_desc-\*[Gt]bNumInterface-1 +.Dv config_desc->bNumInterface-1 and for each of these iterating the .Dv endpoint_index from 0 to -.Dv interface_desc-\*[Gt]bNumEndpoints . +.Dv interface_desc->bNumEndpoints . The .Dv config_index should set to diff --git a/share/man/man4/unix.4 b/share/man/man4/unix.4 index 8cfe7b3271b..2e1c3fe5c77 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/unix.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/unix.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: unix.4,v 1.25 2016/04/06 19:45:46 roy Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: unix.4,v 1.26 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -248,12 +248,12 @@ const char *pathname = "/path/to/socket"; struct sockaddr_un addr; int ret; -memset(\*[Am]addr, 0, sizeof(addr)); +memset(&addr, 0, sizeof(addr)); addr.sun_family = AF_LOCAL; if (strlen(pathname) \*[Ge] sizeof(addr.sun_path)) goto too_long; strncpy(addr.sun_path, pathname, sizeof(addr.sun_path)); -ret = bind(s, (const struct sockaddr *)\*[Am]addr, SUN_LEN(\*[Am]addr)); +ret = bind(s, (const struct sockaddr *)&addr, SUN_LEN(&addr)); if (ret != 0) goto bind_failed; \&... diff --git a/share/man/man4/usb.4 b/share/man/man4/usb.4 index 62e0ad1d6cf..2418e2858f3 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/usb.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/usb.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: usb.4,v 1.105 2017/01/21 20:30:29 jdolecek Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: usb.4,v 1.106 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999-2014 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Use the following to get access to the .Tn USB specific structures and defines. .Bd -literal -#include \*[Lt]dev/usb/usb.h\*[Gt] +#include <dev/usb/usb.h> .Ed .Pp The diff --git a/share/man/man4/userconf.4 b/share/man/man4/userconf.4 index 0fd13fce11d..5bf4c8f949d 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/userconf.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/userconf.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: userconf.4,v 1.12 2008/04/30 13:10:54 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: userconf.4,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ number defined in the lines variable, then displays .Dq "-- more --" and waits for a response, which may be one of: -.Bl -tag -offset indent -width "\*[Lt]return\*[Gt]" -.It \*[Lt]return\*[Gt] +.Bl -tag -offset indent -width "<return>" +.It <return> one more line. -.It \*[Lt]space\*[Gt] +.It <space> one more page. .It Ic q abort the current command, and return to the command input mode. diff --git a/share/man/man4/utoppy.4 b/share/man/man4/utoppy.4 index 64f8a19a04d..979357b7506 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/utoppy.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/utoppy.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: utoppy.4,v 1.6 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: utoppy.4,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Use the following header file to get access to the .Tn utoppy specific structures and defines. .Bd -literal -#include \*[Lt]dev/usb/utoppy.h\*[Gt] +#include <dev/usb/utoppy.h> .Ed .Pp The diff --git a/share/man/man4/uyurex.4 b/share/man/man4/uyurex.4 index 8a96a1ce652..62aeda95de5 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/uyurex.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/uyurex.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: uyurex.4,v 1.5 2013/08/06 19:02:57 snj Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: uyurex.4,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: uyurex.4,v 1.2 2010/03/01 09:36:24 jmc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2010 Yojiro UO <yuo@nui.org> @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .Sh DESCRIPTION The .Nm -driver provides support for the Maywa-denki \*[Am] KAYAC YUREX device. +driver provides support for the Maywa-denki & KAYAC YUREX device. The device has a sensor to count user's leg twitch and it possesses a collection of sensor values which are made available through the diff --git a/share/man/man4/we.4 b/share/man/man4/we.4 index 77ca6b59939..3cd24c2fbd4 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/we.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/we.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: we.4,v 1.18 2010/03/23 16:03:33 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: we.4,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -109,16 +109,16 @@ or media type. .Sh DIAGNOSTICS .Bl -diag -.It "we0: overriding IRQ \*[Lt]n\*[Gt] to \*[Lt]m\*[Gt]" +.It "we0: overriding IRQ <n> to <m>" The IRQ specified in the kernel configuration file is different from that found in the card's configuration registers. The value in the kernel configuration file is being overridden by the one configured into the card. -.It "we0: can't wildcard IRQ on a \*[Lt]model\*[Gt]" +.It "we0: can't wildcard IRQ on a <model>" The IRQ was wildcarded in the kernel configuration file, and the card is a WD8003S, WD8003E, or WD8013EBT, which do not support software IRQ configuration. -.It "we0: failed to clear shared memory at offset \*[Lt]off\*[Gt]" +.It "we0: failed to clear shared memory at offset <off>" The memory test was unable to clear the interface's shared memory region. This often indicates that the card is configured at a conflicting diff --git a/share/man/man4/ym.4 b/share/man/man4/ym.4 index fd1bfcc9f50..a57481e5394 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/ym.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/ym.4 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ym.4,v 1.18 2008/04/30 13:10:55 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ym.4,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -65,17 +65,17 @@ driver can be accessed by command. The layout is shown below. .Bd -literal - dac ------------------------\*[Lt]----- ----------------- -midi(OPL3/ZV)-\*[Gt]-+----------------------------+-\*[Gt]|inputs.midi | -cd -\*[Gt]------+-*--------------------------+-\*[Gt]|inputs.cd | -line -\*[Gt]----*-+-+--------------------------+-\*[Gt]|inputs.line | -speaker -\*[Gt]----+-+-+--------------------------+-\*[Gt]|inputs.speaker | -mic -\*[Gt]--*-+-+-+--------------------------+-\*[Gt]|inputs.mic | + dac ------------------------<----- ----------------- +midi(OPL3/ZV)->-+----------------------------+->|inputs.midi | +cd ->------+-*--------------------------+->|inputs.cd | +line ->----*-+-+--------------------------+->|inputs.line | +speaker ->----+-+-+--------------------------+->|inputs.speaker | +mic ->--*-+-+-+--------------------------+->|inputs.mic | v v v v monitor.monitor | | | --------------- ------- | ------- | | | - |record.record|-\*[Gt]| A/D |----\*[Gt]| D/A |-*-\*[Gt]|inputs.dac |analog - | | |conv.|-- -\*[Gt]|conv.| | |output - --------------- ------- | | ------- | outputs.master|--\*[Gt] + |record.record|->| A/D |---->| D/A |-*->|inputs.dac |analog + | | |conv.|-- ->|conv.| | |output + --------------- ------- | | ------- | outputs.master|--> wave v | wave | equalization.*| recording playback ----------------- .Ed diff --git a/share/man/man4/zyd.4 b/share/man/man4/zyd.4 index c004b1cc5ea..03df67a8674 100644 --- a/share/man/man4/zyd.4 +++ b/share/man/man4/zyd.4 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" $OpenBSD: zyd.4,v 1.22 2007/05/24 02:49:57 cnst Exp $ -.\" $NetBSD: zyd.4,v 1.4 2014/03/18 18:20:39 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: zyd.4,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:30:58 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999 .\" Bill Paul <wpaul@ctr.columbia.edu>. All rights reserved. @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ driver: .It Belkin F5D7050 v.4000 .It Billion BiPAC 3011G .It Buffalo WLI-U2-KG54L -.It CC\*[Am]C WL-2203B +.It CC&C WL-2203B .It DrayTek Vigor 550 .It Edimax EW-7317UG .It Edimax EW-7317LDG @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ An attempt to send a command to the firmware failed. .It "zyd%d: sorry, radio %s is not supported yet" Support for the specified radio chip is not yet implemented in the driver. The device will not attach. -.It "zyd%d: device version mismatch: 0x%x (only \*[Gt]= 43.30 supported)" +.It "zyd%d: device version mismatch: 0x%x (only >= 43.30 supported)" Early revisions of the ZD1211 chipset are not supported by this driver. The device will not attach. .It "zyd%d: device timeout" diff --git a/share/man/man5/ar.5 b/share/man/man5/ar.5 index c1be96930ac..4b58dc019f9 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/ar.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/ar.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ar.5,v 1.8 2014/09/19 16:02:58 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ar.5,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ A file created with begins with the .Dq magic string -.Dq Li "!\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt]\en" . +.Dq Li "!<arch>\en" . The rest of the archive is made up of objects, each of which is composed of a header for a file, a possible file name, and the file contents. The header is portable between machine architectures, and, if the file @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ This format first appeared in .Bx 4.4 . .Sh BUGS The -.Tn \*[Lt]ar.h\*[Gt] +.Tn <ar.h> header file, and the .Nm manual page, do not currently describe the ELF archive format. diff --git a/share/man/man5/boot.cfg.5 b/share/man/man5/boot.cfg.5 index 0ab31a0e773..27c78f35355 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/boot.cfg.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/boot.cfg.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: boot.cfg.5,v 1.27 2015/04/25 22:03:07 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: boot.cfg.5,v 1.28 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Stephen Borrill .\" All rights reserved. @@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ The argument is either the complete path and file name of the module to be loaded, or a symbolic module name. When the argument is not an absolute path, the boot loader will first attempt to load -.Pa /stand/\*[Lt]machine\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]kernel_version\*[Gt]/modules/\*[Lt]name\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]name\*[Gt].kmod . +.Pa /stand/<machine>/<kernel_version>/modules/<name>/<name>.kmod . If that file does not exist, it will then attempt to load -.Pa /\*[Lt]name\*[Gt] . +.Pa /<name> . May be used as many times as needed. .It Sy menu (may be present multiple times) diff --git a/share/man/man5/capfile.5 b/share/man/man5/capfile.5 index b7faefd3814..72236071cb7 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/capfile.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/capfile.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: capfile.5,v 1.3 2014/03/18 18:20:40 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: capfile.5,v 1.4 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2012 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Non-printable codes, new lines, and colons may be conveniently represented by the use of escape sequences: .Bl -column "\eX,X\eX" "(ASCII octal nnn)" -.It ^X ('\fIX\fP' \*[Am] 037) control-\fIX\fP +.It ^X ('\fIX\fP' & 037) control-\fIX\fP .It \eb, \eB (ASCII 010) backspace .It \et, \eT (ASCII 011) tab .It \en, \eN (ASCII 012) line feed (newline) diff --git a/share/man/man5/core.5 b/share/man/man5/core.5 index 0ec82576d15..5c339f02533 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/core.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/core.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: core.5,v 1.30 2017/03/27 07:45:37 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: core.5,v 1.31 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -87,8 +87,8 @@ abnormality did not cause a system crash. .Xr savecore 8 . ) The file is named from a per-process template, mapped to the sysctl variable -.Em proc.\*[Lt]pid\*[Gt].corename -(where \*[Lt]pid\*[Gt] has to be replaced by the pid in decimal format of the +.Em proc.<pid>.corename +(where <pid> has to be replaced by the pid in decimal format of the process). This template is either an absolute or relative path name, in which format characters can be used, preceded by the percent character @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ struct core { uint16_t c_hdrsize; /* Size of this header (machdep algn) */ uint16_t c_seghdrsize; /* Size of a segment header */ uint32_t c_nseg; /* # of core segments */ - char c_name[MAXCOMLEN+1]; /* Copy of p-\*[Gt]p_comm */ + char c_name[MAXCOMLEN+1]; /* Copy of p->p_comm */ uint32_t c_signo; /* Killing signal */ u_long c_ucode; /* Signal code */ u_long c_cpusize; /* Size of machine dependent segment */ diff --git a/share/man/man5/genassym.cf.5 b/share/man/man5/genassym.cf.5 index e92f850411d..f58e01ab5e5 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/genassym.cf.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/genassym.cf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: genassym.cf.5,v 1.12 2009/10/18 18:13:59 snj Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: genassym.cf.5,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Matthias Pfaller. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -66,13 +66,13 @@ command and does a .Em "define X_SIZEOF sizeof(X)" . .Em "member X" does a -.Em "define X offsetof(\*[Lt]last struct\*[Gt], X)" . -.Em "config \*[Lt]ctype\*[Gt] \*[Lt]gcc constraint\*[Gt] \*[Lt]asm print modifier\*[Gt]" +.Em "define X offsetof(<last struct>, X)" . +.Em "config <ctype> <gcc constraint> <asm print modifier>" can be used to customize the output of .Xr genassym 1 . -When producing C output, values are casted to \*[Lt]ctype\*[Gt] (default: long) -before they get handed to printf. \*[Lt]gcc constraint\*[Gt] (default: n) is the -constraint used in the __asm__ statements. \*[Lt]asm print modifier\*[Gt] (default: +When producing C output, values are casted to <ctype> (default: long) +before they get handed to printf. <gcc constraint> (default: n) is the +constraint used in the __asm__ statements. <asm print modifier> (default: empty) can be used to force gcc to output operands in different ways then normal. The "a" modifier e.g. stops gcc from emitting immediate prefixes in front of constants for the i386 and m68k port. diff --git a/share/man/man5/ld.so.conf.5 b/share/man/man5/ld.so.conf.5 index fb6ad4cc389..c33742b377d 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/ld.so.conf.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/ld.so.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ld.so.conf.5,v 1.20 2009/04/10 18:18:22 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ld.so.conf.5,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Matthew R. Green .\" All rights reserved. @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ lines that do not begin with a are parsed as hardware dependent per library directives: .Bd -literal -\*[Lt]library\*[Gt] \*[Lt]sysctl\*[Gt] \*[Lt]variable\*[Gt][,...]:\*[Lt]library\*[Gt][,...] ... +<library> <sysctl> <variable>[,...]:<library>[,...] ... .Ed .Pp If there is no match, the standard action is taken. diff --git a/share/man/man5/link.5 b/share/man/man5/link.5 index 21864a76e20..2a4cdf3aa3a 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/link.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/link.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: link.5,v 1.23 2010/03/22 18:58:32 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: link.5,v 1.24 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ see also .Xr ldconfig 8 .Pc for a shared object matching -.Em lib\&\*[Lt]sod_name\*[Gt]\&.so.n.m . +.Em lib\&<sod_name>\&.so.n.m . If not set, .Fa sod_name should point at a full path name for the desired shared object. diff --git a/share/man/man5/locale.alias.5 b/share/man/man5/locale.alias.5 index d60bc0920fa..018b03fb535 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/locale.alias.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/locale.alias.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: locale.alias.5,v 1.2 2004/07/22 15:10:01 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: locale.alias.5,v 1.3 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c)2004 Citrus Project, .\" All rights reserved. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ Each line of this file can be described as the following BNF: line := src ws dst src := locale_name | locale_category_name -ws := \*[Lt]white spaces\*[Gt] +ws := <white spaces> dst := locale_name | "/FORCE" locale_category_name := locale_name '/' category_name @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ category_name := "LC_CTYPE" | "LC_NUMERIC" | "LC_MONETARY" | "LC_MESSAGES" -locale_name := \*[Lt]locale name\*[Gt] +locale_name := <locale name> .Ed .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /usr/share/locale/locale.alias -compact diff --git a/share/man/man5/mixerctl.conf.5 b/share/man/man5/mixerctl.conf.5 index 4fece4af0b6..9b847b4dde6 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/mixerctl.conf.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/mixerctl.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mixerctl.conf.5,v 1.6 2003/04/06 15:24:08 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mixerctl.conf.5,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright 2002 Jared D. McNeill <jmcneill@NetBSD.org> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ has the following format: To generate a .Nm from the current mixer settings, execute: -.Dl Ic mixerctl -a \*[Gt] /etc/mixerctl.conf +.Dl Ic mixerctl -a > /etc/mixerctl.conf .Pp Set .Sy mixerctl diff --git a/share/man/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 b/share/man/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 index 00bb59f182d..e34d04f2060 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/nsswitch.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: nsswitch.conf.5,v 1.28 2009/10/25 01:30:48 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: nsswitch.conf.5,v 1.29 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -132,16 +132,16 @@ A description of the syntax of .Nm is: -.Bl -column "\*[Lt]criterion\*[Gt]" -offset indent -.It \*[Lt]entry\*[Gt] ::= -\*[Lt]database\*[Gt] ":" [\*[Lt]source\*[Gt] [\*[Lt]criteria\*[Gt]]]* -.It \*[Lt]criteria\*[Gt] ::= -"[" \*[Lt]criterion\*[Gt]+ "]" -.It \*[Lt]criterion\*[Gt] ::= -\*[Lt]status\*[Gt] "=" \*[Lt]action\*[Gt] -.It \*[Lt]status\*[Gt] ::= +.Bl -column "<criterion>" -offset indent +.It <entry> ::= +<database> ":" [<source> [<criteria>]]* +.It <criteria> ::= +"[" <criterion>+ "]" +.It <criterion> ::= +<status> "=" <action> +.It <status> ::= "success" | "notfound" | "unavail" | "tryagain" -.It \*[Lt]action\*[Gt] ::= +.It <action> ::= "return" | "continue" .El .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man5/passwd.5 b/share/man/man5/passwd.5 index 7ebc6387b57..6a9342689a2 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/passwd.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/passwd.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: passwd.5,v 1.32 2016/10/18 23:24:48 uwe Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: passwd.5,v 1.33 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ user's home phone number .El .Pp The full name may contain an ampersand -.Pq Dq \&\*[Am] +.Pq Dq \&& which will be replaced by the capitalized login name when the gecos field is displayed or used by various programs such as @@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ BEGIN { FS = ":"} .Xr yp 8 .Pp .%T "Managing NFS and NIS" -(O'Reilly \*[Am] Associates) +(O'Reilly & Associates) .Sh HISTORY A .Nm diff --git a/share/man/man5/passwd.conf.5 b/share/man/man5/passwd.conf.5 index 10746ed56c2..9813fc622a3 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/passwd.conf.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/passwd.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: passwd.conf.5,v 1.10 2010/12/03 21:41:40 jmmv Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: passwd.conf.5,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright 1997 Niels Provos <provos@physnet.uni-hamburg.de> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -60,11 +60,11 @@ The cipher to use for local passwords. .Pp Possible values are: .Dq old , -.Dq newsalt,\*[Lt]rounds\*[Gt] , +.Dq newsalt,<rounds> , .Dq md5 , -.Dq sha1,\*[Lt]rounds\*[Gt] , +.Dq sha1,<rounds> , and -.Dq blowfish,\*[Lt]rounds\*[Gt] . +.Dq blowfish,<rounds> . For .Dq newsalt the value of rounds is a 24-bit integer with a minimum of 7250 rounds. diff --git a/share/man/man5/ranlib.5 b/share/man/man5/ranlib.5 index 9e918e38c31..18eb84df56b 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/ranlib.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/ranlib.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ranlib.5,v 1.6 2003/08/07 10:31:17 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ranlib.5,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The long is the size, in bytes of the string table. .Xr ranlib 1 .Sh BUGS The -.Tn \*[Lt]ranlib.h\*[Gt] +.Tn <ranlib.h> header file, and the .Nm manual page, do not describe the table-of-contents used by ELF systems, which diff --git a/share/man/man5/stab.5 b/share/man/man5/stab.5 index 003f551755f..b41f65eed6a 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/stab.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/stab.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: stab.5,v 1.14 2010/03/22 18:58:32 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: stab.5,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ field has one of the following bits set: .Bd -literal /* * Other permanent symbol table entries have some of the N_STAB bits set. -* These are given in \*[Lt]stab.h\*[Gt] +* These are given in <stab.h> */ #define N_STAB 0xe0 /* if any of these bits set, don't discard */ diff --git a/share/man/man5/veriexec.5 b/share/man/man5/veriexec.5 index b0b6926a6b0..42450745f71 100644 --- a/share/man/man5/veriexec.5 +++ b/share/man/man5/veriexec.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: veriexec.5,v 1.7 2014/04/04 17:18:46 pgoyette Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: veriexec.5,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 .\" Brett Lymn - blymn@baea.com.au, brett_lymn@yahoo.com.au @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $Id: veriexec.5,v 1.7 2014/04/04 17:18:46 pgoyette Exp $ +.\" $Id: veriexec.5,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd March 18, 2011 .Dt VERIEXEC 5 @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ using the following command: The fingerprint for the file. Can (usually) be generated using the following command: .Bd -literal -offset indent -% cksum -a \*[Lt]algorithm\*[Gt] \*[Lt]file\*[Gt] +% cksum -a <algorithm> <file> .Ed .It Em flags Optional listing of entry flags, separated by a comma. diff --git a/share/man/man7/ascii.7 b/share/man/man7/ascii.7 index b957f1424b0..04b9332f950 100644 --- a/share/man/man7/ascii.7 +++ b/share/man/man7/ascii.7 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ascii.7,v 1.7 2003/08/07 10:31:18 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ascii.7,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -46,10 +46,10 @@ set: 010 bs 011 ht 012 nl 013 vt 014 np 015 cr 016 so 017 si 020 dle 021 dc1 022 dc2 023 dc3 024 dc4 025 nak 026 syn 027 etb 030 can 031 em 032 sub 033 esc 034 fs 035 gs 036 rs 037 us -040 sp 041 ! 042 " 043 # 044 $ 045 % 046 \*[Am] 047 ' +040 sp 041 ! 042 " 043 # 044 $ 045 % 046 & 047 ' 050 ( 051 ) 052 * 053 + 054 , 055 - 056 . 057 / 060 0 061 1 062 2 063 3 064 4 065 5 066 6 067 7 -070 8 071 9 072 : 073 ; 074 \*[Lt] 075 = 076 \*[Gt] 077 ? +070 8 071 9 072 : 073 ; 074 < 075 = 076 > 077 ? 100 @ 101 A 102 B 103 C 104 D 105 E 106 F 107 G 110 H 111 I 112 J 113 K 114 L 115 M 116 N 117 O 120 P 121 Q 122 R 123 S 124 T 125 U 126 V 127 W @@ -68,10 +68,10 @@ set: 08 bs 09 ht 0a nl 0b vt 0c np 0d cr 0e so 0f si 10 dle 11 dc1 12 dc2 13 dc3 14 dc4 15 nak 16 syn 17 etb 18 can 19 em 1a sub 1b esc 1c fs 1d gs 1e rs 1f us -20 sp 21 ! 22 " 23 # 24 $ 25 % 26 \*[Am] 27 ' +20 sp 21 ! 22 " 23 # 24 $ 25 % 26 & 27 ' 28 ( 29 ) 2a * 2b + 2c , 2d - 2e . 2f / 30 0 31 1 32 2 33 3 34 4 35 5 36 6 37 7 -38 8 39 9 3a : 3b ; 3c \*[Lt] 3d = 3e \*[Gt] 3f ? +38 8 39 9 3a : 3b ; 3c < 3d = 3e > 3f ? 40 @ 41 A 42 B 43 C 44 D 45 E 46 F 47 G 48 H 49 I 4a J 4b K 4c L 4d M 4e N 4f O 50 P 51 Q 52 R 53 S 54 T 55 U 56 V 57 W @@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ set: 8 bs 9 ht 10 nl 11 vt 12 np 13 cr 14 so 15 si 16 dle 17 dc1 18 dc2 19 dc3 20 dc4 21 nak 22 syn 23 etb 24 can 25 em 26 sub 27 esc 28 fs 29 gs 30 rs 31 us - 32 sp 33 ! 34 " 35 # 36 $ 37 % 38 \*[Am] 39 ' + 32 sp 33 ! 34 " 35 # 36 $ 37 % 38 & 39 ' 40 ( 41 ) 42 * 43 + 44 , 45 - 46 . 47 / 48 0 49 1 50 2 51 3 52 4 53 5 54 6 55 7 - 56 8 57 9 58 : 59 ; 60 \*[Lt] 61 = 62 \*[Gt] 63 ? + 56 8 57 9 58 : 59 ; 60 < 61 = 62 > 63 ? 64 @ 65 A 66 B 67 C 68 D 69 E 70 F 71 G 72 H 73 I 74 J 75 K 76 L 77 M 78 N 79 O 80 P 81 Q 82 R 83 S 84 T 85 U 86 V 87 W diff --git a/share/man/man7/hier.7 b/share/man/man7/hier.7 index 33f9ae49973..aadf05f4893 100644 --- a/share/man/man7/hier.7 +++ b/share/man/man7/hier.7 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: hier.7,v 1.122 2016/08/27 03:57:21 dholland Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: hier.7,v 1.123 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ Lua 5.3 modules. .It Sy libdata/ Miscellaneous utility data files. .It Sy libexec/ -System daemons \*[Am] system utilities (executed by other programs). +System daemons & system utilities (executed by other programs). .Pp .It Sy mdec/ Boot blocks, etc. diff --git a/share/man/man7/operator.7 b/share/man/man7/operator.7 index fae4e7d08db..d5968d24643 100644 --- a/share/man/man7/operator.7 +++ b/share/man/man7/operator.7 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: operator.7,v 1.11 2011/01/18 23:36:07 uwe Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: operator.7,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ .Nd C and C++ operator precedence and associativity .Sh DESCRIPTION .Bl -column -offset indent \ - ".Li \&! ~ ++ \-\- \- (type) * \*[Am] sizeof new delete" \ + ".Li \&! ~ ++ \-\- \- (type) * & sizeof new delete" \ ".Sy Associativity" .\" .It Sy Operator \ @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ .\" XXX: For some reason if anything but tab follows the last dot .\" XXX: the space before it is lost and we get ->. in the output. .\" XXX: My troff fu is weak, just work around with explicit \<space>. -.It Li \&() [] \-\*[Gt]\ \. \ +.It Li \&() [] \->\ \. \ Ta left to right .\" -.It Li \&! ~ ++ \-\- \- (type) * \*[Am] sizeof new delete \ +.It Li \&! ~ ++ \-\- \- (type) * & sizeof new delete \ Ta right to left .\" -.It Li \&\-\*[Gt]* .* \ +.It Li \&\->* .* \ Ta left to right .\" .It Li \&* / % \ @@ -61,16 +61,16 @@ .It Li \&+ \- \ Ta left to right .\" -.It Li \&\*[Lt]\*[Lt] \*[Gt]\*[Gt] \ +.It Li \&<< >> \ Ta left to right .\" -.It Li \&\*[Lt] \*[Lt]= \*[Gt] \*[Gt]= \ +.It Li \&< <= > >= \ Ta left to right .\" .It Li \&== != \ Ta left to right .\" -.It Li \&\*[Am] \ +.It Li \&& \ Ta left to right .\" .It Li \&^ \ @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ .It Li \&| \ Ta left to right .\" -.It Li \&\*[Am]\*[Am] \ +.It Li \&&& \ Ta left to right .\" .It Li \&|| \ @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ .It Li \&?: \ Ta right to left .\" -.It Li \&= += \-= *= /= %= \*[Lt]\*[Lt]= \*[Gt]\*[Gt]= \*[Am]= ^= |= throw \ +.It Li \&= += \-= *= /= %= <<= >>= &= ^= |= throw \ Ta right to left .\" .It Li \&?: No (C++, third operand)\ diff --git a/share/man/man7/release.7 b/share/man/man7/release.7 index 9fb148b68f0..b714d7fecdd 100644 --- a/share/man/man7/release.7 +++ b/share/man/man7/release.7 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: release.7,v 1.36 2014/11/03 20:16:50 snj Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: release.7,v 1.37 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 2000, 2005 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ This layout should be consistent between FTP servers and CD-ROMs, except possibly the path that leads to the release hierarchy. .Pp In this document, the following special words have these definitions: -.Bl -tag -width "\*[Lt]machine_arch\*[Gt]" +.Bl -tag -width "<machine_arch>" .It Aq Em machine The platform for which the release was built, corresponding to the .Em hw.machine @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ CD-ROM, but in all other cases it should be The root of the release hierarchy should contain the following files and subdirectories: .Pp -.Bl -tag -width "\*[Lt]machine\*[Gt]" +.Bl -tag -width "<machine>" .It Sy images/ Image files intended for use in installing .Nx . @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ then it will also contain a .Dq source directory. These images are usually bootable. -.Bl -tag -width "NetBSD-\*[Lt]rel\*[Gt]-\*[Lt]machine\*[Gt].iso" +.Bl -tag -width "NetBSD-<rel>-<machine>.iso" .It Sy MD5 .It Sy SHA512 .It Sy NetBSD- Ns Ao Em rel Ac Ns Sy - Ns Ao Em machine Ac Ns Sy .iso @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ in . .It Sy shared/ Files shared by two or more machine types. -.Bl -tag -width "\*[Lt]machine_arch\*[Gt]" +.Bl -tag -width "<machine_arch>" .It Ao Em machine_arch Ac Ns Pa / Files which may be shared by all systems of the same .Aq Em machine_arch diff --git a/share/man/man7/security.7 b/share/man/man7/security.7 index 6e20405f3a2..75cff7dd83c 100644 --- a/share/man/man7/security.7 +++ b/share/man/man7/security.7 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: security.7,v 1.14 2016/05/21 21:07:43 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: security.7,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006, 2011 Elad Efrat <elad@NetBSD.org> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ In a nutshell, once enabled, .Em Veriexec can be started as follows: .Bd -literal -offset indent -# veriexecgen \*[Am]\*[Am] veriexecctl load +# veriexecgen && veriexecctl load .Ed .Ss Exploit mitigation .Nx diff --git a/share/man/man7/sysctl.7 b/share/man/man7/sysctl.7 index d71af308e3a..bd0ebe95333 100644 --- a/share/man/man7/sysctl.7 +++ b/share/man/man7/sysctl.7 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sysctl.7,v 1.113 2017/03/25 05:58:50 pgoyette Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sysctl.7,v 1.114 2017/07/03 21:30:59 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ as a debugging variable, the following declaration would be used: .Pp .Bd -literal -offset indent -compact int dospecialcheck = 1; -struct ctldebug debug5 = { "dospecialcheck", \*[Am]dospecialcheck }; +struct ctldebug debug5 = { "dospecialcheck", &dospecialcheck }; .Ed .Pp Note that the dynamic implementation of @@ -476,12 +476,12 @@ in the system. The available values are as follows: .Bl -tag -width XX0 -offset indent -.It Dv \*[Lt] 0 +.It Dv < 0 Always force userlevel requests to use software transforms. .It Dv = 0 If present, use hardware and grant userlevel requests for non-accelerated transforms (handling the latter in software). -.It Dv \*[Gt] 0 +.It Dv > 0 Allow user requests only for transforms which are hardware-accelerated. .El .It Li kern.defcorename ( Dv KERN_DEFCORENAME ) @@ -2661,7 +2661,7 @@ The toplevel name is reserved to be used by vendors who wish to have their own private MIB tree. Intended use is to store values under -.Dq vendor.\*[Lt]yourname\*[Gt].* . +.Dq vendor.<yourname>.* . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr sysctl 3 , .Xr ipsec 4 , diff --git a/share/man/man8/afterboot.8 b/share/man/man8/afterboot.8 index 84352fe5c61..022ef082942 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/afterboot.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/afterboot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: afterboot.8,v 1.57 2017/03/15 11:22:15 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: afterboot.8,v 1.58 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: afterboot.8,v 1.72 2002/02/22 02:02:33 miod Exp $ .\" .\" Originally created by Marshall M. Midden -- 1997-10-20, m4@umn.edu @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ man page for more information on the format of files. The loopback interface will look something like: .Bd -literal -offset indent -lo0: flags=8009\*[Lt]UP,LOOPBACK,MULTICAST\*[Gt] mtu 32972 +lo0: flags=8009<UP,LOOPBACK,MULTICAST> mtu 32972 inet 127.0.0.1 netmask 0xff000000 inet6 fe80::1%lo0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x3 inet6 ::1 prefixlen 128 @@ -273,15 +273,15 @@ lo0: flags=8009\*[Lt]UP,LOOPBACK,MULTICAST\*[Gt] mtu 32972 .Pp an Ethernet interface something like: .Bd -literal -offset indent -le0: flags=9863\*[Lt]UP,BROADCAST,NOTRAILERS,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST\*[Gt] +le0: flags=9863<UP,BROADCAST,NOTRAILERS,RUNNING,SIMPLEX,MULTICAST> inet 192.168.4.52 netmask 0xffffff00 broadcast 192.168.4.255 inet6 fe80::5ef0:f0f0%le0 prefixlen 64 scopeid 0x1 .Ed .Pp and a PPP interface something like: .Bd -literal -offset indent -ppp0: flags=8051\*[Lt]UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,MULTICAST\*[Gt] - inet 203.3.131.108 --\*[Gt] 198.181.0.253 netmask 0xffff0000 +ppp0: flags=8051<UP,POINTOPOINT,RUNNING,MULTICAST> + inet 203.3.131.108 --> 198.181.0.253 netmask 0xffff0000 .Ed .Pp See @@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ default 192.168.4.254 UGS 0 11098028 - le0 Internet6: Destination Gateway Flags Refs Use Mtu Interface -::/96 ::1 UGRS 0 0 32972 lo0 =\*[Gt] +::/96 ::1 UGRS 0 0 32972 lo0 => ::1 ::1 UH 4 0 32972 lo0 ::ffff:0.0.0.0/96 ::1 UGRS 0 0 32972 lo0 fc80::/10 ::1 UGRS 0 0 32972 lo0 @@ -822,9 +822,9 @@ the security scripts that are mailed internally, you can type .Ic crontab -e and change some of the lines to read: .Bd -literal -offset indent -30 1 * * * /bin/sh /etc/daily 2\*[Gt]\*[Am]1 \*[Gt] /var/log/daily.out -30 3 * * 6 /bin/sh /etc/weekly 2\*[Gt]\*[Am]1 \*[Gt] /var/log/weekly.out -30 5 1 * * /bin/sh /etc/monthly 2\*[Gt]\*[Am]1 \*[Gt] /var/log/monthly.out +30 1 * * * /bin/sh /etc/daily 2>&1 > /var/log/daily.out +30 3 * * 6 /bin/sh /etc/weekly 2>&1 > /var/log/weekly.out +30 5 1 * * /bin/sh /etc/monthly 2>&1 > /var/log/monthly.out .Ed .Pp See @@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ See .Ss Next day cleanup After the first night's security run, change ownerships and permissions on files, directories, and devices; root should have received mail -with subject: "\*[Lt]hostname\*[Gt] daily insecurity output.". +with subject: "<hostname> daily insecurity output.". This mail contains a set of security recommendations, presented as a list looking like this: .Bd -literal -offset indent diff --git a/share/man/man8/compat_freebsd.8 b/share/man/man8/compat_freebsd.8 index 19da9b6da56..f557cc0e86b 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/compat_freebsd.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/compat_freebsd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: compat_freebsd.8,v 1.17 2017/04/30 20:28:53 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: compat_freebsd.8,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" from: compat_linux.8,v 1.1 1995/03/05 23:30:36 fvdl Exp .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden @@ -133,11 +133,11 @@ needs by running .Bd -literal -offset indent me@freebsd% ldd /usr/local/lib/SimCity/res/sim /usr/local/lib/SimCity/res/sim: - -lXext.6 =\*[Gt] /usr/X11R6/lib/libXext.so.6.0 (0x100c1000) - -lX11.6 =\*[Gt] /usr/X11R6/lib/libX11.so.6.0 (0x100c9000) - -lc.2 =\*[Gt] /usr/lib/libc.so.2.1 (0x10144000) - -lm.2 =\*[Gt] /usr/lib/libm.so.2.0 (0x101a7000) - -lgcc.261 =\*[Gt] /usr/lib/libgcc.so.261.0 (0x101bf000) + -lXext.6 => /usr/X11R6/lib/libXext.so.6.0 (0x100c1000) + -lX11.6 => /usr/X11R6/lib/libX11.so.6.0 (0x100c9000) + -lc.2 => /usr/lib/libc.so.2.1 (0x10144000) + -lm.2 => /usr/lib/libm.so.2.0 (0x101a7000) + -lgcc.261 => /usr/lib/libgcc.so.261.0 (0x101bf000) .Ed .Pp You would need go get all the files from the last column, and @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ So, if you have these libraries on your system: and you find that the ldd output for a new binary you want to install is: .Bd -literal -\-lc.2 =\*[Gt] /usr/lib/libc.so.2.1 (0x10144000) +\-lc.2 => /usr/lib/libc.so.2.1 (0x10144000) .Ed .Pp You won't need to worry about copying @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ it should produce something like: .Bd -literal -offset indent me@netbsd% ldd-freebsd `which ldd-freebsd` /usr/local/bin/ldd-freebsd: - -lc.2 =\*[Gt] /usr/lib/libc.so.2.1 (0x1001a000) + -lc.2 => /usr/lib/libc.so.2.1 (0x1001a000) .Ed .Pp This being done, you are ready to install new @@ -322,18 +322,18 @@ on the new program, and watch its output. .Xr ldd 1 ) will print a list of shared libraries that the program depends on, in the -form -l\*[Lt]majorname\*[Gt] =\*[Gt] \*[Lt]fullname\*[Gt]. +form -l<majorname> => <fullname>. .Pp If it prints .Dq not found -instead of \*[Lt]fullname\*[Gt] it means that you need an extra library. +instead of <fullname> it means that you need an extra library. Which library this is, is shown -in \*[Lt]majorname\*[Gt], which will be of the form XXXX.\*[Lt]N\*[Gt] -You will need to find a libXXXX.so.\*[Lt]N\*[Gt].\*[Lt]mm\*[Gt] on a +in <majorname>, which will be of the form XXXX.<N> +You will need to find a libXXXX.so.<N>.<mm> on a .Fx ftp site, and install it on your system. -The XXXX (name) and \*[Lt]N\*[Gt] (major -revision number) should match; the minor number(s) \*[Lt]mm\*[Gt] are +The XXXX (name) and <N> (major +revision number) should match; the minor number(s) <mm> are less important, though it is advised to take the most recent version. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man8/compat_linux.8 b/share/man/man8/compat_linux.8 index cffe9fa906a..a0d0b447236 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/compat_linux.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/compat_linux.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: compat_linux.8,v 1.37 2011/11/21 14:27:41 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: compat_linux.8,v 1.38 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995 Frank van der Linden .\" All rights reserved. @@ -137,9 +137,9 @@ needs by running .Sq ldd linuxxdoom : .Bd -literal -offset indent (me@linux) ldd linuxxdoom - libXt.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) =\*[Gt] /usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0 - libX11.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) =\*[Gt] /usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0 - libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) =\*[Gt] /lib/libc.so.4.6.29 + libXt.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) => /usr/X11/lib/libXt.so.3.1.0 + libX11.so.3 (DLL Jump 3.1) => /usr/X11/lib/libX11.so.3.1.0 + libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) => /lib/libc.so.4.6.29 .Ed .Pp You would need go get all the files from the last column, and @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ So, if you have these libraries on your system: .Pa /emul/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.27 .It .Pa /emul/linux/lib/libc.so.4 --\*[Gt] +-> .Pa /emul/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.27 .El .Pp @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ and you find that the .Ic ldd output for a new binary you want to install is: .Bd -literal -libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) =\*[Gt] /lib/libc.so.4.6.29 +libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) => /lib/libc.so.4.6.29 .Ed .Pp you won't need to worry about copying @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ you with: .Pa /emul/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29 .It .Pa /emul/linux/lib/libc.so.4 --\*[Gt] +-> .Pa /emul/linux/lib/libc.so.4.6.29 .El .Pp @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ it should produce something like: .Pp .Bl -tag -width 123 -compact -offset indent .It (me@netbsd) ldd-linux `which ldd-linux` -libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) =\*[Gt] /lib/libc.so.4.6.29 +libc.so.4 (DLL Jump 4.5pl26) => /lib/libc.so.4.6.29 .El .Pp This being done, you are ready to install new Linux binaries. @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ of shared libraries that the program depends on, in the form .Aq majorname .Pq Aq jumpversion -=\*[Gt] +=> .Aq fullname . .Pp If it prints @@ -349,8 +349,8 @@ instead of it means that you need an extra library. Which library this is, is shown in .Aq majorname , -which will be of the form libXXXX.so.\*[Lt]N\*[Gt] -You will need to find a libXXXX.so.\*[Lt]N\*[Gt].\*[Lt]mm\*[Gt] on a +which will be of the form libXXXX.so.<N> +You will need to find a libXXXX.so.<N>.<mm> on a Linux ftp site, and install it on your system. The XXXX (name) and .Aq N @@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ Set up linux specific devices: .br .It (me@netbsd) cp LINUX_MAKEDEV /emul/linux/dev .br -.It (me@netbsd) cd /emul/linux/dev \*[Am]\*[Am] sh LINUX_MAKEDEV all +.It (me@netbsd) cd /emul/linux/dev && sh LINUX_MAKEDEV all .El .El .Ss Setting up procfs @@ -519,18 +519,18 @@ directory, namely: .Bl -item -compact .It .Pa /emul/linux/dev/console --\*[Gt] +-> .Pa /dev/tty .It .Pa /emul/linux/dev/mouse --\*[Gt] whatever device your mouse is connected to +-> whatever device your mouse is connected to .It .Pa /emul/linux/dev/ttyS0 --\*[Gt] +-> .Pa /dev/tty00 .It .Pa /emul/linux/dev/ttyS1 --\*[Gt] +-> .Pa /dev/tty01 .El .Pp @@ -545,7 +545,7 @@ shadow root when the symbolic link itself was found by an absolute pathname inside the shadow root. This is not consistent. .Pp -Linux executables cannot handle directory offset cookies \*[Gt] 32 bits. +Linux executables cannot handle directory offset cookies > 32 bits. Should such an offset occur, you will see the message .Dq linux_getdents: dir offset too large for emulated program . Currently, this can only diff --git a/share/man/man8/compat_sunos.8 b/share/man/man8/compat_sunos.8 index 8b861846a5a..1f59b652c8e 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/compat_sunos.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/compat_sunos.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: compat_sunos.8,v 1.20 2011/11/21 15:11:45 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: compat_sunos.8,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1984 Theo de Raadt .\" All rights reserved. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ A list of things which fail to work in compatibility mode should be here. .Pp .Tn SunOS -executables can not handle directory offset cookies \*[Gt] 32 bits. +executables can not handle directory offset cookies > 32 bits. Should such an offset occur, you will see the message .Dq sunos_getdents: dir offset too large for emulated program . Currently, this can only diff --git a/share/man/man8/compat_svr4.8 b/share/man/man8/compat_svr4.8 index 48b87ad077a..2bb48345c23 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/compat_svr4.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/compat_svr4.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: compat_svr4.8,v 1.26 2011/11/21 15:11:45 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: compat_svr4.8,v 1.27 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Christos Zoulas .\" All rights reserved. @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ Copy files from an svr4 system: .br .It (me@svr4) tar -cf -\ . | \e .in +5 -.It rsh netbsd 'cd /emul/svr4/usr/lib \*[Am]\*[Am] tar -xpf -' +.It rsh netbsd 'cd /emul/svr4/usr/lib && tar -xpf -' .in -5 .El .Pp @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ Copy files from an svr4 system: .br .It (me@svr4) tar -cf -\ . | \e .in +5 -.It rsh netbsd 'cd /emul/svr4/usr/ucblib \*[Am]\*[Am] tar -xpf -' +.It rsh netbsd 'cd /emul/svr4/usr/ucblib && tar -xpf -' .in -5 .El .Pp @@ -180,13 +180,13 @@ If you are running openwindows: .br .It (me@svr4) tar -cf -\ . | \e .in +5 -.It rsh netbsd 'cd /emul/svr4/usr/openwin/lib \*[Am]\*[Am] tar -xpf -' +.It rsh netbsd 'cd /emul/svr4/usr/openwin/lib && tar -xpf -' .in -5 .It (me@svr4) cd /usr/dt/lib .br .It (me@svr4) tar -cf -\ . | \e .in +5 -.It rsh netbsd 'cd /emul/svr4/usr/dt/lib \*[Am]\*[Am] tar -xpf -' +.It rsh netbsd 'cd /emul/svr4/usr/dt/lib && tar -xpf -' .in -5 .El .It @@ -202,11 +202,11 @@ system, otherwise emulated binaries will run on UTC time. .br .It (me@solaris) tar -cf - . | \e .in +5 -.It rsh netbsd 'cd /emul/svr4/usr/share/lib/zoneinfo \*[Am]\*[Am] +.It rsh netbsd 'cd /emul/svr4/usr/share/lib/zoneinfo && .It tar -xpf -' .in -5 .br -.It (me@netbsd) echo TZ=US/Pacific \*[Gt] /emul/svr4/etc/default/init +.It (me@netbsd) echo TZ=US/Pacific > /emul/svr4/etc/default/init .br .El .It @@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ Set up the configuration files and devices: .br .It (me@netbsd) cp SVR4_MAKEDEV /emul/svr4/dev .br -.It (me@netbsd) cd /emul/svr4/dev \*[Am]\*[Am] sh SVR4_MAKEDEV all +.It (me@netbsd) cd /emul/svr4/dev && sh SVR4_MAKEDEV all .El .Pp As the major number allocated for emulation of SVR4 devices may vary between @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ Many system calls are still not emulated. The streams emulation is incomplete (socketpair does not work yet). .Pp -Most SVR4 executables can not handle directory offset cookies \*[Gt] 32 +Most SVR4 executables can not handle directory offset cookies > 32 bits. More recent ones, compiled for large file support (Solaris 2.6 and up) can. With older programs, you will see the message diff --git a/share/man/man8/compat_ultrix.8 b/share/man/man8/compat_ultrix.8 index 0b2cc9846df..dec9e57b234 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/compat_ultrix.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/compat_ultrix.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: compat_ultrix.8,v 1.20 2011/11/21 15:11:45 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: compat_ultrix.8,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 Jonathan Stone .\" All rights reserved. @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ as below: .br .It # cd /emul/ultrix/etc .br -.It # egrep 'domain|nameserver' /etc/resolv.conf \*[Gt] ./resolv.conf +.It # egrep 'domain|nameserver' /etc/resolv.conf > ./resolv.conf .br .It # cp -p /usr/share/examples/emul/ultrix/etc/* ./ .El diff --git a/share/man/man8/diskless.8 b/share/man/man8/diskless.8 index c4640e266be..07c0f21bde6 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/diskless.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/diskless.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: diskless.8,v 1.31 2012/08/31 05:18:44 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: diskless.8,v 1.32 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1994 Gordon W. Ross, Theo de Raadt .\" All rights reserved. @@ -760,8 +760,8 @@ Copy and customize at least the following files in # cd /export/myclient/root/etc # vi fstab # cp /etc/hosts hosts -# echo 'hostname="myclient"' \*[Gt]\*[Gt] rc.conf -# echo "inet 192.197.96.12" \*[Gt] ifconfig.le0 +# echo 'hostname="myclient"' >> rc.conf +# echo "inet 192.197.96.12" > ifconfig.le0 .Ed .Pp Note that "le0" above should be replaced with the name of diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.acorn26/boot26.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.acorn26/boot26.8 index e4d156a588e..326718fdb4d 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.acorn26/boot26.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.acorn26/boot26.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: boot26.8,v 1.7 2016/05/02 09:41:49 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: boot26.8,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000, 2001 Ben Harris .\" All rights reserved. @@ -121,15 +121,15 @@ The characters in the map indicate what the memory's being used for (actually where it's logically mapped): .Pp .Bd -literal -offset indent -0 -\*[Gt] zero-page -+ -\*[Gt] boot26 workspace -* -\*[Gt] Free space (boot26 wants to put the kernel here) -d -\*[Gt] RAM disc -s -\*[Gt] System sprite area -m -\*[Gt] RMA -h -\*[Gt] System heap/stack -f -\*[Gt] Font cache -S -\*[Gt] Screen memory +0 -> zero-page ++ -> boot26 workspace +* -> Free space (boot26 wants to put the kernel here) +d -> RAM disc +s -> System sprite area +m -> RMA +h -> System heap/stack +f -> Font cache +S -> Screen memory .Ed .Pp On a machine with 32k pages (which is all diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.alpha/boot.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.alpha/boot.8 index c6d79303132..af157bb23c3 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.alpha/boot.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.alpha/boot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.15 2017/02/18 21:47:11 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.16 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 Christopher G. Demetriou .\" All rights reserved. @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ is then .Tn SRM will stop, print its prompt: -.Qq \*[Gt]\*[Gt]\*[Gt] +.Qq >>> and wait for commands to be entered on the console. If the value of .Ev auto_action diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.alpha/mkbootimage.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.alpha/mkbootimage.8 index a3e23ca3739..778b942ffe2 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.alpha/mkbootimage.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.alpha/mkbootimage.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mkbootimage.8,v 1.8 2017/02/17 22:30:27 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mkbootimage.8,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 Christopher G. Demetriou .\" All rights reserved. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ is doing. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /usr/mdec/ustarboot -compact .It Pa /usr/mdec/ustarboot diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.amiga/installboot.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.amiga/installboot.8 index 71b035bbe3e..45d09ff3367 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.amiga/installboot.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.amiga/installboot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: installboot.8,v 1.22 2017/02/17 22:30:27 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: installboot.8,v 1.23 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ Some third-party disk controllers don't support bootblock booting. .Pp DraCo ROMs don't support bootblock booting from floppy disks. .Pp -Most 68060 boards, unlike the DraCo, don't set the SysBase-\*[Gt]AttnFlags +Most 68060 boards, unlike the DraCo, don't set the SysBase->AttnFlags bit for the 68060 CPU (a patch program which is called during AmigaOS startup does this). You need to add options BB060STUPIDROM to your kernel to boot on such a machine. diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.atari/ahdilabel.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.atari/ahdilabel.8 index cf301eb476c..379f723fb92 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.atari/ahdilabel.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.atari/ahdilabel.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ahdilabel.8,v 1.13 2017/02/18 21:47:11 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ahdilabel.8,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. @@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ The name of the disk you want to edit. .Nm will first try to open a disk of this name. If this cannot be opened, it will attempt to open -.Ar r Ns \*[Lt]disk\*[Gt] Ns Ar c . +.Ar r Ns <disk> Ns Ar c . Finally, if this also cannot be opened, it will attempt to open -.Ar /dev/r Ns \*[Lt]disk\*[Gt] Ns Ar c . +.Ar /dev/r Ns <disk> Ns Ar c . .El .Pp .Nm @@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ up. The filesystem type is msdos. .Pp The root, start and size parameters can be entered using sector, cylinder/track/sector or megabyte notations. Whole numbers of cylinders can -be entered using the shorthand \*[Lt]cylinder\*[Gt]/. Likewise, whole numbers of tracks -can be entered using the shorthand \*[Lt]cylinder\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]track\*[Gt]/. Megabytes are entered +be entered using the shorthand <cylinder>/. Likewise, whole numbers of tracks +can be entered using the shorthand <cylinder>/<track>/. Megabytes are entered using the suffix .Em M . .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.cobalt/boot.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.cobalt/boot.8 index 2f247eb7a7e..8ddc0284ba0 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.cobalt/boot.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.cobalt/boot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.9 2014/08/16 08:43:12 apb Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ For example, the .Sq bfd command can be used to boot a kernel image: .Bd -unfilled -offset indent -Cobalt: bfd /boot/\*[Lt]kernel image\*[Gt] [options] +Cobalt: bfd /boot/<kernel image> [options] .Ed .Pp where @@ -221,11 +221,11 @@ like it is on other platforms. Once running, the boot loader prints a banner to the serial console similar to the following: .Bd -unfilled -offset indent -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] NetBSD/cobalt 5.0 Bootloader, Revision 0.9 [@0x80f00000] -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] (user@buildhost, builddate) -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] Model: Cobalt Qube 2 -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] Memory: 32768 k -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] PROM boot string: root=/dev/hda1 ro +>> NetBSD/cobalt 5.0 Bootloader, Revision 0.9 [@0x80f00000] +>> (user@buildhost, builddate) +>> Model: Cobalt Qube 2 +>> Memory: 32768 k +>> PROM boot string: root=/dev/hda1 ro Boot [wd0a:netbsd]: Loading: wd0a:netbsd 3763776+312244 [216944+209676]=0x44b97c @@ -428,11 +428,11 @@ Note the boot loader binary needs to be Once the boot loader is successfully loaded it prints a banner as well as booting from disk: .Bd -unfilled -offset indent -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] NetBSD/cobalt 5.0 Bootloader, Revision 0.9 [@0x80f00000] -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] (user@buildhost, builddate) -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] Model: Cobalt Qube 2 -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] Memory: 32768 k -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] PROM boot string: root=/dev/nfs nfsroot=/nfsroot nfsaddrs=bootp +>> NetBSD/cobalt 5.0 Bootloader, Revision 0.9 [@0x80f00000] +>> (user@buildhost, builddate) +>> Model: Cobalt Qube 2 +>> Memory: 32768 k +>> PROM boot string: root=/dev/nfs nfsroot=/nfsroot nfsaddrs=bootp Boot [nfs:netbsd]: Loading: nfs:netbsd 3763776+312244 [216944+209676]=0x44b97c diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.hppa/boot.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.hppa/boot.8 index 73185359fd1..abfddd5c042 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.hppa/boot.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.hppa/boot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.1 2014/02/24 07:23:41 skrll Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.2 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" $OpenBSD: boot_hppa.8,v 1.11 2004/05/25 22:27:44 jmc Exp $ .\" @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ program in On all versions of the PDC except for the 712 and 725 models the .Dq boot command (see below) will be followed by the question: -.Dq Interact with IPL (Y, N, or Cancel)?\*[Gt] +.Dq Interact with IPL (Y, N, or Cancel)?> where a positive answer will invoke an interactive prompt in the .Nm program later and negative will thus suppress it. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ resume an interrupted boot sequence. The .Dq Boot Administration mode, recognizable with its -.Em BOOT_ADMIN\*[Gt] +.Em BOOT_ADMIN> prompt, controls the various boot options. The complete list of commands depends on the machine and PDC version. The following list only mentions commands impacting the boot process. @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ will list the various path settings. Machines equipped with 7100LC, 7200, or 7300LC CPU types are usually blessed with a different kind of PDC. There is only one interactive mode, with a -.Em BOOT_ADMIN\*[Gt] +.Em BOOT_ADMIN> prompt, which provides both boot settings and commands. The complete list of commands depends on the machine and PDC version. The following list only mentions commands impacting the boot process. diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.macppc/boot.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.macppc/boot.8 index a62606b20c3..d37caf8896c 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.macppc/boot.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.macppc/boot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.7 2017/02/17 22:30:28 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -292,8 +292,8 @@ When .Xr macppc/ofwboot 8 is started, it prints something like the following: .Bd -unfilled -offset indent - \*[Gt]\*[Gt] NetBSD/macppc OpenFirmware Boot, Revision 1.7 - \*[Gt]\*[Gt] (autobuild@tgm.daemon.org, Thu Feb 6 17:50:27 UTC 2003) + >> NetBSD/macppc OpenFirmware Boot, Revision 1.7 + >> (autobuild@tgm.daemon.org, Thu Feb 6 17:50:27 UTC 2003) .Ed .Pp When diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.macppc/ofwboot.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.macppc/ofwboot.8 index c691b202fea..98a89a0470b 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.macppc/ofwboot.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.macppc/ofwboot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ofwboot.8,v 1.13 2014/11/13 22:32:53 snj Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ofwboot.8,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ location on the disk, partition .Dq zero . For example, the following command might be used to boot from a SCSI device with ID 2: -.Ic "0 \*[Gt]boot scsi-int/sd@2:0" . +.Ic "0 >boot scsi-int/sd@2:0" . .It ofwboot.xcf .Nm ofwboot.xcf is in XCOFF format. @@ -269,29 +269,29 @@ Boot an Open Firmware 3 system, with installed on partition .Dq Pa a : .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot hd:,ofwboot.xcf +0 > boot hd:,ofwboot.xcf .Ed .It Boot into single user mode: .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot hd:,ofwboot.xcf netbsd -s +0 > boot hd:,ofwboot.xcf netbsd -s .Ed .It Boot from bootable CDROM with Open Firmware 3 or higher: .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot cd:,\eofwboot.xcf netbsd.macppc +0 > boot cd:,\eofwboot.xcf netbsd.macppc .Ed .It Boot from bootable CDROM (internal SCSI, id=3) of .Nx 1.5 release with Open Firmware versions prior to 3: .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot scsi/sd@3:0,OFWBOOT.XCF NETBSD.MACPPC +0 > boot scsi/sd@3:0,OFWBOOT.XCF NETBSD.MACPPC .Ed .It Boot from floppy disk: .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot fd:0 +0 > boot fd:0 .Ed .It Boot from network, with bootps, @@ -301,22 +301,22 @@ and .Xr nfsd 8 server available: .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot enet:0 +0 > boot enet:0 .Ed .It Boot from network, but use internal root partition of second drive: .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot enet:0 ultra1:0 +0 > boot enet:0 ultra1:0 .Ed .It Boot MacOS, looking for the first available bootable disk: .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot hd:,\e\e:tbxi +0 > boot hd:,\e\e:tbxi .Ed .It Boot MacOS X residing on partition 10: .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot hd:10,\e\e:tbxi +0 > boot hd:10,\e\e:tbxi .Ed .El .Sh ERRORS @@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ Can't LOAD from this device Open Firmware found the device, but it is not supported by .Ic load . .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot yy:0/netbsd +0 > boot yy:0/netbsd RESETing to change Configuration! .Ed .Ar yy:0 @@ -341,14 +341,14 @@ doesn't exist, so Open Firmware ignores the string and uses the default parameters to boot MacOS; the MacOS boot routine then clears some of the Open Firmware variables. .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot ata/ata-disk@0:9 specified partition is not bootable +0 > boot ata/ata-disk@0:9 specified partition is not bootable ok .Ed As it says. .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot ata/ata-disk@0:0 -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] NetBSD/macppc OpenFirmware Boot, Revision 1.3 -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] (root@nazuha, Fri Jun 8 22:21:55 JST 2001) +0 > boot ata/ata-disk@0:0 +>> NetBSD/macppc OpenFirmware Boot, Revision 1.3 +>> (root@nazuha, Fri Jun 8 22:21:55 JST 2001) no active package3337696/ .Ed and hangs: See the real-base part in the FAQ. @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ may resolve this problem (see .Xr arp 8 ) . .Pp .Bd -unfilled -0 \*[Gt] boot CLAIM failed +0 > boot CLAIM failed ok .Ed Once boot failed, successive boots may not be possible. diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.mvme68k/boot.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.mvme68k/boot.8 index a8ce6a13b32..11147639257 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.mvme68k/boot.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.mvme68k/boot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.8 2003/08/07 10:31:25 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Boot the system in verbose mode. .El .Pp Any extra flags or arguments, or the -.Ar \*[Lt]boot string\*[Gt] +.Ar <boot string> after the -- separator are passed to the boot PROM. Other flags are currently ignored. .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.sparc/boot.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.sparc/boot.8 index 8e63d4f1c2f..a0f00e380e2 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.sparc/boot.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.sparc/boot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.31 2010/02/25 17:15:55 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.32 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1992, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ SPARC boot ROM is a full-featured Forth system with emacs key bindings. It can be put in .Dq old-style user-interface compatibility mode (in which case it shows a simple -.Sq \*[Gt] +.Sq > prompt), but this is essentially useless. However, by default on sun4c models, the ROM runs in old-mode; to enter new-mode type diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.vax/boot.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.vax/boot.8 index 9b289f17937..8d39046faff 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.vax/boot.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.vax/boot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.13 2010/03/22 18:58:32 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ The situation on the 8600 is similar, with scripts loaded from the console RL02. .Pp Giving the command .Pp -.Dl \*[Gt]\*[Gt]\*[Gt]BOOT HPM +.Dl >>>BOOT HPM .Pp would boot the system from (e.g.) an RP06 and run the automatic consistency check as described in @@ -99,10 +99,10 @@ be necessary to type control-P and halt the processor to gain the attention of the .Tn LSI-11 -before getting the \*[Gt]\*[Gt]\*[Gt] prompt.) +before getting the >>> prompt.) The command .Pp -.Dl \*[Gt]\*[Gt]\*[Gt]BOOT ANY +.Dl >>>BOOT ANY .Pp invokes a version of the boot program in a way which allows you to specify any system as the system to be booted. @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ This will boot multi-user. To boot from RK07 with boot flags you may specify .Pp .Bd -unfilled -offset indent -compact -.Li \&\*[Gt]\*[Gt]\*[Gt]B/ Ns Fl n No DMA0 +.Li \&>>>B/ Ns Fl n No DMA0 .Ed .Pp where, giving a diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.vax/drtest.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.vax/drtest.8 index e06811c2765..e67ddaa9206 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.vax/drtest.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.vax/drtest.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: drtest.8,v 1.15 2017/02/17 22:30:28 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: drtest.8,v 1.16 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ console storage device. Boldface means user input. As usual, ``#'' and ``@'' may be used to edit input. .Pp .Bd -unfilled -offset indent -compact -.Li \&\*[Gt]\*[Gt]\*[Gt] Ns Sy B/3 +.Li \&>>> Ns Sy B/3 .Li \&%% .Li \&loading hk(0,0)boot .Li \&Boot diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.vax/format.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.vax/format.8 index fbacf0db108..9cfd70406aa 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.vax/format.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.vax/format.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: format.8,v 1.13 2017/02/17 22:30:28 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: format.8,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1983, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -188,9 +188,9 @@ and .Dq @ may be used to edit input. .Bd -literal -offset 0.5i -\*[Gt]\*[Gt]\*[Gt]\fBL FORMAT\fP +>>>\fBL FORMAT\fP LOAD DONE, 00004400 BYTES LOADED -\*[Gt]\*[Gt]\*[Gt]\fBS 2\fP +>>>\fBS 2\fP Disk format/check utility .sp Enable debugging (0=none, 1=bse, 2=ecc, 3=bse+ecc)? \fB0\fP @@ -253,22 +253,22 @@ Load the console floppy labeled, .Dq RX11 VAX DSK LD DEV #1 in the console disk drive, and type the following commands: .Bd -literal -offset indent -\*[Gt]\*[Gt]\*[Gt]BOOT +>>>BOOT DIAGNOSTIC SUPERVISOR. ZZ-ESSAA-X5.0-119 23-JAN-1980 12:44:40.03 -DS\*[Gt]ATTACH DW780 SBI DW0 3 5 -DS\*[Gt]ATTACH RK611 DMA -DS\*[Gt]ATTACH RK07 DW0 DMA0 -DS\*[Gt]SELECT DMA0 -DS\*[Gt]LOAD EVRAC -DS\*[Gt]START/SEC:PACKINIT +DS>ATTACH DW780 SBI DW0 3 5 +DS>ATTACH RK611 DMA +DS>ATTACH RK07 DW0 DMA0 +DS>SELECT DMA0 +DS>LOAD EVRAC +DS>START/SEC:PACKINIT .Ed .Ss Formatting an RP0X Follow the above procedures except that the ATTACH and SELECT lines should read: .Bd -literal -offset indent -DS\*[Gt]ATTACH RH780 SBI RH0 8 5 -DS\*[Gt]ATTACH RP0X RH0 DBA0 (RP0X is, e.g., RP06) -DS\*[Gt]SELECT DBA0 +DS>ATTACH RH780 SBI RH0 8 5 +DS>ATTACH RP0X RH0 DBA0 (RP0X is, e.g., RP06) +DS>SELECT DBA0 .Ed .Pp This is for drive 0 on mba0; use 9 instead of 8 for mba1, etc. @@ -276,9 +276,9 @@ This is for drive 0 on mba0; use 9 instead of 8 for mba1, etc. Follow the above procedures except that the ATTACH and SELECT lines should read: .Bd -literal -offset indent -DS\*[Gt]ATTACH RH780 SBI RH0 8 5 -DS\*[Gt]ATTACH RM0X RH0 DRA0 -DS\*[Gt]SELECT DRA0 +DS>ATTACH RH780 SBI RH0 8 5 +DS>ATTACH RM0X RH0 DRA0 +DS>SELECT DRA0 .Ed .Pp Don't forget to put your UNIX console floppy back in the floppy disk diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.x86/boot.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.x86/boot.8 index 6281b63e1d1..0d96533f179 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.x86/boot.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.x86/boot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.11 2017/02/18 21:51:36 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: boot.8,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:31:01 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -99,9 +99,9 @@ master boot record - see .Ss Normal Operation Once running, a banner similar to the following will appear: .Bd -unfilled -offset indent -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] NetBSD BIOS Boot, revision 3.0 -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] (user@buildhost, builddate) -\*[Gt]\*[Gt] Memory: 637/15360 k +>> NetBSD BIOS Boot, revision 3.0 +>> (user@buildhost, builddate) +>> Memory: 637/15360 k Press return to boot now, any other key for boot menu booting hd0a:netbsd - starting in 5 .Ed diff --git a/share/man/man8/man8.x86/mbr.8 b/share/man/man8/man8.x86/mbr.8 index 05dc6cdd65c..003ecadfcd3 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/man8.x86/mbr.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/man8.x86/mbr.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mbr.8,v 1.3 2017/02/18 21:39:53 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mbr.8,v 1.4 2017/07/03 21:31:01 wiz Exp $ .Dd February 17, 2017 .Dt MBR 8 x86 .Os @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Unknown key. The standard boot code will output the text message and stop. It may be necessary to reset to the system to continue. .Pp -The bootselect code will output 'Error \*[Lt]code\*[Gt]' and await further input. +The bootselect code will output 'Error <code>' and await further input. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr disklabel 8 , .Xr fdisk 8 , diff --git a/share/man/man8/sysinst.8 b/share/man/man8/sysinst.8 index 1af85b731f3..b02a5665334 100644 --- a/share/man/man8/sysinst.8 +++ b/share/man/man8/sysinst.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sysinst.8,v 1.5 2012/07/06 09:11:19 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sysinst.8,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:31:00 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ used for all methods of fetching (i.e., not just FTP) .Xr boot 8 , .Xr diskless 8 .Pp -.Em \*[Lt]machine\*[Gt] Ns Pa /INSTALL.* +.Em <machine> Ns Pa /INSTALL.* files on CD-ROM installation media -.Pa .../NetBSD- Ns Em \*[Lt]rel\*[Gt] Ns Pa / Ns Em \*[Lt]machine\*[Gt] Ns Pa /INSTALL.* +.Pa .../NetBSD- Ns Em <rel> Ns Pa / Ns Em <machine> Ns Pa /INSTALL.* files in .Nx releases or snapshots. diff --git a/share/man/man9/RUN_ONCE.9 b/share/man/man9/RUN_ONCE.9 index 4a8e20ed684..30649afc0c4 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/RUN_ONCE.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/RUN_ONCE.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: RUN_ONCE.9,v 1.8 2010/07/06 22:29:29 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: RUN_ONCE.9,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c)2005 YAMAMOTO Takashi, .\" All rights reserved. @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ some_func(void) { static ONCE_DECL(control); - RUN_ONCE(\*[Am]control, init_func); + RUN_ONCE(&control, init_func); /* * we are sure that init_func has already been completed here. diff --git a/share/man/man9/accf_data.9 b/share/man/man9/accf_data.9 index 26667a95af2..a1e2094837f 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/accf_data.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/accf_data.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: accf_data.9,v 1.5 2010/04/11 21:32:10 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: accf_data.9,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 Alfred Perlstein .\" @@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ on the socket .Bd -literal -offset 0i struct accept_filter_arg afa; - bzero(\*[Am]afa, sizeof(afa)); + bzero(&afa, sizeof(afa)); strcpy(afa.af_name, "dataready"); - setsockopt(sok, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ACCEPTFILTER, \*[Am]afa, sizeof(afa)); + setsockopt(sok, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ACCEPTFILTER, &afa, sizeof(afa)); .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr setsockopt 2 , diff --git a/share/man/man9/accf_http.9 b/share/man/man9/accf_http.9 index ea485546f75..327bb9102d7 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/accf_http.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/accf_http.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: accf_http.9,v 1.7 2010/04/11 05:40:16 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: accf_http.9,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 Alfred Perlstein .\" @@ -81,9 +81,9 @@ on the socket .Bd -literal -offset 0i struct accept_filter_arg afa; - bzero(\*[Am]afa, sizeof(afa)); + bzero(&afa, sizeof(afa)); strcpy(afa.af_name, "httpready"); - setsockopt(sok, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ACCEPTFILTER, \*[Am]afa, sizeof(afa)); + setsockopt(sok, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ACCEPTFILTER, &afa, sizeof(afa)); .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr setsockopt 2 , diff --git a/share/man/man9/altq.9 b/share/man/man9/altq.9 index 958113bf20d..3a6c8bb4903 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/altq.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/altq.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: altq.9,v 1.14 2007/06/24 19:26:58 rumble Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: altq.9,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: altq.9,v 1.4 2001/07/12 12:41:42 itojun Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (C) 2001 @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ do { \e } \e } \e if ((err)) \e - (ifq)-\*[Gt]ifq_drops++; \e + (ifq)->ifq_drops++; \e } while (/*CONSTCOND*/ 0) .Ed .Pp @@ -267,24 +267,24 @@ looks as follows: { | { ...... | ...... | - | mflags = m-\*[Gt]m_flags; - | len = m-\*[Gt]m_pkthdr.len; + | mflags = m->m_flags; + | len = m->m_pkthdr.len; s = splimp(); | s = splimp(); - if (IF_QFULL(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd)) { | IFQ_ENQUEUE(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m, + if (IF_QFULL(&ifp->if_snd)) { | IFQ_ENQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m, | NULL, error); - IF_DROP(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd); | if (error != 0) { + IF_DROP(&ifp->if_snd); | if (error != 0) { splx(s); | splx(s); senderr(ENOBUFS); | return (error); } | } - IF_ENQUEUE(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m); | - ifp-\*[Gt]if_obytes += | ifp-\*[Gt]if_obytes += len; - m-\*[Gt]m_pkthdr.len; | - if (m-\*[Gt]m_flags \*[Am] M_MCAST) | if (mflags \*[Am] M_MCAST) - ifp-\*[Gt]if_omcasts++; | ifp-\*[Gt]if_omcasts++; + IF_ENQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m); | + ifp->if_obytes += | ifp->if_obytes += len; + m->m_pkthdr.len; | + if (m->m_flags & M_MCAST) | if (mflags & M_MCAST) + ifp->if_omcasts++; | ifp->if_omcasts++; | - if ((ifp-\*[Gt]if_flags \*[Am] IFF_OACTIVE) | if ((ifp-\*[Gt]if_flags \*[Am] IFF_OACTIVE) + if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_OACTIVE) | if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_OACTIVE) == 0) | == 0) - (*ifp-\*[Gt]if_start)(ifp); | (*ifp-\*[Gt]if_start)(ifp); + (*ifp->if_start)(ifp); | (*ifp->if_start)(ifp); splx(s); | splx(s); return (error); | return (error); | @@ -312,12 +312,12 @@ ether_output(ifp, m0, dst, rt0) ...... /* classify the packet before prepending link-headers */ - IFQ_CLASSIFY(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m, dst-\*[Gt]sa_family, \*[Am]pktattr); + IFQ_CLASSIFY(&ifp->if_snd, m, dst->sa_family, &pktattr); /* prepend link-level headers */ ...... - IFQ_ENQUEUE(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m, \*[Am]pktattr, error); + IFQ_ENQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m, &pktattr, error); ...... } @@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ to see whether the queue is empty or not, use .Bd -literal ##old-style## ##new-style## | - if (ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd.ifq_head != NULL) | if (IFQ_IS_EMPTY(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd) == 0) + if (ifp->if_snd.ifq_head != NULL) | if (IFQ_IS_EMPTY(&ifp->if_snd) == 0) | .Ed Note that @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ due to rate-limiting. .Bd -literal ##old-style## ##new-style## | - IF_DEQUEUE(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m); | IFQ_DEQUEUE(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m); + IF_DEQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m); | IFQ_DEQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m); | if (m == NULL) | return; | @@ -397,14 +397,14 @@ and .Bd -literal ##old-style## ##new-style## | - m = ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd.ifq_head; | IFQ_POLL(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m); + m = ifp->if_snd.ifq_head; | IFQ_POLL(&ifp->if_snd, m); if (m != NULL) { | if (m != NULL) { | /* use m to get resources */ | /* use m to get resources */ if (something goes wrong) | if (something goes wrong) return; | return; | - IF_DEQUEUE(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m); | IFQ_DEQUEUE(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m); + IF_DEQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m); | IFQ_DEQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m); | /* kick the hardware */ | /* kick the hardware */ } | } @@ -431,11 +431,11 @@ You have to convert the logic into poll-and-dequeue. .Bd -literal ##old-style## ##new-style## | - IF_DEQUEUE(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m); | IFQ_POLL(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m); + IF_DEQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m); | IFQ_POLL(&ifp->if_snd, m); if (m != NULL) { | if (m != NULL) { | if (something_goes_wrong) { | if (something_goes_wrong) { - IF_PREPEND(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m); | + IF_PREPEND(&ifp->if_snd, m); | return; | return; } | } | @@ -443,7 +443,7 @@ You have to convert the logic into poll-and-dequeue. | * is committed to send this | * packet. | */ - | IFQ_DEQUEUE(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m); + | IFQ_DEQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m); | /* kick the hardware */ | /* kick the hardware */ } | } @@ -457,8 +457,8 @@ Note that a non-work conserving queue cannot be emptied by a dequeue loop. .Bd -literal ##old-style## ##new-style## | - while (ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd.ifq_head != NULL) {| IFQ_PURGE(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd); - IF_DEQUEUE(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, m); | + while (ifp->if_snd.ifq_head != NULL) {| IFQ_PURGE(&ifp->if_snd); + IF_DEQUEUE(&ifp->if_snd, m); | m_freem(m); | } | | @@ -477,8 +477,8 @@ to show this driver is converted to the new style. .Bd -literal ##old-style## ##new-style## | - ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd.ifq_maxlen = qsize; | IFQ_SET_MAXLEN(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd, qsize); - | IFQ_SET_READY(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd); + ifp->if_snd.ifq_maxlen = qsize; | IFQ_SET_MAXLEN(&ifp->if_snd, qsize); + | IFQ_SET_READY(&ifp->if_snd); if_attach(ifp); | if_attach(ifp); | .Ed @@ -487,11 +487,11 @@ The new macros for statistics: .Bd -literal ##old-style## ##new-style## | - IF_DROP(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd); | IFQ_INC_DROPS(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd); + IF_DROP(&ifp->if_snd); | IFQ_INC_DROPS(&ifp->if_snd); | - ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd.ifq_len++; | IFQ_INC_LEN(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd); + ifp->if_snd.ifq_len++; | IFQ_INC_LEN(&ifp->if_snd); | - ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd.ifq_len--; | IFQ_DEC_LEN(\*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd); + ifp->if_snd.ifq_len--; | IFQ_DEC_LEN(&ifp->if_snd); | .Ed Some drivers instruct the hardware to invoke transmission complete @@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ is no longer a type of .Dv struct ifqueue .Pc . .Bd -literal - struct ifqueue *ifq = \*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd; + struct ifqueue *ifq = &ifp->if_snd; .Ed A simple way is to use the original .Fn IF_XXX @@ -536,31 +536,31 @@ The enqueue operation looks like: .Bd -literal ##old-style## ##new-style## | - struct ifqueue *ifq = \*[Am]ifp-\*[Gt]if_snd; | struct ifqueue *ifq = NULL; + struct ifqueue *ifq = &ifp->if_snd; | struct ifqueue *ifq = NULL; | - if (ip-\*[Gt]ip_tos \*[Am] IPTOS_LOWDELAY) | if ((ip-\*[Gt]ip_tos \*[Am] IPTOS_LOWDELAY) \*[Am]\*[Am] - ifq = \*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_fastq; | !ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_if.if_snd)) { - | ifq = \*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_fastq; + if (ip->ip_tos & IPTOS_LOWDELAY) | if ((ip->ip_tos & IPTOS_LOWDELAY) && + ifq = &sc->sc_fastq; | !ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(&sc->sc_if.if_snd)) { + | ifq = &sc->sc_fastq; if (IF_QFULL(ifq)) { | if (IF_QFULL(ifq)) { IF_DROP(ifq); | IF_DROP(ifq); m_freem(m); | m_freem(m); splx(s); | error = ENOBUFS; - sc-\*[Gt]sc_if.if_oerrors++; | } else { + sc->sc_if.if_oerrors++; | } else { return (ENOBUFS); | IF_ENQUEUE(ifq, m); } | error = 0; IF_ENQUEUE(ifq, m); | } | } else - | IFQ_ENQUEUE(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_if.if_snd, + | IFQ_ENQUEUE(&sc->sc_if.if_snd, | m, NULL, error); | | if (error) { | splx(s); - | sc-\*[Gt]sc_if.if_oerrors++; + | sc->sc_if.if_oerrors++; | return (error); | } - if ((sc-\*[Gt]sc_oqlen = | if ((sc-\*[Gt]sc_oqlen = - sc-\*[Gt]sc_ttyp-\*[Gt]t_outq.c_cc) == 0) | sc-\*[Gt]sc_ttyp-\*[Gt]t_outq.c_cc) == 0) - slstart(sc-\*[Gt]sc_ttyp); | slstart(sc-\*[Gt]sc_ttyp); + if ((sc->sc_oqlen = | if ((sc->sc_oqlen = + sc->sc_ttyp->t_outq.c_cc) == 0) | sc->sc_ttyp->t_outq.c_cc) == 0) + slstart(sc->sc_ttyp); | slstart(sc->sc_ttyp); splx(s); | splx(s); | .Ed @@ -569,9 +569,9 @@ The dequeue operations looks like: ##old-style## ##new-style## | s = splimp(); | s = splimp(); - IF_DEQUEUE(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_fastq, m); | IF_DEQUEUE(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_fastq, m); + IF_DEQUEUE(&sc->sc_fastq, m); | IF_DEQUEUE(&sc->sc_fastq, m); if (m == NULL) | if (m == NULL) - IF_DEQUEUE(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_if.if_snd, m); | IFQ_DEQUEUE(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_if.if_snd, m); + IF_DEQUEUE(&sc->sc_if.if_snd, m); | IFQ_DEQUEUE(&sc->sc_if.if_snd, m); splx(s); | splx(s); | .Ed diff --git a/share/man/man9/audio.9 b/share/man/man9/audio.9 index 732025eaf65..076dd90a119 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/audio.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/audio.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: audio.9,v 1.44 2014/07/13 11:08:46 mbalmer Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: audio.9,v 1.45 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999, 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ For example, if .Va play requests [8000Hz, mu-law, 8/8bit, 1ch] and the hardware does not support 8bit mu-law, but 16bit slinear_le, the driver should call -.Dv pfil-\*[Gt]append() +.Dv pfil->append() with .Va pfil , .Va mulaw_to_linear16 , @@ -242,28 +242,28 @@ For playing, constructs conversions as follows: .Bd -literal (play) == write(2) input - | pfil-\*[Gt]filters[pfil-\*[Gt]req_size-1].factory - (pfil-\*[Gt]filters[pfil-\*[Gt]req_size-1].param) - | pfil-\*[Gt]filters[pfil-\*[Gt]req_size-2].factory + | pfil->filters[pfil->req_size-1].factory + (pfil->filters[pfil->req_size-1].param) + | pfil->filters[pfil->req_size-2].factory : - | pfil-\*[Gt]filters[1].factory - (pfil-\*[Gt]filters[1].param) - | pfil-\*[Gt]filters[0].factory - (pfil-\*[Gt]filters[0].param) == hardware input + | pfil->filters[1].factory + (pfil->filters[1].param) + | pfil->filters[0].factory + (pfil->filters[0].param) == hardware input .Ed .Pp For recording, .Va rfil constructs conversions as follows: .Bd -literal - (rfil-\*[Gt]filters[0].param) == hardware output - | rfil-\*[Gt]filters[0].factory - (rfil-\*[Gt]filters[1].param) - | rfil-\*[Gt]filters[1].factory + (rfil->filters[0].param) == hardware output + | rfil->filters[0].factory + (rfil->filters[1].param) + | rfil->filters[1].factory : - | rfil-\*[Gt]filters[rfil-\*[Gt]req_size-2].factory - (rfil-\*[Gt]filters[rfil-\*[Gt]req_size-1].param) - | rfil-\*[Gt]filters[rfil-\*[Gt]req_size-1].factory + | rfil->filters[rfil->req_size-2].factory + (rfil->filters[rfil->req_size-1].param) + | rfil->filters[rfil->req_size-1].factory (rec) == read(2) output .Ed .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man9/bluetooth.9 b/share/man/man9/bluetooth.9 index c3b1277b23e..d58d1576013 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/bluetooth.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/bluetooth.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bluetooth.9,v 1.5 2010/12/02 12:54:13 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bluetooth.9,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006 Itronix Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -254,11 +254,11 @@ Initiate a connection by the protocol object described by to the remote device described by .Ar addr . This will result in a call to either -.Fn proto-\*[Gt]connected +.Fn proto->connected or -.Fn proto-\*[Gt]disconnected , +.Fn proto->disconnected , and optionally -.Fn proto-\*[Gt]connecting +.Fn proto->connecting with the appropriate reference as given to .Fn btproto_attach . .It Fn btproto_peeraddr "handle" "addr" @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ into Schedule a disconnection by the protocol object described by .Ar handle . This will result in a call to -.Fn proto-\*[Gt]disconnected +.Fn proto->disconnected with the appropriate reference when the connection is torn down. If linger is zero, the disconnection will be initiated @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ Use the protocol object described by .Ar handle as a listening post. This will result in calls to the -.Fn proto-\*[Gt]newconn +.Fn proto->newconn function when incoming connections are detected. .It Fn btproto_send "handle" "mbuf" Send data on the connection described by the protocol object. diff --git a/share/man/man9/bus_dma.9 b/share/man/man9/bus_dma.9 index 55c2abd4903..778322b823a 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/bus_dma.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/bus_dma.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bus_dma.9,v 1.63 2017/01/02 09:53:04 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bus_dma.9,v 1.64 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996, 1997, 1998, 2001, 2005, 2006 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Arguments are as follows: .Bl -tag -width nsegments -compact .It Fa tag This is the bus_dma_tag_t passed down from the parent driver via -.Fa \*[Lt]bus\*[Gt]_attach_args . +.Fa <bus>_attach_args . .It Fa size This is the maximum DMA transfer that can be mapped by the handle. .It Fa nsegments @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ Arguments are as follows: .Bl -tag -width dmam -compact .It Fa tag This is the bus_dma_tag_t passed down from the parent driver via -.Fa \*[Lt]bus\*[Gt]_attach_args . +.Fa <bus>_attach_args . .It Fa dmam The DMA handle to destroy. .El @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ Arguments are as follows: .Bl -tag -width buflen -compact .It Fa tag This is the bus_dma_tag_t passed down from the parent driver via -.Fa \*[Lt]bus\*[Gt]_attach_args . +.Fa <bus>_attach_args . .It Fa dmam The DMA handle with which to map the transfer. .It Fa buf @@ -296,13 +296,13 @@ function. .It Dv BUS_DMA_READ This is a hint to the machine-dependent back-end that indicates the mapping will be used only for a -.Em "device -\*[Gt] memory" +.Em "device -> memory" transaction. The back-end may perform optimizations based on this information. .It Dv BUS_DMA_WRITE This is a hint to the machine-dependent back-end that indicates the mapping will be used only for a -.Em "memory -\*[Gt] device" +.Em "memory -> device" transaction. The back-end may perform optimizations based on this information. .It Dv BUS_DMA_BUS[1-4] @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ which maps buffers pointed to by for DMA transfers. Determination if the buffers are in user or kernel virtual address space is done internally, according to -.Fa "uio-\*[Gt]uio_vmspace" . +.Fa "uio->uio_vmspace" . See .Xr uiomove 9 for details of the @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Arguments are as follows: .Bl -tag -width dmam -compact .It Fa tag This is the bus_dma_tag_t passed down from the parent driver via -.Fa \*[Lt]bus\*[Gt]_attach_args . +.Fa <bus>_attach_args . .It Fa dmam The DMA handle containing the mappings which are to be deleted. .El @@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ Arguments are as follows: .Bl -tag -width offset -compact .It Fa tag This is the bus_dma_tag_t passed down from the parent driver via -.Fa \*[Lt]bus\*[Gt]_attach_args . +.Fa <bus>_attach_args . .It Fa dmam The DMA mapping to be synchronized. .It Fa offset @@ -455,11 +455,11 @@ operations is not allowed, and behavior is undefined if this is attempted. .Pp Synchronization operations are expressed from the perspective of the host RAM, e.g., a -.Em "device -\*[Gt] memory" +.Em "device -> memory" operation is a .Em READ and a -.Em "memory -\*[Gt] device" +.Em "memory -> device" operation is a .Em WRITE . .Pp @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ Arguments are as follows: .Bl -tag -width alignment -compact .It Fa tag This is the bus_dma_tag_t passed down from the parent driver via -.Fa \*[Lt]bus\*[Gt]_attach_args . +.Fa <bus>_attach_args . .It Fa size The amount of memory to allocate. .It Fa alignment @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ Arguments are as follows: .Bl -tag -width nsegs -compact .It Fa tag This is the bus_dma_tag_t passed down from the parent driver via -.Fa \*[Lt]bus\*[Gt]_attach_args . +.Fa <bus>_attach_args . .It Fa segs The array of bus_dma_segment_t's filled in by .Fn bus_dmamem_alloc . @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ Arguments are as follows: .Bl -tag -width flags -compact .It Fa tag This is the bus_dma_tag_t passed down from the parent driver via -.Fa \*[Lt]bus\*[Gt]_attach_args . +.Fa <bus>_attach_args . .It Fa segs The array of bus_dma_segment_t's filled in by .Fn bus_dmamem_alloc , @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ The arguments are as follows: .Bl -tag -width size -compact .It Fa tag This is the bus_dma_tag_t passed down from the parent driver via -.Fa \*[Lt]bus\*[Gt]_attach_args . +.Fa <bus>_attach_args . .It Fa kva The kernel virtual address of the mapped memory. .It Fa size @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ The arguments are as follows: .Bl -tag -width nsegs -compact .It Fa tag This is the bus_dma_tag_t passed down from the parent driver via -.Fa \*[Lt]bus\*[Gt]_attach_args . +.Fa <bus>_attach_args . .It Fa segs The array of bus_dma_segment_t's filled in by .Fn bus_dmamem_alloc , diff --git a/share/man/man9/cnmagic.9 b/share/man/man9/cnmagic.9 index 702f4b28dfa..5d03a4394dd 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/cnmagic.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/cnmagic.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: cnmagic.9,v 1.14 2010/06/08 19:44:28 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: cnmagic.9,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 Eduardo Horvath .\" All rights reserved. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ is the system console. This macro tests to see if .Fa dev is the same as -.Va cn_tab-\*[Gt]cn_dev +.Va cn_tab->cn_dev but can be overridden in MI header files. .It Fn cn_check_magic "dev" "k" "cnms" All input should be passed through diff --git a/share/man/man9/condvar.9 b/share/man/man9/condvar.9 index 68436493f1a..bb349ff178e 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/condvar.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/condvar.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: condvar.9,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:16:36 pgoyette Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: condvar.9,v 1.16 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006, 2007, 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ Consuming a resource: * Lock the resource. Its mutex will also serve as the * interlock. */ - mutex_enter(\*[Am]res-\*[Gt]mutex); + mutex_enter(&res->mutex); /* * Wait for the resource to become available. Timeout after @@ -270,12 +270,12 @@ Consuming a resource: */ bt.sec = 5; bt.frac = 0; - while (res-\*[Gt]state == BUSY \*[Am]\*[Am] (bt.sec || bt.frac)) - cv_timedwaitbt(\*[Am]res-\*[Gt]condvar, \\ - \*[Am]res-\*[Gt]mutex, bt, epsilon); + while (res->state == BUSY && (bt.sec || bt.frac)) + cv_timedwaitbt(&res->condvar, \\ + &res->mutex, bt, epsilon); - if (res-\*[Gt]state == BUSY) { - mutex_exit(\*[Am]res-\*[Gt]mutex); + if (res->state == BUSY) { + mutex_exit(&res->mutex); return ETIMEDOUT; } @@ -283,16 +283,16 @@ Consuming a resource: * It's now available to us. Take ownership of the * resource, and consume it. */ - res-\*[Gt]state = BUSY; - mutex_exit(\*[Am]res-\*[Gt]mutex); + res->state = BUSY; + mutex_exit(&res->mutex); consume(res); Releasing a resource for the next consumer to use: - mutex_enter(\*[Am]res-\*[Gt]mutex); - res-\*[Gt]state = IDLE; - cv_signal(\*[Am]res-\*[Gt]condvar); - mutex_exit(\*[Am]res-\*[Gt]mutex); + mutex_enter(&res->mutex); + res->state = IDLE; + cv_signal(&res->condvar); + mutex_exit(&res->mutex); .Ed .Sh CODE REFERENCES The core of the CV implementation is in diff --git a/share/man/man9/config.9 b/share/man/man9/config.9 index 61ecea5ccb8..51a925dffa0 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/config.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/config.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: config.9,v 1.29 2010/12/02 12:54:13 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: config.9,v 1.30 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -114,16 +114,16 @@ kernel. The device definition files are separated into machine-dependent and machine-independent files. The machine-dependent file is located in -.Pa sys/arch/\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt]/conf/files.\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt] , -where \*[Lt]arch\*[Gt] is the name of +.Pa sys/arch/<arch>/conf/files.<arch> , +where <arch> is the name of .Nx architecture. The machine-independent file is located in .Pa sys/conf/files . It in turn includes files for the machine-independent drivers located in -.Pa sys/dev/\*[Lt]bus\*[Gt]/files.\*[Lt]bus\*[Gt] , -where \*[Lt]bus\*[Gt] is the name of the machine-independent bus. +.Pa sys/dev/<bus>/files.<bus> , +where <bus> is the name of the machine-independent bus. .Pp These files define all legal devices and pseudo-devices. They also define all attributes and interfaces, establishing the rules that @@ -321,9 +321,9 @@ but the software interface requires them. .Sh CODE REFERENCES The device definition files are in .Pa sys/conf/files , -.Pa sys/arch/\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt]/conf/files.\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt] , +.Pa sys/arch/<arch>/conf/files.<arch> , and -.Pa sys/dev/\*[Lt]bus\*[Gt]/files.\*[Lt]bus\*[Gt] . +.Pa sys/dev/<bus>/files.<bus> . .Pp The grammar for machine description files can be found in .Xr config 1 , diff --git a/share/man/man9/cons.9 b/share/man/man9/cons.9 index 33cabf4da9b..42db38b25d5 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/cons.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/cons.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: cons.9,v 1.18 2010/06/08 19:28:56 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: cons.9,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -104,8 +104,8 @@ Number of read characters is .Fa size at maximum, user is notified by console bell when the end of input buffer is reached. -\*[Lt]Backspace\*[Gt] key works as expected. -\*[Lt]@\*[Gt] or \*[Lt]CTRL\*[Gt]-u make +<Backspace> key works as expected. +<@> or <CTRL>-u make .Fn cngetsn discard input read so far, print newline and wait for next input. @@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ Commonly, kernel code uses rather than using this low-level interface. .El .Sh EXAMPLES -This waits until a \*[Lt]Enter\*[Gt] key is pressed: +This waits until a <Enter> key is pressed: .Pp .Bd -literal -offset indent int c; diff --git a/share/man/man9/ddc.9 b/share/man/man9/ddc.9 index 0f1b2f44cfa..f1c02071ea3 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/ddc.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/ddc.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ddc.9,v 1.7 2014/01/04 15:41:59 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ddc.9,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright 2006 Itronix Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ to retrieve and print information about a monitor: ... /* initialize i2c tag... */ ... - if ((ddc_read_edid(tag, buffer, 128) == 0) \*[Am]\*[Am] - (edid_parse(buffer, \*[Am]info) == 0)) + if ((ddc_read_edid(tag, buffer, 128) == 0) && + (edid_parse(buffer, &info) == 0)) edid_print(info); ... .Ed diff --git a/share/man/man9/disk.9 b/share/man/man9/disk.9 index 370aadde9e0..1bd4d1955c7 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/disk.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/disk.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: disk.9,v 1.45 2017/03/05 23:15:35 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: disk.9,v 1.46 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Jason R. Thorpe. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -366,13 +366,13 @@ fooattach(device_t parent, device_t self, void *aux) [ . . . ] /* Initialize and attach the disk structure. */ - disk_init(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_dk, device_xname(self), \*[Am]foodkdriver); - disk_attach(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_dk); + disk_init(&sc->sc_dk, device_xname(self), &foodkdriver); + disk_attach(&sc->sc_dk); /* Read geometry and fill in pertinent parts of disklabel. */ /* Initialize geometry values of the disk structure */ [ . . . ] - disk_set_info(\*[Am]self\*[Gt], \*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_dk, type); + disk_set_info(&self>, &sc->sc_dk, type); } .Ed .Pp @@ -442,12 +442,12 @@ foostrategy(struct buf *bp) { [ . . . ] - mutex_enter(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_dk_mtx); - disk_wait(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_dk); + mutex_enter(&sc->sc_dk_mtx); + disk_wait(&sc->sc_dk); /* Put buffer onto drive's transfer queue */ - mutex_exit(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_dk_mtx); + mutex_exit(&sc->sc_dk_mtx); foostart(sc); } @@ -464,9 +464,9 @@ foostart(struct foo_softc *sc) [ . . . ] /* Tell the disk framework we're going busy. */ - mutex_enter(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_dk_mtx); - disk_busy(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_dk); - mutex_exit(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_dk_mtx); + mutex_enter(&sc->sc_dk_mtx); + disk_busy(&sc->sc_dk); + mutex_exit(&sc->sc_dk_mtx); /* Send command to the drive. */ [ . . . ] @@ -493,8 +493,8 @@ void foodone(xfer) struct foo_xfer *xfer; { - struct foo_softc = (struct foo_softc *)xfer-\*[Gt]xf_softc; - struct buf *bp = xfer-\*[Gt]xf_buf; + struct foo_softc = (struct foo_softc *)xfer->xf_softc; + struct buf *bp = xfer->xf_buf; long nbytes; [ . . . ] @@ -506,15 +506,15 @@ foodone(xfer) if (bp == NULL) nbytes = 0; else - nbytes = bp-\*[Gt]b_bcount - bp-\*[Gt]b_resid; + nbytes = bp->b_bcount - bp->b_resid; [ . . . ] - mutex_enter(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_dk_mtx); + mutex_enter(&sc->sc_dk_mtx); /* Notify the disk framework that we've completed the transfer. */ - disk_unbusy(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_dk, nbytes, - bp != NULL ? bp-\*[Gt]b_flags \*[Am] B_READ : 0); - mutex_exit(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_dk_mtx); + disk_unbusy(&sc->sc_dk, nbytes, + bp != NULL ? bp->b_flags & B_READ : 0); + mutex_exit(&sc->sc_dk_mtx); [ . . . ] } diff --git a/share/man/man9/dmover.9 b/share/man/man9/dmover.9 index 8fa8df22729..f6d8e4139bb 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/dmover.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/dmover.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: dmover.9,v 1.14 2010/01/25 19:34:37 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: dmover.9,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 Wasabi Systems, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ hw_bzero(void *buf, size_t len) struct dmover_request *dreq; int error; - error = dmover_session_create(DMOVER_FUNC_ZERO, \*[Am]dses); + error = dmover_session_create(DMOVER_FUNC_ZERO, &dses); if (error) return (error); @@ -583,16 +583,16 @@ hw_bzero(void *buf, size_t len) return (ENOMEM); } - dreq-\*[Gt]dreq_flags = DMOVER_REQ_WAIT; - dreq-\*[Gt]dreq_callback = NULL; - dreq-\*[Gt]dreq_outbuf.dreq_outbuf_type = DMOVER_BUF_LINEAR; - dreq-\*[Gt]dreq_outbuf.dmbuf_linear.l_addr = buf; - dreq-\*[Gt]dreq_outbuf.dmbuf_linear.l_len = len; + dreq->dreq_flags = DMOVER_REQ_WAIT; + dreq->dreq_callback = NULL; + dreq->dreq_outbuf.dreq_outbuf_type = DMOVER_BUF_LINEAR; + dreq->dreq_outbuf.dmbuf_linear.l_addr = buf; + dreq->dreq_outbuf.dmbuf_linear.l_len = len; dmover_process(dreq); - error = (dreq-\*[Gt]dreq_flags \*[Am] DMOVER_REQ_ERROR) ? - dreq-\*[Gt]dreq_error : 0; + error = (dreq->dreq_flags & DMOVER_REQ_ERROR) ? + dreq->dreq_error : 0; dmover_request_free(dreq); dmover_session_destroy(dses); diff --git a/share/man/man9/driver.9 b/share/man/man9/driver.9 index bfed9bb1915..c9e65629d2e 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/driver.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/driver.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: driver.9,v 1.29 2017/04/30 12:32:40 pgoyette Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: driver.9,v 1.30 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ I guess it was mine, but I wasn't expecting it For a driver to be compiled into the kernel, .Xr config 1 must be aware of its existence. -This is done by including an entry in files.\*[Lt]bus\*[Gt] in the +This is done by including an entry in files.<bus> in the directory containing the driver. For example, the driver .Dq foo @@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ foo* at bar? For device interfaces of a driver to be compiled into the kernel, .Xr config 1 must be aware of its existence. -This is done by including an entry in majors.\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt]. +This is done by including an entry in majors.<arch>. For example, the driver .Dq foo with character device interfaces, a character major device number diff --git a/share/man/man9/evcnt.9 b/share/man/man9/evcnt.9 index 7517a09eb2b..9c9659d263f 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/evcnt.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/evcnt.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: evcnt.9,v 1.21 2011/01/14 18:34:44 dyoung Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: evcnt.9,v 1.22 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 Christopher G. Demetriou .\" All rights reserved. @@ -247,12 +247,12 @@ fooattach(device_t parent, device_t self, void *aux) [ . . . ] /* Initialize and attach event counters. */ - evcnt_attach_dynamic(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_ev, EVCNT_TYPE_INTR, + evcnt_attach_dynamic(&sc->sc_ev, EVCNT_TYPE_INTR, NULL, device_xname(self), "intr"); - evcnt_attach_dynamic(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_ev_rd, EVCNT_TYPE_INTR, - \*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_ev, device_xname(self), "intr rd"); - evcnt_attach_dynamic(\*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_ev_wr, EVCNT_TYPE_INTR, - \*[Am]sc-\*[Gt]sc_ev, device_xname(self), "intr wr"); + evcnt_attach_dynamic(&sc->sc_ev_rd, EVCNT_TYPE_INTR, + &sc->sc_ev, device_xname(self), "intr rd"); + evcnt_attach_dynamic(&sc->sc_ev_wr, EVCNT_TYPE_INTR, + &sc->sc_ev, device_xname(self), "intr wr"); [ . . . ] } @@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ event counter (in this example, one used to track CPU alignment traps): .Pp To attach this event counter, code like the following could be used: .Bd -literal - evcnt_attach_static(\*[Am]aligntrap_ev); + evcnt_attach_static(&aligntrap_ev); .Ed .Sh CODE REFERENCES The event counter framework itself is implemented within the file diff --git a/share/man/man9/extent.9 b/share/man/man9/extent.9 index 894c1cb6a1e..3a7c587035f 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/extent.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/extent.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: extent.9,v 1.33 2017/04/06 10:42:14 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: extent.9,v 1.34 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996, 1998 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ func() * 128k, and 192k) within the extent. */ error = extent_alloc(foo_ex, 0x2000, 0x1000, 0x10000, - EX_NOWAIT, \*[Am]region_start); + EX_NOWAIT, ®ion_start); if (error) panic("you lose"); diff --git a/share/man/man9/fileassoc.9 b/share/man/man9/fileassoc.9 index 1b9f8140963..b9a88d4563f 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/fileassoc.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/fileassoc.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: fileassoc.9,v 1.29 2016/12/01 01:06:12 pgoyette Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: fileassoc.9,v 1.30 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006 Elad Efrat <elad@NetBSD.org> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ and/or file: fileassoc_t myhook_id; int error; -error = fileassoc_register("my_hook", myhook_cleanup, \*[Am]myhook_id); +error = fileassoc_register("my_hook", myhook_cleanup, &myhook_id); if (error != 0) ...handle error... .Ed diff --git a/share/man/man9/fstrans.9 b/share/man/man9/fstrans.9 index 40fe21cfc85..bfb06ded1cc 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/fstrans.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/fstrans.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: fstrans.9,v 1.25 2017/06/04 08:05:41 hannken Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: fstrans.9,v 1.26 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ int xxx_create(void *v) { struct vop_create_args *ap = v; - struct mount *mp = ap-\*[Gt]a_dvp-\*[Gt]v_mount; + struct mount *mp = ap->a_dvp->v_mount; int error; fstrans_start(mp); diff --git a/share/man/man9/ieee80211_radiotap.9 b/share/man/man9/ieee80211_radiotap.9 index 2863f6e5954..4a3aad234b4 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/ieee80211_radiotap.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/ieee80211_radiotap.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ieee80211_radiotap.9,v 1.16 2017/02/21 19:53:49 dyoung Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ieee80211_radiotap.9,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004 Bruce M. Simpson <bms@spc.org>, .\" Darron Broad <darron@kewl.org>. @@ -244,11 +244,11 @@ struct an_rx_radiotap_header { Bitmap indicating which fields are present in the above structure: .Bd -literal -offset indent #define AN_RX_RADIOTAP_PRESENT \e - ((1 \*[Gt]\*[Gt] IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_FLAGS) | \e - (1 \*[Gt]\*[Gt] IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_RATE) | \e - (1 \*[Gt]\*[Gt] IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_CHANNEL) | \e - (1 \*[Gt]\*[Gt] IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DBM_ANTSIGNAL) | \e - (1 \*[Gt]\*[Gt] IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DBM_ANTNOISE)) + ((1 >> IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_FLAGS) | \e + (1 >> IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_RATE) | \e + (1 >> IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_CHANNEL) | \e + (1 >> IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DBM_ANTSIGNAL) | \e + (1 >> IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_DBM_ANTNOISE)) .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr bpf 4 , diff --git a/share/man/man9/in_getifa.9 b/share/man/man9/in_getifa.9 index 21c0b40e54e..98f33b73b78 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/in_getifa.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/in_getifa.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: in_getifa.9,v 1.8 2014/03/18 18:20:40 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: in_getifa.9,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006 David Young. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ net.inet.ip.interfaces.ath0.selectsrc = same-category,common-prefix-len,preferen The operator may set a new default, .Bd -literal -offset indent # sysctl -w net.inet.ip.selectsrc.debug=\ -\*[Gt] same-category,common-prefix-len,preference +> same-category,common-prefix-len,preference # sysctl -w net.inet.ip.interfaces.ath0.selectsrc= .Ed .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man9/ioasic.9 b/share/man/man9/ioasic.9 index c0f2fb110ee..5386e1cedca 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/ioasic.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/ioasic.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ioasic.9,v 1.12 2011/07/01 17:34:44 dyoung Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ioasic.9,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ the second DMA block, otherwise a DMA overrun error condition will occur. The IOASIC subsystem itself is implemented within the file .Pa sys/dev/tc/ioasic_subr.c . Machine-dependent portions can be found in -.Pa sys/arch/\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt]/tc/ioasic.c . +.Pa sys/arch/<arch>/tc/ioasic.c . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr ioasic 4 , .Xr autoconf 9 , diff --git a/share/man/man9/ioctl.9 b/share/man/man9/ioctl.9 index 5295182e66b..ba83940dd03 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/ioctl.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/ioctl.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ioctl.9,v 1.31 2013/03/06 22:07:54 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ioctl.9,v 1.32 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ notification to the application. #define FOOIOCTL _IOWR('i', 23, int) int a = 3; -error = ioctl(s, FOOICTL, \*[Am]a); +error = ioctl(s, FOOICTL, &a); .Ed .Pp Within the diff --git a/share/man/man9/itimerfix.9 b/share/man/man9/itimerfix.9 index 7e1191d6c18..27cc8534e3d 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/itimerfix.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/itimerfix.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: itimerfix.9,v 1.7 2008/04/30 13:10:58 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: itimerfix.9,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ The .Nm function checks that the value in .Fa tv -is valid (0 \*[Le] tv-\*[Gt]tv_sec \*[Am]\*[Am] 0 \*[Le] tv-\*[Gt]tv_usec \*[Lt] 1000000), and that the +is valid (0 \*[Le] tv->tv_sec && 0 \*[Le] tv->tv_usec < 1000000), and that the total time represented is at least one .Em tick , or zero. diff --git a/share/man/man9/kauth.9 b/share/man/man9/kauth.9 index 50ec7d5a513..715bff7a693 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/kauth.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/kauth.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: kauth.9,v 1.107 2017/03/18 19:01:01 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: kauth.9,v 1.108 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2005, 2006 Elad Efrat <elad@NetBSD.org> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -1152,8 +1152,8 @@ Keep in mind that it is the responsibility of the security model developer to check whether the underlying device is a disk or the system memory, using .Fn iskmemdev : .Bd -literal -offset indent -if ((vp-\*[Gt]v_type == VCHR) \*[Am]\*[Am] - iskmemdev(vp-\*[Gt]v_un.vu_specinfo-\*[Gt]si_rdev)) +if ((vp->v_type == VCHR) && + iskmemdev(vp->v_un.vu_specinfo->si_rdev)) /* system memory access */ .Ed .Pp @@ -1979,7 +1979,7 @@ wrapper. Older code had no abstraction of the security model, so most privilege checks looked like this: .Bd -literal -offset indent -if (suser(cred, \*[Am]acflag) == 0) +if (suser(cred, &acflag) == 0) /* allow privileged operation */ .Ed .Pp diff --git a/share/man/man9/kmem.9 b/share/man/man9/kmem.9 index 30968de3a92..a0e9d313fba 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/kmem.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/kmem.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: kmem.9,v 1.20 2016/02/29 00:34:17 chs Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: kmem.9,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c)2006 YAMAMOTO Takashi, .\" All rights reserved. @@ -286,8 +286,8 @@ option, which causes the debugger to be entered early during the kernel boot process. Issue commands such as the following: .Bd -literal -db\*[Gt] w kmem_guard_depth 0t30000 -db\*[Gt] c +db> w kmem_guard_depth 0t30000 +db> c .Ed .Pp This instructs diff --git a/share/man/man9/malloc.9 b/share/man/man9/malloc.9 index b0937dad087..c718f35d363 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/malloc.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/malloc.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: malloc.9,v 1.53 2015/08/07 13:56:48 maxv Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: malloc.9,v 1.54 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996, 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -205,12 +205,12 @@ code which needs to use the malloc type, providing the necessary extern declaration. .Pp Code which includes -\*[Lt]sys/malloc.h\*[Gt] +<sys/malloc.h> does not need to include -\*[Lt]sys/mallocvar.h\*[Gt] +<sys/mallocvar.h> to get these macro definitions. The -\*[Lt]sys/mallocvar.h\*[Gt] +<sys/mallocvar.h> header file is intended for other header files which need to use the .Fn MALLOC_DECLARE macro. diff --git a/share/man/man9/man9.i386/bioscall.9 b/share/man/man9/man9.i386/bioscall.9 index 0a1353daa57..28e1dfc4813 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/man9.i386/bioscall.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/man9.i386/bioscall.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bioscall.9,v 1.9 2010/05/05 05:49:38 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bioscall.9,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:31:01 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -101,15 +101,15 @@ The returns these details in the registers: .Pp .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]i386/bioscall.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]i386/apmvar.h\*[Gt] +#include <i386/bioscall.h> +#include <i386/apmvar.h> struct bioscallregs regs; regs.AX = APM_BIOS_FN(APM_INSTALLATION_CHECK); regs.BX = APM_DEV_APM_BIOS; regs.CX = regs.DX = 0; regs.ESI = regs.EDI = regs.EFLAGS = 0; -bioscall(APM_SYSTEM_BIOS, \*[Am]regs); +bioscall(APM_SYSTEM_BIOS, ®s); .Ed .Sh CODE REFERENCES .Pa sys/arch/i386/i386/bioscall.s , diff --git a/share/man/man9/mca.9 b/share/man/man9/mca.9 index ef68ccb7008..5ac4da15ac4 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/mca.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/mca.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mca.9,v 1.11 2013/03/15 19:32:31 njoly Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mca.9,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ Currently, no machine-independent support for MCA DMA is available. The MCA subsystem itself is implemented within the file .Pa sys/dev/mca/mca_subr.c . Machine-dependent portions can be found in -.Pa sys/arch/\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt]/mca/mca_machdep.c . +.Pa sys/arch/<arch>/mca/mca_machdep.c . The database of known devices exists within the file .Pa sys/dev/mca/mcadevs_data.h and is generated automatically from the file diff --git a/share/man/man9/mi_switch.9 b/share/man/man9/mi_switch.9 index 6942f993610..b7b38723dff 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/mi_switch.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/mi_switch.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mi_switch.9,v 1.3 2009/05/04 19:48:15 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mi_switch.9,v 1.4 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996, 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ cause a .Dv SIGKILL . .Pp Unless -.Fa l-\*[Gt]l_switchto +.Fa l->l_switchto is not .Dv NULL , .Fn mi_switch diff --git a/share/man/man9/microseq.9 b/share/man/man9/microseq.9 index 65978dc1aa9..39bb3c04355 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/microseq.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/microseq.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: microseq.9,v 1.5 2007/07/14 10:52:49 ad Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: microseq.9,v 1.6 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, Nicolas Souchu .\" All rights reserved. @@ -114,26 +114,26 @@ The parallel port must be considered as the logical model described in .Pp Available microinstructions are: .Bd -literal -#define MS_OP_GET 0 /* get \*[Lt]ptr\*[Gt], \*[Lt]len\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_PUT 1 /* put \*[Lt]ptr\*[Gt], \*[Lt]len\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_RFETCH 2 /* rfetch \*[Lt]reg\*[Gt], \*[Lt]mask\*[Gt], \*[Lt]ptr\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_RSET 3 /* rset \*[Lt]reg\*[Gt], \*[Lt]mask\*[Gt], \*[Lt]mask\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_RASSERT 4 /* rassert \*[Lt]reg\*[Gt], \*[Lt]mask\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_DELAY 5 /* delay \*[Lt]val\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_SET 6 /* set \*[Lt]val\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_DBRA 7 /* dbra \*[Lt]offset\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_BRSET 8 /* brset \*[Lt]mask\*[Gt], \*[Lt]offset\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_BRCLEAR 9 /* brclear \*[Lt]mask\*[Gt], \*[Lt]offset\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_RET 10 /* ret \*[Lt]retcode\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_C_CALL 11 /* c_call \*[Lt]function\*[Gt], \*[Lt]parameter\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_PTR 12 /* ptr \*[Lt]pointer\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_ADELAY 13 /* adelay \*[Lt]val\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_BRSTAT 14 /* brstat \*[Lt]mask\*[Gt], \*[Lt]mask\*[Gt], \*[Lt]offset\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_SUBRET 15 /* subret \*[Lt]code\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_CALL 16 /* call \*[Lt]microsequence\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_RASSERT_P 17 /* rassert_p \*[Lt]iter\*[Gt], \*[Lt]reg\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_RFETCH_P 18 /* rfetch_p \*[Lt]iter\*[Gt], \*[Lt]reg\*[Gt], \*[Lt]mask\*[Gt] */ -#define MS_OP_TRIG 19 /* trigger \*[Lt]reg\*[Gt], \*[Lt]len\*[Gt], \*[Lt]array\*[Gt] */ +#define MS_OP_GET 0 /* get <ptr>, <len> */ +#define MS_OP_PUT 1 /* put <ptr>, <len> */ +#define MS_OP_RFETCH 2 /* rfetch <reg>, <mask>, <ptr> */ +#define MS_OP_RSET 3 /* rset <reg>, <mask>, <mask> */ +#define MS_OP_RASSERT 4 /* rassert <reg>, <mask> */ +#define MS_OP_DELAY 5 /* delay <val> */ +#define MS_OP_SET 6 /* set <val> */ +#define MS_OP_DBRA 7 /* dbra <offset> */ +#define MS_OP_BRSET 8 /* brset <mask>, <offset> */ +#define MS_OP_BRCLEAR 9 /* brclear <mask>, <offset> */ +#define MS_OP_RET 10 /* ret <retcode> */ +#define MS_OP_C_CALL 11 /* c_call <function>, <parameter> */ +#define MS_OP_PTR 12 /* ptr <pointer> */ +#define MS_OP_ADELAY 13 /* adelay <val> */ +#define MS_OP_BRSTAT 14 /* brstat <mask>, <mask>, <offset> */ +#define MS_OP_SUBRET 15 /* subret <code> */ +#define MS_OP_CALL 16 /* call <microsequence> */ +#define MS_OP_RASSERT_P 17 /* rassert_p <iter>, <reg> */ +#define MS_OP_RFETCH_P 18 /* rfetch_p <iter>, <reg>, <mask> */ +#define MS_OP_TRIG 19 /* trigger <reg>, <len>, <array> */ .Ed .Ss Execution context The @@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ integer value .El .Pp Predefined macro: MS_SET(accum) -.Ss MS_OP_DBRA - \\*[Am]Do BRAnch +.Ss MS_OP_DBRA - \&Do BRAnch is used to branch if internal branch register decremented by one result value is positive. .Pp @@ -470,8 +470,8 @@ should use the function like this: .Bd -literal -offset indent ppb_MS_init_msq(select_microseq, 2, - SELECT_TARGET, 1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] target, - SELECT_INITIATOR, 1 \*[Lt]\*[Lt] initiator); + SELECT_TARGET, 1 << target, + SELECT_INITIATOR, 1 << initiator); .Ed .Pp and then execute the microsequence. diff --git a/share/man/man9/mutex.9 b/share/man/man9/mutex.9 index 42d4d7921e3..66beb1e4d93 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/mutex.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/mutex.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mutex.9,v 1.28 2017/05/02 08:20:20 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mutex.9,v 1.29 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007, 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -206,7 +206,7 @@ Otherwise, return zero. is provided for making diagnostic checks to verify that a lock is held. For example: .Bd -literal - KASSERT(mutex_owned(\*[Am]driver_lock)); + KASSERT(mutex_owned(&driver_lock)); .Ed .Pp It should not be used to make locking decisions at run time. @@ -244,13 +244,13 @@ must be acquired before the following can be used to optimistically lock in reverse order: .Bd -literal /* We hold second_lock, but not first_lock. */ - KASSERT(mutex_owned(\*[Am]second_lock)); + KASSERT(mutex_owned(&second_lock)); - if (!mutex_tryenter(\*[Am]first_lock)) { + if (!mutex_tryenter(&first_lock)) { /* Failed to get it - lock in the correct order. */ - mutex_exit(\*[Am]second_lock); - mutex_enter(\*[Am]first_lock); - mutex_enter(\*[Am]second_lock); + mutex_exit(&second_lock); + mutex_enter(&first_lock); + mutex_enter(&second_lock); /* * We may need to recheck any conditions the code diff --git a/share/man/man9/namei.9 b/share/man/man9/namei.9 index c3d5e668843..6df747b21f0 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/namei.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/namei.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: namei.9,v 1.49 2017/05/03 17:28:42 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: namei.9,v 1.50 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001, 2005, 2006, 2017 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -560,7 +560,7 @@ sets the credentials using .Xr kauth_cred_get 9 . In the rare case that another set of credentials is required for the namei operation, -.Em ndp-\*[Gt]ni_cnd.cn_cred +.Em ndp->ni_cnd.cn_cred must be set manually after .Fn NDINIT . .It Fn NDAT "ndp" "dvp" @@ -586,9 +586,9 @@ Direct initialization of members of struct nameidata is supported and may (will) break silently in the future. .Pp The vnode for the pathname is returned in -.Em ndp-\*[Gt]ni_vp . +.Em ndp->ni_vp . The parent directory is returned locked in -.Em ndp-\*[Gt]ni_dvp +.Em ndp->ni_dvp iff .Dv LOCKPARENT is specified. diff --git a/share/man/man9/opencrypto.9 b/share/man/man9/opencrypto.9 index 60cedfadab3..1d07963471f 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/opencrypto.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/opencrypto.9 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" $OpenBSD: crypto.9,v 1.25 2003/07/11 13:47:41 jmc Exp $ -.\" $NetBSD: opencrypto.9,v 1.16 2017/05/26 08:09:08 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: opencrypto.9,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" The author of this man page is Angelos D. Keromytis (angelos@cis.upenn.edu) .\" @@ -483,12 +483,12 @@ do asymmetric crypto requests. .It kern.cryptodevallowsoft Enable/disable access to hardware versus software operations: .Bl -tag -width xxx -.It \*[Lt] 0 +.It < 0 Force userlevel requests to use software operations, always. .It = 0 Use hardware if present, grant userlevel requests for non-accelerated operations (handling the latter in software). -.It \*[Gt] 0 +.It > 0 Allow user requests only for operations which are hardware-accelerated. .El .It opencrypto.crypto_ret_q.maxlen diff --git a/share/man/man9/pci.9 b/share/man/man9/pci.9 index 11d863f7683..848404d37a2 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/pci.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/pci.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pci.9,v 1.45 2016/07/12 09:50:36 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pci.9,v 1.46 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001, 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -843,7 +843,7 @@ The PCI subsystem itself is implemented within the files and .Pa sys/dev/pci/pciconf.c . Machine-dependent portions are implemented within the file -.Pa sys/arch/\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt]/pci/pci_machdep.c . +.Pa sys/arch/<arch>/pci/pci_machdep.c . .Pp The database of known devices exists within the file .Pa sys/dev/pci/pcidevs_data.h diff --git a/share/man/man9/pci_configure_bus.9 b/share/man/man9/pci_configure_bus.9 index a5ae5affc93..0f3b97feaa2 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/pci_configure_bus.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/pci_configure_bus.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pci_configure_bus.9,v 1.16 2012/07/14 05:32:17 rkujawa Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pci_configure_bus.9,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright 2001 Wasabi Systems, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -219,14 +219,14 @@ pci_conf_hook(pci_chipset_tag_t pc, int bus, int dev, int func, pcireg_t id) { - if ((PCI_VENDOR(id) == PCI_VENDOR_IBM \*[Am]\*[Am] + if ((PCI_VENDOR(id) == PCI_VENDOR_IBM && PCI_PRODUCT(id) == PCI_PRODUCT_IBM_405GP) || - (PCI_VENDOR(id) == PCI_VENDOR_INTEL \*[Am]\*[Am] + (PCI_VENDOR(id) == PCI_VENDOR_INTEL && PCI_PRODUCT(id) == PCI_PRODUCT_INTEL_80960_RP)) { /* Don't configure the bridge and PCI probe. */ return 0; } - return (PCI_CONF_ALL \*[Am] ~PCI_CONF_MAP_ROM); + return (PCI_CONF_ALL & ~PCI_CONF_MAP_ROM); } .Ed .Pp @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ pci_conf_interrupt(pci_chipset_tag_t pc, int bus, int dev, int pin, if (bus == 0) { *iline = dev; } else { - *iline = 13 + ((swiz + dev + 3) \*[Am] 3); + *iline = 13 + ((swiz + dev + 3) & 3); } } .Ed diff --git a/share/man/man9/ppi.9 b/share/man/man9/ppi.9 index a3bed380141..0816c2ebcac 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/ppi.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/ppi.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ppi.9,v 1.4 2005/12/26 19:48:12 perry Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ppi.9,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 .\" Michael Smith @@ -79,12 +79,12 @@ then high again, the following code fragment can be used: uint8_t val; val = 0x5a; - ioctl(fd, PPISDATA, \*[Am]val); - ioctl(fd, PPIGCTRL, \*[Am]val); + ioctl(fd, PPISDATA, &val); + ioctl(fd, PPIGCTRL, &val); val |= STROBE; - ioctl(fd, PPISCTRL, \*[Am]val); - val \*[Am]= ~STROBE; - ioctl(fd, PPISCTRL, \*[Am]val); + ioctl(fd, PPISCTRL, &val); + val &= ~STROBE; + ioctl(fd, PPISCTRL, &val); .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/share/man/man9/pserialize.9 b/share/man/man9/pserialize.9 index 176042cf7d2..75bd3fa85d6 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/pserialize.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/pserialize.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pserialize.9,v 1.12 2016/01/26 01:09:56 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pserialize.9,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2011 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -90,12 +90,12 @@ Given a global database of frotz records: .Pp Create a frotz and publish it, as a writer: .Bd -literal - struct frotz *f = pool_get(\*[Am]frotz_pool, PR_WAITOK); + struct frotz *f = pool_get(&frotz_pool, PR_WAITOK); /* Initialize f. */ ... - mutex_enter(\*[Am]frobbotzim.lock); + mutex_enter(&frobbotzim.lock); f->f_next = frobbotzim.first; /* * Publish the contents of f->f_next before we publish the @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Create a frotz and publish it, as a writer: */ membar_producer(); frobbotzim.first = f; - mutex_exit(\*[Am]frobbotzim.lock); + mutex_exit(&frobbotzim.lock); .Ed .Pp Find a frotz, as a reader: @@ -139,8 +139,8 @@ readers: .Bd -literal struct frotz **fp, *f; - mutex_enter(\*[Am]frobbotzim.lock); - for (fp = \*[Am]frobbotzim.first; (f = *fp) != NULL; fp = &f->f_next) { + mutex_enter(&frobbotzim.lock); + for (fp = &frobbotzim.first; (f = *fp) != NULL; fp = &f->f_next) { if (f->f_... == key) { /* * Unhook it from the list. Readers may still @@ -158,10 +158,10 @@ readers: */ pserialize_perform(frobbotzim.psz); /* Now nobody else can be touching f, so it is safe to free. */ - mutex_exit(\*[Am]frobbotzim.lock); + mutex_exit(&frobbotzim.lock); if (f != NULL) - pool_put(\*[Am]frotz_pool, f); + pool_put(&frotz_pool, f); .Ed .\" ----- .Sh CODE REFERENCES diff --git a/share/man/man9/pslist.9 b/share/man/man9/pslist.9 index 5ad6298b27e..cccb5185312 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/pslist.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/pslist.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pslist.9,v 1.17 2016/07/07 06:56:24 ozaki-r Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pslist.9,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2016 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -350,10 +350,10 @@ Example frotz structure and global state: .Pp Initialize the global state: .Bd -literal - mutex_init(\*[Am]frobnitzem.lock, MUTEX_DEFAULT, IPL_NONE); + mutex_init(&frobnitzem.lock, MUTEX_DEFAULT, IPL_NONE); frobnitzem.psz = pserialize_create(); - PSLIST_INIT(\*[Am]frobnitzem.list); - pool_init(\*[Am]frobnitzem.pool, sizeof(struct frotz), ...); + PSLIST_INIT(&frobnitzem.list); + pool_init(&frobnitzem.pool, sizeof(struct frotz), ...); .Ed .Pp Create and publish a frotz: @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ Create and publish a frotz: uint64_t key = ...; uint64_t datum = ...; - struct frotz *f = pool_get(\*[Am]frobnitzem.pool, PR_WAITOK); + struct frotz *f = pool_get(&frobnitzem.pool, PR_WAITOK); /* Initialize f. */ f->f_key = key; @@ -369,9 +369,9 @@ Create and publish a frotz: PSLIST_ENTRY_INIT(f, f_entry); /* Publish it. */ - mutex_enter(\*[Am]frobnitzem.lock); - PSLIST_WRITER_INSERT_HEAD(\*[Am]frobnitzem.list, f, f_entry); - mutex_exit(\*[Am]frobnitzem.lock); + mutex_enter(&frobnitzem.lock); + PSLIST_WRITER_INSERT_HEAD(&frobnitzem.list, f, f_entry); + mutex_exit(&frobnitzem.lock); .Ed .Pp Look up a frotz and return its associated datum: @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ Look up a frotz and return its associated datum: int s; s = pserialize_read_enter(); - PSLIST_READER_FOREACH(f, \*[Am]frobnitzem.list, struct frotz, f_entry) { + PSLIST_READER_FOREACH(f, &frobnitzem.list, struct frotz, f_entry) { if (f->f_key == key) { *datump = f->f_datum; error = 0; @@ -398,13 +398,13 @@ the memory allocated for it: .Bd -literal struct frotz *f = ...; - mutex_enter(\*[Am]frobnitzem.lock); + mutex_enter(&frobnitzem.lock); PSLIST_WRITER_REMOVE(f, f_entry); - pserialize_perform(\*[Am]frobnitzem.psz); - mutex_exit(\*[Am]frobnitzem.lock); + pserialize_perform(&frobnitzem.psz); + mutex_exit(&frobnitzem.lock); PSLIST_ENTRY_DESTROY(f, f_entry); - pool_put(\*[Am]frobnitzem.pool, f); + pool_put(&frobnitzem.pool, f); .Ed .\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" .Sh CODE REFERENCES diff --git a/share/man/man9/ras.9 b/share/man/man9/ras.9 index 59eddc3bcf5..f7c757d5709 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/ras.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/ras.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ras.9,v 1.15 2010/12/02 12:54:13 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ras.9,v 1.16 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ in Machine-dependent portions are implemented within .Xr cpu_switchto 9 in the machine-dependent file -.Pa sys/arch/\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt]/locore.S . +.Pa sys/arch/<arch>/<arch>/locore.S . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr rasctl 2 , .Xr cpu_switchto 9 , diff --git a/share/man/man9/rasops.9 b/share/man/man9/rasops.9 index c08044f86f2..0a7dfc70000 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/rasops.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/rasops.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rasops.9,v 1.16 2012/01/13 23:12:32 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rasops.9,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ struct rasops_info { u_char *ri_origbits; /* where screen bits actually start */ int ri_xorigin; /* where ri_bits begins (x) */ int ri_yorigin; /* where ri_bits begins (y) */ - int32_t ri_devcmap[16]; /* color -\*[Gt] framebuffer data */ + int32_t ri_devcmap[16]; /* color -> framebuffer data */ /* * The emulops you need to use, and the screen caps for wscons diff --git a/share/man/man9/ratecheck.9 b/share/man/man9/ratecheck.9 index 7a4725add5e..6c30a2f3f1a 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/ratecheck.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/ratecheck.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ratecheck.9,v 1.11 2008/04/30 13:10:58 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ratecheck.9,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -105,8 +105,8 @@ drv_errhandler(int err1, int err2) ... drv_err1count++; - if (ratecheck(\*[Am]drv_lasterr1notice, - \*[Am]drv_errinterval)) { + if (ratecheck(&drv_lasterr1notice, + &drv_errinterval)) { printf("drv: %ld err1 errors occurred", drv_err1count); drv_err1count = 0; @@ -117,8 +117,8 @@ drv_errhandler(int err1, int err2) ... drv_err2count++; - if (ratecheck(\*[Am]drv_lasterr2notice, - \*[Am]drv_errinterval)) { + if (ratecheck(&drv_lasterr2notice, + &drv_errinterval)) { printf("drv: %ld err2 errors occurred", drv_err2count); drv_err2count = 0; diff --git a/share/man/man9/rssadapt.9 b/share/man/man9/rssadapt.9 index 11696b8dc77..fff9b0ad2f3 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/rssadapt.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/rssadapt.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rssadapt.9,v 1.9 2014/03/18 18:20:40 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rssadapt.9,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004 David Young. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ state object belonging to the node which is the packet destination. However, if the destination is a broadcast/multicast address, then .Fa ra belongs to the BSS node, -.Va ic-\*[Gt]ic_bss . +.Va ic->ic_bss . .It Fa rs A list of eligible data rates for the node; for example, the rates negotiated when the node associated with the network. @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ is the exponential-average RSS at the time the packet was transmitted. .Fa id_rateidx is an index into the destination-neighbor's rate-set, -.Fa id_node-\*[Gt]ni_rates , +.Fa id_node->ni_rates , indicating the transmit data rate for the packet. .Pp An diff --git a/share/man/man9/scsipi.9 b/share/man/man9/scsipi.9 index 0d43a35e8bd..e22b6be5995 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/scsipi.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/scsipi.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: scsipi.9,v 1.30 2016/11/20 16:59:11 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: scsipi.9,v 1.31 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 Manuel Bouyer. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ Disable the adapter if .Va enable is zero, or enable it if non-zero. Returns 0 if operation is successful, or error from -.Pa \*[Lt]sys/errno.h\*[Gt] . +.Pa <sys/errno.h> . This callback is optional, and is useful mostly for hot-plug devices. For example, this callback would power on or off the relevant PCMCIA socket for a PCMCIA controller. @@ -527,7 +527,7 @@ set. will call the .Fn adapt_request callback again only if called with -.Fa xs-\*[Gt]error +.Fa xs->error set to .Dv XS_NOERROR , and diff --git a/share/man/man9/secmodel.9 b/share/man/man9/secmodel.9 index b89b925a837..eb6d10777d5 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/secmodel.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/secmodel.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: secmodel.9,v 1.21 2017/03/18 19:01:01 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: secmodel.9,v 1.22 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006 Elad Efrat <elad@NetBSD.org> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ .Ft int .Fn secmodel_eval "const char *id" "const char *what" "void *arg" "void *ret" .Ft static int -.Fn secmodel_\*[Lt]model\*[Gt]_eval "const char *what" "void *arg" \ +.Fn secmodel_<model>_eval "const char *what" "void *arg" \ "void *ret" .Sh DESCRIPTION .Nx @@ -106,14 +106,14 @@ that declares the behavior of this security model, like .Do copy credentials on fork . Dc .It Fa sm_eval (optional) the -.Fn secmodel_\*[Lt]model\*[Gt]_eval +.Fn secmodel_<model>_eval callback used by a .Nm to register an evaluation routine that can be queried later by another security model. .It Fa sm_setinfo (optional) the -.Fn secmodel_\*[Lt]model\*[Gt]_setinfo +.Fn secmodel_<model>_setinfo callback used by a .Nm to register a routine that permits other security models to @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ It is composed of (code-wise) the following components: routines, especially a .Fn MODULE declaration and a -.Fn secmodel_\*[Lt]model\*[Gt]_modcmd +.Fn secmodel_<model>_modcmd function used to start .Po through Dv MODULE_CMD_INIT Pc and stop @@ -202,12 +202,12 @@ the .Nm . .It Entry routines, named -.Fn secmodel_\*[Lt]model\*[Gt]_init +.Fn secmodel_<model>_init and -.Fn secmodel_\*[Lt]model\*[Gt]_start , +.Fn secmodel_<model>_start , used to initialize and start the security model, and another function called -.Fn secmodel_\*[Lt]model\*[Gt]_stop , +.Fn secmodel_<model>_stop , to stop the security model in case the module is to be unloaded. .It A @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ A setup routine for the model. This should create an entry for the model in the .Xr sysctl 7 -namespace, under the "security.models.\*[Lt]model\*[Gt]" hierarchy. +namespace, under the "security.models.<model>" hierarchy. .Pp All "knobs" for the model should be located under the new node, as well as a mandatory @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ the credentials scope, is required. .It Optionally, internal data-structures used by the model. -These must all be prefixed with "secmodel_\*[Lt]model\*[Gt]_". +These must all be prefixed with "secmodel_<model>_". .It A set of listeners, attached to various scopes, used to enforce the policy the model intends to implement. @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ secmodel_jenna_network_cb(kauth_cred_t cred, kauth_action_t action, * indicate a "reserved" user-id, allow the * request. */ - if (kauth_cred_geteuid(cred) \*[Lt] 1000) + if (kauth_cred_geteuid(cred) < 1000) result = KAUTH_RESULT_ALLOW; } break; @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@ the fall-back security model. .Pp Here is example code that implements the above: .Bd -literal -#include \*[Lt]secmodel/bsd44/bsd44.h\*[Gt] +#include <secmodel/bsd44/bsd44.h> /* * Internal fall-back scope for the network scope. @@ -398,7 +398,7 @@ secmodel_jenna_network_cb(kauth_cred_t cred, kauth_action_t action, * ports. */ if ((u_long)arg0 == KAUTH_REQ_NETWORK_BIND_PRIVPORT) { - if (kauth_cred_geteuid(cred) \*[Lt] 1000) + if (kauth_cred_geteuid(cred) < 1000) result = KAUTH_RESULT_ALLOW; } break; @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ secmodel_jenna_network_cb(kauth_cred_t cred, kauth_action_t action, * ports. */ if ((u_long)arg0 == KAUTH_REQ_NETWORK_BIND_PRIVPORT) { - if (kauth_cred_geteuid(cred) \*[Lt] 1000) + if (kauth_cred_geteuid(cred) < 1000) result = KAUTH_RESULT_ALLOW; } break; diff --git a/share/man/man9/signal.9 b/share/man/man9/signal.9 index 6b1a362728d..d404e084cf0 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/signal.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/signal.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: signal.9,v 1.23 2010/04/29 16:31:11 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: signal.9,v 1.24 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996, 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ which is described below. .It Fn kpgsignal "pgrp" "ks" "data" "checkctty" .Pp Schedule the signal -.Fa ks-\*[Gt]ksi_signo +.Fa ks->ksi_signo to be delivered to all members of the process group .Fa pgrp . If @@ -243,14 +243,14 @@ function below. .It Fn trapsignal "l" "ks" .Pp Sends the signal -.Fa ks-\*[Gt]ksi_signo +.Fa ks->ksi_signo caused by a hardware trap to the current process. .\" .\" XXX: Check for reality in 2010. .\" .\" This function is meant to be called by machine-dependent trap handling .\" code, through the -.\" .Dv p-\*[Gt]p_emul-\*[Gt]e_trapsignal +.\" .Dv p->p_emul->e_trapsignal .\" function pointer because some emulations define their own trapsignal .\" functions that remap the signal information to what the emulation .\" expects. @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ which is described below. .It Fn kpsignal "p" "ks" "data" .Pp Schedule the signal -.Fa ks-\*[Gt]ksi_signo +.Fa ks->ksi_signo to be delivered to the process .Fa p . The @@ -453,7 +453,7 @@ debuggers to determine the characteristics of the signal handler and its arguments. Trampoline functions are named like so: .Bd -literal -offset indent -__sigtramp_\*[Lt]flavor\*[Gt]_\*[Lt]version\*[Gt] +__sigtramp_<flavor>_<version> .Ed .Pp where: diff --git a/share/man/man9/sysctl.9 b/share/man/man9/sysctl.9 index addeef1c96f..f263c1e70d2 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/sysctl.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/sysctl.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sysctl.9,v 1.19 2017/03/18 19:01:01 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sysctl.9,v 1.20 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -505,18 +505,18 @@ sysctl_helper(SYSCTLFN_ARGS) struct sysctlnode node; int t, error; - t = *(int *)rnode-\*[Gt]sysctl_data; + t = *(int *)rnode->sysctl_data; node = *rnode; - node.sysctl_data = \*[Am]t; - error = sysctl_lookup(SYSCTLFN_CALL(\*[Am]node)); + node.sysctl_data = &t; + error = sysctl_lookup(SYSCTLFN_CALL(&node)); if (error || newp == NULL) return (error); - if (t \*[Lt] 0 || t \*[Gt] 20) + if (t < 0 || t > 20) return (EINVAL); - *(int *)rnode-\*[Gt]sysctl_data = t; + *(int *)rnode->sysctl_data = t; return (0); } .Ed diff --git a/share/man/man9/sysmon_envsys.9 b/share/man/man9/sysmon_envsys.9 index 57f1bff62b4..daa201c2514 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/sysmon_envsys.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/sysmon_envsys.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sysmon_envsys.9,v 1.45 2017/03/29 08:09:51 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sysmon_envsys.9,v 1.46 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007, 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ This can be used to set the state and other properties of the sensor depending on the data returned by the driver. .Em NOTE : .Em You don't have to refresh all sensors, only the sensor specified by the -.Sy edata-\*[Gt]sensor +.Sy edata->sensor .Em index . If this member is not specified, the device driver will be totally responsible for all updates of this sensor; the @@ -644,33 +644,33 @@ mydriver_initialize_sensors(struct mysoftc *sc) { ... /* sensor is initialized with a valid state */ - sc-\*[Gt]sc_sensor[0].state = ENVSYS_SVALID; + sc->sc_sensor[0].state = ENVSYS_SVALID; /* * the monitor member must be true to enable * automatic monitoring. */ - sc-\*[Gt]sc_sensor[0].monitor = true; + sc->sc_sensor[0].monitor = true; /* and now we specify the type of the monitoring event */ - sc-\*[Gt]sc_sensor[0].flags |= ENVSYS_FMONCRITICAL; + sc->sc_sensor[0].flags |= ENVSYS_FMONCRITICAL; ... } int mydriver_refresh(struct sysmon_envsys *sme, envsys_data_t *edata) { - struct mysoftc *sc = sme-\*[Gt]sme_cookie; + struct mysoftc *sc = sme->sme_cookie; /* we get current data from the driver */ - edata-\*[Gt]value_cur = sc-\*[Gt]sc_getdata(); + edata->value_cur = sc->sc_getdata(); /* * if value is too high, mark the sensor in * critical state. */ - if (edata-\*[Gt]value_cur \*[Gt] MYDRIVER_SENSOR0_HIWAT) { - edata-\*[Gt]state = ENVSYS_SCRITICAL; + if (edata->value_cur > MYDRIVER_SENSOR0_HIWAT) { + edata->state = ENVSYS_SCRITICAL; /* a critical event will be sent now automatically */ } else { /* @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@ mydriver_refresh(struct sysmon_envsys *sme, envsys_data_t *edata) * a critical state make sure to change sensor's state * to valid. */ - edata-\*[Gt]state = ENVSYS_SVALID; + edata->state = ENVSYS_SVALID; } ... } diff --git a/share/man/man9/tc.9 b/share/man/man9/tc.9 index 485f84394d1..d0c719f1c44 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/tc.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/tc.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: tc.9,v 1.12 2011/07/01 17:34:44 dyoung Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: tc.9,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ interface. The TURBOchannel subsystem itself is implemented within the file .Pa sys/dev/tc/tc_subr.c . Machine-dependent portions can be found in -.Pa sys/arch/\*[Lt]arch\*[Gt]/tc/tcbus.c . +.Pa sys/arch/<arch>/tc/tcbus.c . .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr tc 4 , .Xr autoconf 9 , diff --git a/share/man/man9/uiomove.9 b/share/man/man9/uiomove.9 index 1c35471b217..a950f7dae95 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/uiomove.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/uiomove.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: uiomove.9,v 1.17 2010/04/26 07:51:36 jruoho Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: uiomove.9,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ A pointer to the address space which is being transferred to or from. .El .Pp The value of -.Va uio-\*[Gt]uio_rw +.Va uio->uio_rw controls whether .Fn uiomove copies data from @@ -126,16 +126,16 @@ or vice versa. The lesser of .Fa n or -.Va uio-\*[Gt]uio_resid +.Va uio->uio_resid bytes are copied. .Pp .Fn uiomove changes fields of the structure pointed to by .Fa uio , such that -.Va uio-\*[Gt]uio_resid +.Va uio->uio_resid is decremented by the amount of data moved, -.Va uio-\*[Gt]uio_offset +.Va uio->uio_offset is incremented by the same amount, and the array of iovecs is adjusted to point that much farther into the region described. This allows multiple calls to diff --git a/share/man/man9/uvm.9 b/share/man/man9/uvm.9 index b08cdd3e3a5..26761e5fdeb 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/uvm.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/uvm.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: uvm.9,v 1.113 2017/03/18 19:01:01 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: uvm.9,v 1.114 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 Matthew R. Green .\" All rights reserved. @@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ frees the physical page If the content of the page is known to be zero-filled, caller should set .Dv PG_ZERO -in pg-\*[Gt]flags so that the page allocator will use +in pg->flags so that the page allocator will use the page to serve future .Dv UVM_PGA_ZERO requests efficiently. @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ frees the list of pages pointed to by If the content of the page is known to be zero-filled, caller should set .Dv PG_ZERO -in pg-\*[Gt]flags so that the page allocator will use +in pg->flags so that the page allocator will use the page to serve future .Dv UVM_PGA_ZERO requests efficiently. diff --git a/share/man/man9/vfsops.9 b/share/man/man9/vfsops.9 index 2786124134c..7de6665bcf9 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/vfsops.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/vfsops.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: vfsops.9,v 1.47 2015/07/12 08:11:27 hannken Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: vfsops.9,v 1.48 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ attributes of an existing file system. If the flag .Dv MNT_UPDATE is set in -.Va mp-\*[Gt]mnt_flag , +.Va mp->mnt_flag , the file system should update its state. This can be used, for instance, to convert a read-only file system to read-write. diff --git a/share/man/man9/vfssubr.9 b/share/man/man9/vfssubr.9 index 1322dd6dd38..1026e07a0f3 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/vfssubr.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/vfssubr.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: vfssubr.9,v 1.27 2017/04/17 18:57:23 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: vfssubr.9,v 1.28 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003, 2005, 2006 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Get a new unique file system id type for the file system specified by the mount structure .Fa mp . The file system id type is stored in -.Em mp-\*[Gt]mnt_stat.f_fsidx . +.Em mp->mnt_stat.f_fsidx . .It Fn vfs_getvfs "fsid" Lookup a mount point with the file system identifier .Fa fsid . diff --git a/share/man/man9/vmem.9 b/share/man/man9/vmem.9 index 95dd61d5ecf..efda4c988ee 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/vmem.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/vmem.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: vmem.9,v 1.16 2016/02/29 00:34:17 chs Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: vmem.9,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c)2006 YAMAMOTO Takashi, .\" All rights reserved. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ calls .Fa arg .Fa size .Fa flags -.Fa "\*[Am]addrp" +.Fa "&addrp" .Fc to import a span of size at least .Fa size . @@ -214,9 +214,9 @@ calls .Fo "(*allocfn)" .Fa arg .Fa size -.Fa "\*[Am]actualsize" +.Fa "&actualsize" .Fa flags -.Fa "\*[Am]addrp" +.Fa "&addrp" .Fc to import a span of size at least .Fa size . diff --git a/share/man/man9/vnode.9 b/share/man/man9/vnode.9 index a535b872f50..0c713ef78fc 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/vnode.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/vnode.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: vnode.9,v 1.80 2017/05/28 16:39:41 hannken Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: vnode.9,v 1.81 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001, 2005, 2006 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@ directly. Mark the vnode .Fa vp as active by incrementing -.Em vp-\*[Gt]v_holdcnt . +.Em vp->v_holdcnt . Once held, the vnode will not be recycled until it is released with .Fn holdrele . @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ released with Mark the vnode .Fa vp as inactive by decrementing -.Em vp-\*[Gt]v_holdcnt . +.Em vp->v_holdcnt . .It Fn vcache_get "mp" "key" "key_len" "vpp" Allocate a new vnode. The new vnode is returned referenced in the address specified by @@ -698,11 +698,11 @@ to .Fa maj . .It Fn vwakeup "bp" Update outstanding I/O count -.Em vp-\*[Gt]v_numoutput +.Em vp->v_numoutput for the vnode -.Em bp-\*[Gt]b_vp +.Em bp->b_vp and do a wakeup if requested and -.Em vp-\*[Gt]vflag +.Em vp->vflag has .Dv VBWAIT set. @@ -714,9 +714,9 @@ The argument specifies whether the I/O should be synchronous and .Fn vflushbuf will sleep until -.Em vp-\*[Gt]v_numoutput +.Em vp->v_numoutput is zero and -.Em vp-\*[Gt]v_dirtyblkhd +.Em vp->v_dirtyblkhd is empty. .It Fn vinvalbuf "vp" "flags" "cred" "l" "slpflag" "slptimeo" Flush out and invalidate all buffers associated with locked vnode diff --git a/share/man/man9/vnodeops.9 b/share/man/man9/vnodeops.9 index 053e52c753f..07d2e634b90 100644 --- a/share/man/man9/vnodeops.9 +++ b/share/man/man9/vnodeops.9 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: vnodeops.9,v 1.98 2017/04/11 14:25:02 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: vnodeops.9,v 1.99 2017/07/03 21:28:48 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2001, 2005, 2006 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ mask for operation .El .Pp Valid values for -.Em cn-\*[Gt]cn_flags +.Em cn->cn_flags are: .Pp .Bl -tag -offset indent -width LOCKPARENT -compact @@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ If the pathname component is found, the address of the resulting unlocked vnode is returned in .Fa vpp . The operation specified in -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_nameiop +.Em cnp->cn_nameiop indicates .Fn VOP_LOOKUP the reason for requesting the lookup and uses it to cache @@ -440,15 +440,15 @@ when a file is being created. Normally, .Fn VOP_LOOKUP will have set the SAVENAME flag in -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_flags +.Em cnp->cn_flags to keep the memory pointed to by -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_pnbuf +.Em cnp->cn_pnbuf valid. If an error is detected when creating the file, this memory is released. If the file is created successfully it will be released unless the SAVESTART flags in specified in -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_flags . +.Em cnp->cn_flags . .It Fn VOP_MKNOD "dvp" "vpp" "cnp" "vap" Make a new device-special file in a given directory. The argument @@ -472,15 +472,15 @@ when a device-special file is being created. Normally, .Fn VOP_LOOKUP will have set the SAVENAME flag in -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_flags +.Em cnp->cn_flags to keep the memory pointed to by -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_pnbuf +.Em cnp->cn_pnbuf valid. If an error is detected when creating the device-special file, this memory is released. If the device-special file is created successfully it will be released unless the SAVESTART flags in specified in -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_flags . +.Em cnp->cn_flags . .It Fn VOP_OPEN "vp" "mode" "cred" Open a file. The argument @@ -552,11 +552,11 @@ The argument specifies the calling credentials. .Fn VOP_GETATTR uses the file system type specific data object -.Em vp-\*[Gt]v_data +.Em vp->v_data to reference the underlying file attributes. .\" Attributes associated with the file are collected by setting the .\" required attribute bits in -.\" .Em vap-\*[Gt]va_mask . +.\" .Em vap->va_mask . The attributes are returned in .Fa vap . Attributes which are not available are set to the value VNOVAL. @@ -581,13 +581,13 @@ The argument specifies the calling credentials. .Fn VOP_SETATTR uses the file system type specific data object -.Em vp-\*[Gt]v_data +.Em vp->v_data to reference the underlying file attributes. The new attributes are defined in .Fa vap . .\" Attributes associated with the file are set by setting the required .\" attribute bits in -.\" .Em vap-\*[Gt]va_mask . +.\" .Em vap->va_mask . Attributes which are not being modified by .Fn VOP_SETATTR should be set to the value VNOVAL. @@ -941,15 +941,15 @@ when a directory is being created. Normally, .Fn VOP_LOOKUP will have set the SAVENAME flag in -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_flags +.Em cnp->cn_flags to keep the memory pointed to by -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_pnbuf +.Em cnp->cn_pnbuf valid. If an error is detected when creating the directory, this memory is released. If the directory is created successfully it will be released unless the SAVESTART flags in specified in -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_flags . +.Em cnp->cn_flags . .It Fn VOP_RMDIR "dvp" "vp" "cnp" Remove a directory in a given directory. The argument @@ -991,15 +991,15 @@ when a symbolic link is being created. Normally, .Fn VOP_LOOKUP will have set the SAVENAME flag in -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_flags +.Em cnp->cn_flags to keep the memory pointed to by -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_pnbuf +.Em cnp->cn_pnbuf valid. If an error is detected when creating the symbolic link, this memory is released. If the symbolic link is created successfully it will be released unless the SAVESTART flags in specified in -.Em cnp-\*[Gt]cn_flags . +.Em cnp->cn_flags . .It Fn VOP_READDIR "vp" "uio" "cred" "eofflag" "cookies" "ncookies" Read directory entry. The argument @@ -1035,7 +1035,7 @@ should be if they aren't required to be returned by .Fn VOP_READDIR . The directory contents are read into struct dirent structures and -.Fa uio-\*[Gt]uio_offset +.Fa uio->uio_offset is set to the offset of the next unread directory entry. This offset may be used in a following invocation to continue a sequential read of the directory contents. @@ -1275,7 +1275,7 @@ is a description of the lock. In the case of .Dv SEEK_CUR , The caller should add the current file offset to -fl-\*[Gt]l_start beforehand. +fl->l_start beforehand. .Fn VOP_ADVLOCK treats .Dv SEEK_CUR @@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ The argument is the buffer to be read or written. .Fn VOP_STRATEGY will either read or write data to the file depending on the value of -.Em bp-\*[Gt]b_flags . +.Em bp->b_flags . If the operation is successful zero is returned, otherwise an appropriate error code is returned. .It Fn VOP_BWRITE "vp" "bp" diff --git a/usr.bin/asa/asa.1 b/usr.bin/asa/asa.1 index 71508408017..ab76d289cc7 100644 --- a/usr.bin/asa/asa.1 +++ b/usr.bin/asa/asa.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: asa.1,v 1.13 2016/06/06 14:25:12 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: asa.1,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:34:18 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993 Winning Strategies, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -47,20 +47,20 @@ and writes them to the standard output. .Pp The first character of each line is interpreted as a carriage-control character. The following characters are interpreted as follows: -.Bl -tag -width "\*[Lt]space\*[Gt]" -.It \*[Lt]space\*[Gt] +.Bl -tag -width "<space>" +.It <space> Output the rest of the line without change. .It 0 -Output a \*[Lt]newline\*[Gt] character before printing the rest of the line. +Output a <newline> character before printing the rest of the line. .It 1 -Output a \*[Lt]formfeed\*[Gt] character before printing the rest of the line. +Output a <formfeed> character before printing the rest of the line. .It + -The trailing \*[Lt]newline\*[Gt] of the previous line is replaced by a \*[Lt]carriage-return\*[Gt] +The trailing <newline> of the previous line is replaced by a <carriage-return> before printing the rest of the line. .El .Pp Lines beginning with characters other than the above are treated as if they -begin with \*[Lt]space\*[Gt]. +begin with <space>. .Sh EXIT STATUS .Ex -std .Sh EXAMPLES diff --git a/usr.bin/basename/basename.1 b/usr.bin/basename/basename.1 index 3cbb8b223c9..166b5065873 100644 --- a/usr.bin/basename/basename.1 +++ b/usr.bin/basename/basename.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: basename.1,v 1.17 2003/09/06 20:56:40 kleink Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: basename.1,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:34:18 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Both the and .Nm dirname utilities -exit 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +exit 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh EXAMPLES The following line sets the shell variable .Ev FOO diff --git a/usr.bin/bdes/bdes.1 b/usr.bin/bdes/bdes.1 index f9904482f59..770ca38101f 100644 --- a/usr.bin/bdes/bdes.1 +++ b/usr.bin/bdes/bdes.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bdes.1,v 1.14 2010/01/15 19:40:17 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bdes.1,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:34:18 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ does too, but this may be changed from the command line. .Rs .%A Bruce Schneier .%T Applied Cryptography (2nd edition) -.%I John Wiley \*[Am] Sons, Inc. +.%I John Wiley & Sons, Inc. .%O New York, NY .\" should be .%C as soon as it's supported. .%D 1996 diff --git a/usr.bin/calendar/calendar.1 b/usr.bin/calendar/calendar.1 index 8f7eb4fed86..dc045f97a93 100644 --- a/usr.bin/calendar/calendar.1 +++ b/usr.bin/calendar/calendar.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: calendar.1,v 1.26 2016/06/03 02:06:40 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: calendar.1,v 1.27 2017/07/03 21:34:18 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -154,8 +154,8 @@ are ignored. .Pp Some possible calendar entries: .Bd -literal -offset indent -#include \*[Lt]calendar.usholiday\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]calendar.birthday\*[Gt] +#include <calendar.usholiday> +#include <calendar.birthday> 6/15 ... June 15 (if ambiguous, will default to month/day). Jun. 15 ... June 15. diff --git a/usr.bin/cksum/cksum.1 b/usr.bin/cksum/cksum.1 index 3de15fd351f..57c63b1f58f 100644 --- a/usr.bin/cksum/cksum.1 +++ b/usr.bin/cksum/cksum.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: cksum.1,v 1.47 2014/08/31 07:23:53 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: cksum.1,v 1.48 2017/07/03 21:34:18 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ The list is read from .Ar sumfile , or from stdin if no filename is given. E.g. first run -.Dl Ic md5 *.tgz \*[Gt] MD5 -.Dl Ic sha1 *.tgz \*[Gt] SHA1 +.Dl Ic md5 *.tgz > MD5 +.Dl Ic sha1 *.tgz > SHA1 to generate a list of MD5 checksums in .Pa MD5 , then use the following command to verify them: @@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ The .Nm and .Nm sum -utilities exit 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utilities exit 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr openssl 1 , .Xr mtree 8 diff --git a/usr.bin/cmp/cmp.1 b/usr.bin/cmp/cmp.1 index 5a140225102..e61f62cae8b 100644 --- a/usr.bin/cmp/cmp.1 +++ b/usr.bin/cmp/cmp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: cmp.1,v 1.12 2016/12/14 15:24:06 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: cmp.1,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:34:18 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ option has not been specified, .Nm writes to standard output that EOF was reached in the shorter file (before any differences were found). -.It \*[Gt]1 +.It >1 An error occurred. .El .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/usr.bin/compress/compress.1 b/usr.bin/compress/compress.1 index d3daffb195d..22e221c31f7 100644 --- a/usr.bin/compress/compress.1 +++ b/usr.bin/compress/compress.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: compress.1,v 1.14 2003/08/07 11:13:28 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: compress.1,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:34:18 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1986, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ time to compute. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr zcat 1 .Rs diff --git a/usr.bin/config/config.5 b/usr.bin/config/config.5 index 18b7fa9e922..d8f78c3025e 100644 --- a/usr.bin/config/config.5 +++ b/usr.bin/config/config.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: config.5,v 1.37 2016/07/19 17:01:04 maya Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: config.5,v 1.38 2017/07/03 21:34:18 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006, 2007 The NetBSD Foundation. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ conditionals, referred to as .Ar condition later in this documentation. The syntax for those conditions uses well-known operators ( -.Dq \*[Am] , +.Dq & , .Dq | and .Dq \&! ) @@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ the preamble may contain the following optional statements: .It Ic build Ar path Defines the build directory for the compilation of the kernel. It replaces the default of -.Pa ../compile/\*[Lt]config-file\*[Gt] +.Pa ../compile/<config-file> and is superseded by the .Fl b parameter of @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ The optional argument names a header file that will contain the C pre-processor definition for the option. If no file name is given, it will default to -.Ar opt_\*[Lt]option\*[Gt].h . +.Ar opt_<option>.h . .Xr config 1 will always create the header file, but if the user choose not to select the option, it will be empty. @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ and .Ic needs-flag both produce a header file for each of the considered attributes. The name of that file is -.Pa \*[Lt]attribute\*[Gt].h . +.Pa <attribute>.h . It contains one pre-processor definition of .Dv NATTRIBUTE set to 0 if the attribute was not selected by the user, or to the number of @@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ Adds or appends to a definition in the generated A definition cannot be overriden, it must be removed before it can be added again. Optionally, if an option -.Pa makeoptions_\*[Lt]name\*[Gt] +.Pa makeoptions_<name> is defined with .Ic defparam , the diff --git a/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.1 b/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.1 index 14ed2f8dfe6..1dd72e8871d 100644 --- a/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.1 +++ b/usr.bin/ctags/ctags.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ctags.1,v 1.17 2014/04/13 01:45:34 snj Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ctags.1,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ it may be desired to run the output through .Xr sort 1 . Sample use: .Bd -literal -offset indent -ctags \-v files \&| sort \-f \*[Gt] index +ctags \-v files \&| sort \-f > index vgrind \-x index .Ed .It Fl w diff --git a/usr.bin/error/error.1 b/usr.bin/error/error.1 index 9ec53a11a35..3ae0c10a2bc 100644 --- a/usr.bin/error/error.1 +++ b/usr.bin/error/error.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: error.1,v 1.19 2016/06/06 16:32:19 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: error.1,v 1.20 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -139,13 +139,13 @@ For example, when using the .Xr sh 1 syntax .Pp -.Dl make \-s lint 2\*[Gt]\*[Am]1 \&| error \-q \-v +.Dl make \-s lint 2>&1 \&| error \-q \-v .Pp or the .Xr csh 1 syntax .Pp -.Dl make \-s lint \&|\*[Am] error \-q \-v +.Dl make \-s lint \&|& error \-q \-v .Pp .Nm will analyze all the error messages produced diff --git a/usr.bin/fgen/fgen.1 b/usr.bin/fgen/fgen.1 index cad2ecd5ef7..74e25ba7dde 100644 --- a/usr.bin/fgen/fgen.1 +++ b/usr.bin/fgen/fgen.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: fgen.1,v 1.9 2009/10/19 18:12:37 snj Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: fgen.1,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:34:57 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 Eduardo Horvath, All Rights Reserved. .\" @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ Reads Forth source and generates tokenized FCode object file. .\" .Sh STANDARDS .\" .Sh HISTORY .Sh AUTHORS -Written by Eduardo E. Horvath \*[Lt]eeh@one-o.com\*[Gt] +Written by Eduardo E. Horvath <eeh@one-o.com> .Sh BUGS String escape sequences are not recognized so things such as .Pp diff --git a/usr.bin/find/find.1 b/usr.bin/find/find.1 index 63200efc6cb..60ce94a08f4 100644 --- a/usr.bin/find/find.1 +++ b/usr.bin/find/find.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: find.1,v 1.88 2017/06/04 08:48:05 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: find.1,v 1.89 2017/07/03 21:34:57 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ If the file is a block or character special file, the major and minor numbers will be displayed instead of the size in bytes. If the file is a symbolic link, the pathname of the linked-to file will be displayed preceded by -.Dq -\*[Gt] . +.Dq -> . The format is identical to that produced by .Dq ls -dgils . .Pp @@ -939,7 +939,7 @@ tree traversal options to be changed. .Sh HISTORY A much simpler .Nm -command appeared in First Edition AT\*[Am]T Unix. +command appeared in First Edition AT&T Unix. The syntax had become similar to the present version by the time of the Fifth Edition. .Sh BUGS diff --git a/usr.bin/fpr/fpr.1 b/usr.bin/fpr/fpr.1 index a24cf149633..0d9304d053a 100644 --- a/usr.bin/fpr/fpr.1 +++ b/usr.bin/fpr/fpr.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: fpr.1,v 1.12 2012/03/22 07:58:18 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: fpr.1,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:34:57 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ are simulated using backspaces. .Sh EXAMPLES .Dl a.out \&| fpr \&| lpr .Pp -.Dl fpr \*[Lt] f77.output \&| lpr +.Dl fpr < f77.output \&| lpr .Sh HISTORY The .Nm diff --git a/usr.bin/fstat/fstat.1 b/usr.bin/fstat/fstat.1 index 7cf94b7837a..6d7c55b3551 100644 --- a/usr.bin/fstat/fstat.1 +++ b/usr.bin/fstat/fstat.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: fstat.1,v 1.33 2013/12/15 09:20:48 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: fstat.1,v 1.34 2017/07/03 21:34:57 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -229,12 +229,12 @@ A unidirectional .Ux domain socket indicates the direction of flow with an arrow .Po -.Dq \*[Lt]- +.Dq <- or -.Dq -\*[Gt] +.Dq -> .Pc , and a full duplex socket shows a double arrow -.Pq Dq \*[Lt]-\*[Gt] . +.Pq Dq <-> . .Pp For internet sockets .Nm diff --git a/usr.bin/ftp/ftp.1 b/usr.bin/ftp/ftp.1 index b76a338cca3..a418f6cad8e 100644 --- a/usr.bin/ftp/ftp.1 +++ b/usr.bin/ftp/ftp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ftp.1,v 1.135 2015/04/23 23:31:23 lukem Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ftp.1,v 1.136 2017/07/03 21:34:57 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996-2015 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ from the user. When .Nm is awaiting commands from the user the prompt -.Ql ftp\*[Gt] +.Ql ftp> is provided to the user. The following commands are recognized by @@ -528,7 +528,7 @@ When debugging is on, .Nm prints each command sent to the remote machine, preceded by the string -.Ql \-\-\*[Gt] . +.Ql \-\-> . .It Ic gate Op Ar host Op Ar port Toggle gate-ftp mode, which used to connect through the TIS FWTK and Gauntlet ftp proxies. @@ -897,7 +897,7 @@ the output filename "myfile.data" for input filenames "myfile.data" and Spaces may be included in .Ar outpattern , as in the example: -.Dl nmap $1 sed "s/ *$//" \*[Gt] $1 +.Dl nmap $1 sed "s/ *$//" > $1 Use the .Sq \e character to prevent special treatment @@ -2150,7 +2150,7 @@ By default, this is bound to the TAB key. By default, .Nm displays a command line prompt of -.Dq "ftp\*[Gt] " +.Dq "ftp> " to the user. This can be changed with the .Ic "set prompt" @@ -2182,7 +2182,7 @@ the format .\" ``/<number>trailing'' .Do .Sm off -.Li / Li \*[Lt] Va number Li \*[Gt] +.Li / Li < Va number Li > .Va trailing .Sm on .Dc @@ -2234,7 +2234,7 @@ only .It Ev FTPPROMPT Command-line prompt to use. Defaults to -.Dq "ftp\*[Gt] " . +.Dq "ftp> " . Refer to .Sx COMMAND LINE PROMPT for more information. diff --git a/usr.bin/gcore/gcore.1 b/usr.bin/gcore/gcore.1 index 06716e0dc9e..e99a1b48d71 100644 --- a/usr.bin/gcore/gcore.1 +++ b/usr.bin/gcore/gcore.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: gcore.1,v 1.16 2017/03/26 22:00:04 kamil Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: gcore.1,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ creates a core image of the specified processes suitable for use with .Xr gdb 1 . By default, the core is written to the file -.Dq Pa \*[Lt]progname\*[Gt].core , +.Dq Pa <progname>.core , where .Dq Aq Pa progname is the program name of the process corresponding to the pid that is given on @@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ the command line. This filename can be changed by supplying the .Fl c Ar corename argument, or setting -.Dq Pa proc.\*[Lt]pid\*[Gt].corename +.Dq Pa proc.<pid>.corename with .Xr sysctl 8 . .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /var/log/messages -compact -.It Pa \*[Lt]progname\*[Gt].core +.It Pa <progname>.core The core image. .El .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/usr.bin/head/head.1 b/usr.bin/head/head.1 index 545f7a89c46..a8ee6536266 100644 --- a/usr.bin/head/head.1 +++ b/usr.bin/head/head.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: head.1,v 1.12 2004/05/04 23:44:21 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: head.1,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ counts bytes instead of lines. If more than a single file is specified, or the .Fl v option is used, each file is preceded by a header consisting of the string -.Dq ==\*[Gt] XXX \*[Le]= +.Dq ==> XXX \*[Le]= where .Dq XXX is the name of the file. @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ flag disables the printing of the header in all cases. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh COMPATIBILITY The historic command line syntax of .Nm diff --git a/usr.bin/id/groups.1 b/usr.bin/id/groups.1 index f9154bb2771..b43914a96dc 100644 --- a/usr.bin/id/groups.1 +++ b/usr.bin/id/groups.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: groups.1,v 1.9 2003/08/07 11:14:06 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: groups.1,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)groups.1 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 -.\" $NetBSD: groups.1,v 1.9 2003/08/07 11:14:06 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: groups.1,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd June 6, 1993 .Dt GROUPS 1 @@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ belong. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr id 1 diff --git a/usr.bin/id/id.1 b/usr.bin/id/id.1 index 720c73acef1..7ee419748dc 100644 --- a/usr.bin/id/id.1 +++ b/usr.bin/id/id.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: id.1,v 1.12 2004/11/19 14:18:01 peter Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: id.1,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Display the effective user ID as a number. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr who 1 .Sh STANDARDS diff --git a/usr.bin/join/join.1 b/usr.bin/join/join.1 index db48ef3025a..7f8df111f0f 100644 --- a/usr.bin/join/join.1 +++ b/usr.bin/join/join.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: join.1,v 1.13 2012/04/08 22:00:39 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: join.1,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)join.1 8.3 (Berkeley) 4/28/95 -.\" $NetBSD: join.1,v 1.13 2012/04/08 22:00:39 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: join.1,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd April 28, 1995 .Dt JOIN 1 @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ is ``-'', the standard input is used. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh COMPATIBILITY For compatibility with historic versions of .Nm , diff --git a/usr.bin/jot/jot.1 b/usr.bin/jot/jot.1 index 0c152958512..85a7536a75a 100644 --- a/usr.bin/jot/jot.1 +++ b/usr.bin/jot/jot.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: jot.1,v 1.14 2016/01/04 23:56:22 kamil Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: jot.1,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ The command: prints the stuttering sequence 9, 8, 8, 7, etc. .Pp The command: -.Dl "jot \-b x 512 \*[Gt] block" +.Dl "jot \-b x 512 > block" creates a file containing exactly 1024 bytes. .Pp The command: diff --git a/usr.bin/lam/lam.1 b/usr.bin/lam/lam.1 index 8c8ed1edab6..5078911d98b 100644 --- a/usr.bin/lam/lam.1 +++ b/usr.bin/lam/lam.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: lam.1,v 1.10 2016/01/04 23:57:23 kamil Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: lam.1,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ lam file1 \-s "\e .Pp Every 2 lines of a file may be joined on one line with .Bd -literal -offset indent -lam \- \- \*[Lt] file +lam \- \- < file .Ed .Pp and a form letter with substitutions keyed by diff --git a/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.1 b/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.1 index 0e2e3201fed..602946833ee 100644 --- a/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.1 +++ b/usr.bin/ldd/ldd.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ldd.1,v 1.18 2009/09/07 20:06:21 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ldd.1,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ and allows customization of .Nm ldd Ns 's output. The first format argument is used for library objects and defaults to -.Qq "\et-l%o.%m =\*[Gt] %p\en" . +.Qq "\et-l%o.%m => %p\en" . The second format argument is used for non-library objects and defaults to -.Qq "\et%o =\*[Gt] %p\en" . +.Qq "\et%o => %p\en" . .Pp These arguments are interpreted as format strings a la .Xr printf 3 @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ The .Fl o option is an alias for .Fl f -.Ar \&%a:-l\&%o.\&%m =\*[Gt] \&%p\en , +.Ar \&%a:-l\&%o.\&%m => \&%p\en , which makes .Nm behave analogously to diff --git a/usr.bin/locate/locate/locate.1 b/usr.bin/locate/locate/locate.1 index ff1d235886e..8e38603c042 100644 --- a/usr.bin/locate/locate/locate.1 +++ b/usr.bin/locate/locate/locate.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: locate.1,v 1.17 2010/05/14 17:06:40 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: locate.1,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ Default database .El .Sh EXIT STATUS .Nm -exits with a 0 if a match is found, and \*[Gt]0 if no match is found or if +exits with a 0 if a match is found, and >0 if no match is found or if another problem (such as a missing or corrupted database file) is encountered. .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/usr.bin/logname/logname.1 b/usr.bin/logname/logname.1 index 8c57897b455..00b09978b62 100644 --- a/usr.bin/logname/logname.1 +++ b/usr.bin/logname/logname.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: logname.1,v 1.12 2003/08/07 11:14:26 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: logname.1,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:34:19 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ because the environment cannot be trusted. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr who 1 , .Xr whoami 1 , diff --git a/usr.bin/look/look.1 b/usr.bin/look/look.1 index 8e094c0fbca..2918dd396de 100644 --- a/usr.bin/look/look.1 +++ b/usr.bin/look/look.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: look.1,v 1.9 2010/05/14 17:10:38 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: look.1,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ are compared. The .Nm utility exits 0 if one or more lines were found and displayed, -1 if no lines were found, and \*[Gt]1 if an error occurred. +1 if no lines were found, and >1 if an error occurred. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /usr/share/dict/words -compact .It Pa /usr/share/dict/words diff --git a/usr.bin/mail/mail.1 b/usr.bin/mail/mail.1 index c99c5f76d8a..333c8c2cb1b 100644 --- a/usr.bin/mail/mail.1 +++ b/usr.bin/mail/mail.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mail.1,v 1.62 2017/01/23 10:05:25 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mail.1,v 1.63 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ as described below. These message .Dq specs may be combined by the usual binary boolean operations -.Ql \*[Am] , +.Ql & , .Ql \&| , and .Ql \&^ , @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ from 1 12 3-5 .Pp would display the headers from messages 1, 3, 4, 5, and 12. .Bd -literal -offset indent -from anon \*[Am] ( /foo | /bar ) +from anon & ( /foo | /bar ) .Ed .Pp would display all headers that had @@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ means the previous file, means your system mailbox, .Ql %user means user's system mailbox, -.Ql \*[Am] +.Ql & means your .Ar mbox file, and @@ -833,7 +833,7 @@ For example, one use might be something like: if headersonly set header-format="%P%Q%3i %-21.20f %m/%d %R %3K \e"%q\e"" else - set header-format="%P%Q%?\*[Am] ?%3i %-21.20f %a %b %e %R %3K/%-5O \e"%q\e"" + set header-format="%P%Q%?& ?%3i %-21.20f %a %b %e %R %3K/%-5O \e"%q\e"" endif .Ed .It Ic ifdef @@ -981,7 +981,7 @@ Arguments are of the form .Ar option . Quotation marks may be placed around any part of the assignment statement to quote blanks or tabs, i.e. -.Dq Li "set indentprefix=\*q-\*[Gt]\*q" +.Dq Li "set indentprefix=\*q->\*q" Inside single quotes everything is parsed literally, including .Sq \e escaped characters. @@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@ is set. Exits as with \&~q, except the message is not saved in .Dq Pa dead.letter . .It Ic \&~r Ns Ar filename -.It Ic \&~\*[Lt] Ns Ar filename +.It Ic \&~< Ns Ar filename Reads the named file into the message. If the argument begins with .Ql \&! , @@ -1491,7 +1491,7 @@ command or redirected to a file. The pipe/redirection is signaled by the first occurrence of a .Ql \&| or -.Ql \*[Gt] +.Ql > character that is not in a quoted string or in a parenthetical group. This character terminates the mail command line and the remaining @@ -1505,7 +1505,7 @@ could be used to count how may replies were made by senders with .Ql john@ in their address and .Bd -literal -offset indent - from john@ \*[Gt]\*[Gt] /tmp/john + from john@ >> /tmp/john .Ed .Pp would append all the headers from such senders to /tmp/john. @@ -1829,7 +1829,7 @@ substitute times. This is intended to be used when displaying an .Dq exposed thread . -.It Ar \&%?\*[Am]string? +.It Ar \&%?&string? Like .Ar \&%?*string? , but uses the depth relative to the current depth rather than the @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ The message size. .It Ar \&%P The current .Dq dot -.Pq Sq \*[Gt] +.Pq Sq > message. .It Ar \&%Q The message status flag. @@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@ the letters above will be displayed in lower case if the property is that of a hidden child with the case .Ql \&* being displayed as -.Ql \*[Am] . +.Ql & . .Pp Note 2: .Ar \&%n @@ -2050,7 +2050,7 @@ in the user's home directory. .It Ar prompt If defined, it specifies the prompt to use when in command mode. Otherwise, the default -.Ql \*[Am] +.Ql & is used. The format syntax is the same as for .Ar header-format . @@ -2127,7 +2127,7 @@ splits a message into a series of its smallest MIME parts and processes those parts as if they were messages themselves, passing the header and body through a pipeline of the form: .Pp -.Dl mail -\*[Gt] MIME-decoder -\*[Gt] MIME-hook -\*[Gt] pager -\*[Gt] screen +.Dl mail -> MIME-decoder -> MIME-hook -> pager -> screen .Pp The .Em MIME-decoder diff --git a/usr.bin/make/make.1 b/usr.bin/make/make.1 index f19a19f805b..4e71a07e6bf 100644 --- a/usr.bin/make/make.1 +++ b/usr.bin/make/make.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.270 2017/06/22 13:42:09 dholland Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: make.1,v 1.271 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ The seven local variables are as follows: .Bl -tag -width ".ARCHIVE" -offset indent .It Va .ALLSRC The list of all sources for this target; also known as -.Ql Va \&\*[Gt] . +.Ql Va \&> . .It Va .ARCHIVE The name of the archive file; also known as .Ql Va \&! . @@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ In suffix-transformation rules, the name/path of the source from which the target is to be transformed (the .Dq implied source); also known as -.Ql Va \&\*[Lt] . +.Ql Va \&< . It is not defined in explicit rules. .It Va .MEMBER The name of the archive member; also known as @@ -713,9 +713,9 @@ in archive member rules. .El .Pp The shorter forms -.Ql ( Va \*[Gt] , +.Ql ( Va > , .Ql Va \&! , -.Ql Va \*[Lt] , +.Ql Va < , .Ql Va % , .Ql Va \&? , .Ql Va * , @@ -1312,7 +1312,7 @@ it is anchored at the end of each word. Inside .Ar new_string , an ampersand -.Pq Ql \*[Am] +.Pq Ql & is replaced by .Ar old_string (without any @@ -1776,7 +1776,7 @@ may be any one of the following: .Bl -tag -width "Cm XX" .It Cm \&|\&| Logical OR. -.It Cm \&\*[Am]\*[Am] +.It Cm \&&& Logical .Tn AND ; of higher precedence than @@ -1793,7 +1793,7 @@ The boolean operator may be used to logically negate an entire conditional. It is of higher precedence than -.Ql Ic \&\*[Am]\*[Am] . +.Ql Ic \&&& . .Pp The value of .Ar expression diff --git a/usr.bin/menuc/menuc.1 b/usr.bin/menuc/menuc.1 index 37bb4ba33e1..1da168a6dfc 100644 --- a/usr.bin/menuc/menuc.1 +++ b/usr.bin/menuc/menuc.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: menuc.1,v 1.30 2012/03/06 16:55:18 mbalmer Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: menuc.1,v 1.31 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright 1997 Piermont Information Systems Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ This will be specified as .Aq Em action in later text. Such an action will appear as: -.Dl action \*[Lt]opt_endwin\*[Gt] \*[Lt]code\*[Gt] +.Dl action <opt_endwin> <code> in the .Ar file . The @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ scrollable, the menu's title, whether shortcut letters are allowed, whether a standard exit option should be included in the menu and text associated with the standard exit option. The general format is: -.Dl default \*[Lt]comma separated option list\*[Gt] ; +.Dl default <comma separated option list> ; .Pp The supported options are: .Bl -tag -width ".Ic exitstring Va text" @@ -212,9 +212,9 @@ If specified, add alphabetic tags to each menu line. .It Ic scrollable If specified, and the menu has more lines than will fit in its window, then only part of the menu will be displayed and the -.Sq \*[Lt] +.Sq < and -.Sq \*[Gt] +.Sq > keys will scroll the displayed menu lines. .It Ic always scroll If specified, allow for the scroll message line even if the menu doesn't @@ -248,11 +248,11 @@ may be overridden for that menu. The final element is the actual static menu definitions. The format and order for a menu definition is: .Bd -ragged -offset indent -menu \*[Lt]name\*[Gt] \*[Lt]options\*[Gt] ; - \*[Lt]display action\*[Gt] - \*[Lt]menu items\*[Gt] - \*[Lt]exit action\*[Gt] - \*[Lt]help text\*[Gt] +menu <name> <options> ; + <display action> + <menu items> + <exit action> + <help text> .Ed .Pp Names are unquoted strings of alpha-numeric and underscore @@ -275,12 +275,12 @@ These override the options from the most recent default declaration. The display action is optional and provides C code to execute at each and every time the menu is displayed for processing. If it is included, the format is: -.Dl display \*[Lt]action\*[Gt] ; +.Dl display <action> ; .Pp The bulk of the menu definition is the specification of the menu items. The general format of a menu item is: -.Dl option \*[Lt]string\*[Gt], \*[Lt]element_list\*[Gt] ; +.Dl option <string>, <element_list> ; The .Aq Em string is the text displayed for the menu item, this must be a quoted string @@ -300,8 +300,8 @@ The first element processed when a menu item is selected is the associated action. The next element to be processed is the sub or next menu option. They are declared as: -.Dl next menu \*[Lt]name\*[Gt] -.Dl sub menu \*[Lt]name\*[Gt] +.Dl next menu <name> +.Dl sub menu <name> The difference between these two is that a sub menu will return to the current menu when exited. The next menu will just replace the current @@ -326,12 +326,12 @@ elements may appear. The exit action is optional and provides C code to execute in the process of exiting a menu. If it is included, the format is: -.Dl exit \*[Lt]action\*[Gt] ; +.Dl exit <action> ; .Pp The final part of the menu definition is the optional help string. The format is: -.Dl help \*[Lt]text\*[Gt] ; +.Dl help <text> ; This text is displayed in a full page help window if the question mark is typed. The actual help text starts with a left brace @@ -482,8 +482,8 @@ distribution in a subdirectory called /* This is an example menu definition file for menuc. */ { -#include \*[Lt]stdio.h\*[Gt] -#include \*[Lt]unistd.h\*[Gt] +#include <stdio.h> +#include <unistd.h> /* Main program! This is often in a different file. */ int diff --git a/usr.bin/mesg/mesg.1 b/usr.bin/mesg/mesg.1 index 0dc8afb5daa..e5d910088cf 100644 --- a/usr.bin/mesg/mesg.1 +++ b/usr.bin/mesg/mesg.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mesg.1,v 1.9 2009/03/11 13:54:05 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mesg.1,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1987, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ utility exits with one of the following values: Messages are allowed. .It Li "\ 1" Messages are not allowed. -.It Li "\*[Gt]1" +.It Li ">1" An error has occurred. .El .Sh FILES diff --git a/usr.bin/mkfifo/mkfifo.1 b/usr.bin/mkfifo/mkfifo.1 index d2b9a8aa6a8..2b3fb83a3f0 100644 --- a/usr.bin/mkfifo/mkfifo.1 +++ b/usr.bin/mkfifo/mkfifo.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mkfifo.1,v 1.11 2004/10/08 22:32:35 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mkfifo.1,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ operators are interpreted relative to an assumed initial mode of requires write permission in the parent directory. .Pp .Nm -exits 0 if successful, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurred. +exits 0 if successful, and >0 if an error occurred. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr mkdir 1 , .Xr rm 1 , diff --git a/usr.bin/mklocale/mklocale.1 b/usr.bin/mklocale/mklocale.1 index 69ff35bba57..35875500e47 100644 --- a/usr.bin/mklocale/mklocale.1 +++ b/usr.bin/mklocale/mklocale.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mklocale.1,v 1.16 2013/07/15 18:46:47 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mklocale.1,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $ .\" FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/mklocale/mklocale.1,v 1.6 1999/09/20 09:15:21 phantom Exp .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993, 1994 @@ -43,9 +43,9 @@ .Nm mklocale .Op Fl d .Op Fl t Ar type -\*[Lt] +< .Ar source -\*[Gt] +> .Ar language/LC_CTYPE .Nm mklocale .Op Fl d @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ utility reads an source file from standard input and produces an .Dv LC_CTYPE binary file on standard output suitable for placement in -.Pa /usr/share/locale/\*[Lt]language\*[Gt]/LC_CTYPE . +.Pa /usr/share/locale/<language>/LC_CTYPE . .Pp The format of .Ar source @@ -125,11 +125,11 @@ or Used to indicate ranges. .It Ar literal The follow characters are taken literally: -.Bl -tag -width "\*[Lt]\|\|(\|\|[" -.It Dv "\*[Lt]\|(\|[" +.Bl -tag -width "<\|\|(\|\|[" +.It Dv "<\|(\|[" Used to start a mapping. All are equivalent. -.It Dv "\*[Gt]\|\^)\|]" +.It Dv ">\|\^)\|]" Used to end a mapping. All are equivalent. .It Dv \&: diff --git a/usr.bin/mkstr/mkstr.1 b/usr.bin/mkstr/mkstr.1 index 21aa21a1530..5fd812d1981 100644 --- a/usr.bin/mkstr/mkstr.1 +++ b/usr.bin/mkstr/mkstr.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mkstr.1,v 1.12 2012/05/12 14:52:57 reed Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mkstr.1,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -103,15 +103,15 @@ error(a1, a2, a3, a4) \&{ char buf[256]; - if (efil \*[Lt] 0) { + if (efil < 0) { efil = open(efilname, 0); - if (efil \*[Lt] 0) { + if (efil < 0) { oops: perror(efilname); exit 1 ; } } - if (lseek(efil, a1, 0) \*[Lt] 0 || read(efil, buf, 256) \*[Le] 0) + if (lseek(efil, a1, 0) < 0 || read(efil, buf, 256) \*[Le] 0) goto oops; printf(buf, a2, a3, a4); } diff --git a/usr.bin/mktemp/mktemp.1 b/usr.bin/mktemp/mktemp.1 index bd911fe1d48..f8b7fcb2c70 100644 --- a/usr.bin/mktemp/mktemp.1 +++ b/usr.bin/mktemp/mktemp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mktemp.1,v 1.22 2014/11/10 07:33:31 snj Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mktemp.1,v 1.23 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $ .\" From: $FreeBSD: src/usr.bin/mktemp/mktemp.1,v 1.5 1999/08/28 01:04:13 peter Exp $ .\" From: $OpenBSD: mktemp.1,v 1.8 1998/03/19 06:13:37 millert Exp $ .\" @@ -225,13 +225,13 @@ where the script should quit if it cannot get a safe temporary file. .Bd -literal -offset indent TMPFILE=`mktemp /tmp/${0##*/}.XXXXXX` || exit 1 -echo "program output" \*[Gt]\*[Gt] $TMPFILE +echo "program output" >> $TMPFILE .Ed .Pp To allow the use of $TMPDIR: .Bd -literal -offset indent TMPFILE=`mktemp -t ${0##*/}` || exit 1 -echo "program output" \*[Gt]\*[Gt] $TMPFILE +echo "program output" >> $TMPFILE .Ed .Pp In this case, we want the script to catch the error itself. diff --git a/usr.bin/newgrp/newgrp.1 b/usr.bin/newgrp/newgrp.1 index 3a00aa1aae2..4bd47855d1b 100644 --- a/usr.bin/newgrp/newgrp.1 +++ b/usr.bin/newgrp/newgrp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: newgrp.1,v 1.4 2010/05/14 17:28:23 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: newgrp.1,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2007, The NetBSD Foundation. .\" All Rights Reserved. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ A Version 7 format password file .El .Sh EXIT STATUS If a new shell is started the exit status is the exit status of the shell. -Otherwise the exit status will be \*[Gt]0. +Otherwise the exit status will be >0. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr csh 1 , .Xr groups 1 , diff --git a/usr.bin/patch/patch.1 b/usr.bin/patch/patch.1 index f068710448a..1f434c7c83b 100644 --- a/usr.bin/patch/patch.1 +++ b/usr.bin/patch/patch.1 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" $OpenBSD: patch.1,v 1.22 2008/06/06 20:44:00 jmc Exp $ .\" $DragonFly: src/usr.bin/patch/patch.1,v 1.10 2008/08/18 19:15:55 joerg Exp $ -.\" $NetBSD: patch.1,v 1.20 2015/11/07 18:26:55 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: patch.1,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $ .\" Copyright 1986, Larry Wall .\" .\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ utility exits with one of the following values: Successful completion. .It \&1 One or more lines were written to a reject file. -.It \*[Gt]\&1 +.It >\&1 An error occurred. .El .Pp diff --git a/usr.bin/pmap/pmap.1 b/usr.bin/pmap/pmap.1 index b554abcaa25..ddcd1cfc76c 100644 --- a/usr.bin/pmap/pmap.1 +++ b/usr.bin/pmap/pmap.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pmap.1,v 1.18 2014/04/13 01:45:34 snj Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pmap.1,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:34:20 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002, 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -229,10 +229,10 @@ output style is selected, the first thing printed is the contents of the vm_map structure, followed by the individual map entries. .Bd -literal -offset indent $ pmap -d -MAP 0xcf7cac84: [0x0-\*[Gt]0xbfbfe000] +MAP 0xcf7cac84: [0x0->0xbfbfe000] #ent=8, sz=34041856, ref=1, version=20, flags=0x41 - pmap=0xcf44cee0(resident=\*[Lt]unknown\*[Gt]) - - 0xcfa3a358: 0x8048000-\*[Gt]0x80b1000: obj=0xcf45a8e8/0x0, amap=0x0/0 + pmap=0xcf44cee0(resident=<unknown>) + - 0xcfa3a358: 0x8048000->0x80b1000: obj=0xcf45a8e8/0x0, amap=0x0/0 submap=F, cow=T, nc=T, prot(max)=5/7, inh=1, wc=0, adv=0 \&... .Ed diff --git a/usr.bin/pr/pr.1 b/usr.bin/pr/pr.1 index c0997f90677..f1cc1aa6299 100644 --- a/usr.bin/pr/pr.1 +++ b/usr.bin/pr/pr.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pr.1,v 1.22 2012/08/01 02:36:17 ginsbach Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pr.1,v 1.23 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991 Keith Muller. .\" Copyright (c) 1993 @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ position specified by the formula .Ar n*gap+1 , where .Em n -is an integer \*[Gt] 0. +is an integer > 0. If .Ar gap is zero or is omitted the default is 8. diff --git a/usr.bin/rdist/rdist.1 b/usr.bin/rdist/rdist.1 index f58eee9a8db..44c8cf4cd76 100644 --- a/usr.bin/rdist/rdist.1 +++ b/usr.bin/rdist/rdist.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rdist.1,v 1.20 2012/03/22 07:58:19 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rdist.1,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ The equivalent distfile is as follows. .Pp .Bd -filled -offset indent -compact .Pq Ar name ... -.Li -\*[Gt] +.Li -> .Op Ar login@ .Ar host .Ed @@ -207,9 +207,9 @@ to do the updating. Each entry has one of the following formats. .Pp .Bd -literal -offset indent -compact -\*[Lt]variable name\*[Gt] `=' \*[Lt]name list\*[Gt] -[label:]\*[Lt]source list\*[Gt] `\-\*[Gt]' \*[Lt]destination list\*[Gt] \*[Lt]command list\*[Gt] -[label:]\*[Lt]source list\*[Gt] `::' \*[Lt]time_stamp file\*[Gt] \*[Lt]command list\*[Gt] +<variable name> `=' <name list> +[label:]<source list> `\->' <destination list> <command list> +[label:]<source list> `::' <time_stamp file> <command list> .Ed .Pp The first format is used for defining variables. @@ -241,11 +241,11 @@ a name enclosed in curly braces (see the examples at the end). .Pp The source and destination lists have the following format: .Bd -literal -offset indent -\*[Lt]name\*[Gt] +<name> .Ed or .Bd -literal -offset indent -compact -`(' \*[Lt]zero or more names separated by white-space\*[Gt] `)' +`(' <zero or more names separated by white-space> `)' .Ed .Pp The shell meta-characters `[', `]', `{', `}', `*', and `?' @@ -266,11 +266,11 @@ The command list consists of zero or more commands of the following format. .Bd -ragged -offset indent -compact .Bl -column except_patx pattern\ listx -.It `install' \*[Lt]options\*[Gt] opt_dest_name `;' -.It `notify' \*[Lt]name list\*[Gt] `;' -.It `except' \*[Lt]name list\*[Gt] `;' -.It `except_pat' \*[Lt]pattern list\*[Gt] `;' -.It `special' \*[Lt]name list\*[Gt] string `;' +.It `install' <options> opt_dest_name `;' +.It `notify' <name list> `;' +.It `except' <name list> `;' +.It `except_pat' <pattern list> `;' +.It `special' <name list> string `;' .El .Ed .Pp @@ -374,20 +374,20 @@ FILES = ( /bin /lib /usr/bin /usr/games EXLIB = ( Mail.rc aliases aliases.dir aliases.pag crontab dshrc \tsendmail.cf sendmail.fc sendmail.hf sendmail.st uucp vfont ) -${FILES} -\*[Gt] ${HOSTS} +${FILES} -> ${HOSTS} \tinstall -R ; \texcept /usr/lib/${EXLIB} ; \texcept /usr/games/lib ; \tspecial /usr/lib/sendmail "/usr/lib/sendmail -bz" ; srcs: -/usr/src/bin -\*[Gt] arpa +/usr/src/bin -> arpa \texcept_pat ( \e\e.o\e$ /SCCS\e$ ) ; IMAGEN = (ips dviimp catdvi) imagen: -/usr/local/${IMAGEN} -\*[Gt] arpa +/usr/local/${IMAGEN} -> arpa \tinstall /usr/local/lib ; \tnotify ralph ; diff --git a/usr.bin/rs/rs.1 b/usr.bin/rs/rs.1 index 026340c970e..498154940de 100644 --- a/usr.bin/rs/rs.1 +++ b/usr.bin/rs/rs.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rs.1,v 1.10 2016/01/04 23:55:36 kamil Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rs.1,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ To convert stream input into vector output and back again, use .Dl rs 1 0 | rs 0 1 A 10 by 10 array of random numbers from 1 to 100 and its transpose can be generated with -.Dl "jot \-r 100 | rs 10 10 | tee array | rs \-T \*[Gt] tarray" +.Dl "jot \-r 100 | rs 10 10 | tee array | rs \-T > tarray" .Pp In the editor .Xr vi 1 , diff --git a/usr.bin/rsh/rsh.1 b/usr.bin/rsh/rsh.1 index c029f817ebb..3cdec4e462d 100644 --- a/usr.bin/rsh/rsh.1 +++ b/usr.bin/rsh/rsh.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: rsh.1,v 1.20 2005/03/11 02:45:24 ginsbach Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: rsh.1,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ Shell metacharacters which are not quoted are interpreted on local machine, while quoted metacharacters are interpreted on the remote machine. For example, the command .Pp -.Dl rsh otherhost cat remotefile \*[Gt]\*[Gt] localfile +.Dl rsh otherhost cat remotefile >> localfile .Pp appends the remote file .Ar remotefile @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ to the local file .Ar localfile , while .Pp -.Dl rsh otherhost cat remotefile \&"\*[Gt]\*[Gt]\&" other_remotefile +.Dl rsh otherhost cat remotefile \&">>\&" other_remotefile .Pp appends .Ar remotefile diff --git a/usr.bin/sdiff/sdiff.1 b/usr.bin/sdiff/sdiff.1 index 25c8d548867..c4cde2b6a47 100644 --- a/usr.bin/sdiff/sdiff.1 +++ b/usr.bin/sdiff/sdiff.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sdiff.1,v 1.4 2014/03/18 18:20:45 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sdiff.1,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: sdiff.1,v 1.11 2007/02/22 02:50:56 ray Exp $ .\" .\" Written by Raymond Lai <ray@cyth.net>. @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ displays two files side by side, with any differences between the two highlighted as follows: new lines are marked with -.Sq \*[Gt] ; +.Sq > ; deleted lines are marked with -.Sq \*[Lt] ; +.Sq < ; and changed lines are marked with .Sq | . .Pp diff --git a/usr.bin/shar/shar.1 b/usr.bin/shar/shar.1 index 0b07ec8649a..bd3e4582204 100644 --- a/usr.bin/shar/shar.1 +++ b/usr.bin/shar/shar.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: shar.1,v 1.12 2012/03/22 07:58:19 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: shar.1,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ To recreate the program directory: mkdir ls cd ls \&... -\*[Lt]delete header lines and examine mailed archive\*[Gt] +<delete header lines and examine mailed archive> \&... sh archive .Ed diff --git a/usr.bin/skey/skey.1 b/usr.bin/skey/skey.1 index 5547b6ad3ac..30b11dbc679 100644 --- a/usr.bin/skey/skey.1 +++ b/usr.bin/skey/skey.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: skey.1,v 1.22 2005/09/11 23:25:32 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: skey.1,v 1.23 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" from: @(#)skey.1 1.1 10/28/93 .\" @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ program .Nm : .Bd -literal -offset indent % skey 99 th91334 -Enter password: \*[Lt]your secret password is entered here\*[Gt] +Enter password: <your secret password is entered here> OMEN US HORN OMIT BACK AHOY % .Ed @@ -113,10 +113,10 @@ option. Initialize generation of one time passwords: .Bd -literal -offset indent host% skeyinit -Password: \*[Lt]normal login password\*[Gt] +Password: <normal login password> [Adding username] -Enter secret password: \*[Lt]new secret password\*[Gt] -Again secret password: \*[Lt]new secret password again\*[Gt] +Enter secret password: <new secret password> +Again secret password: <new secret password again> ID username s/key is 99 host12345 Next login password: SOME SIX WORDS THAT WERE COMPUTED .Ed @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Next login password: SOME SIX WORDS THAT WERE COMPUTED Produce a list of one time passwords to take with to a conference: .Bd -literal -offset indent host% skey -n 3 99 host12345 -Enter secret password: \*[Lt]secret password as used with skeyinit\*[Gt] +Enter secret password: <secret password as used with skeyinit> 97: NOSE FOOT RUSH FEAR GREY JUST 98: YAWN LEO DEED BIND WACK BRAE 99: SOME SIX WORDS THAT WERE COMPUTED @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ is installed: .Bd -literal -offset indent host% telnet host -login: \*[Lt]username\*[Gt] +login: <username> Password [s/key 97 host12345]: .Ed .Pp diff --git a/usr.bin/sort/sort.1 b/usr.bin/sort/sort.1 index 38f4e4cf9d7..548aafd45a3 100644 --- a/usr.bin/sort/sort.1 +++ b/usr.bin/sort/sort.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sort.1,v 1.37 2016/12/21 09:06:24 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sort.1,v 1.38 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000-2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ A .Ar kstart position specified by .Ar m Ns Li \&. Ns Ar n -.Pq Ar m , n No \*[Gt] 0 +.Pq Ar m , n No > 0 is interpreted as the .Ar n Ns th character in the diff --git a/usr.bin/stat/stat.1 b/usr.bin/stat/stat.1 index 8d1e30cbb80..7dd18aa6850 100644 --- a/usr.bin/stat/stat.1 +++ b/usr.bin/stat/stat.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: stat.1,v 1.37 2014/04/13 01:45:34 snj Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: stat.1,v 1.38 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002-2011 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Displays the name of Displays the type of .Ar file . .It Cm Y -Insert a `` -\*[Gt] '' into the output. +Insert a `` -> '' into the output. Note that the default output format for .Cm Y is a string, but if specified explicitly, these four characters are @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ which default to If no options are specified, the default format is "%d %i %Sp %l %Su %Sg %r %z \e"%Sa\e" \e"%Sm\e" \e"%Sc\e" \e"%SB\e" %k %b %#Xf %N". .Bd -literal -offset indent -\*[Gt] stat /tmp/bar +> stat /tmp/bar 0 78852 -rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 0 0 "Jul 8 10:26:03 2004" "Jul 8 10:26:03 2004" "Jul 8 10:28:13 2004" "Jan 1 09:00:00 1970" 16384 0 0 /tmp/bar .Ed .Pp @@ -496,10 +496,10 @@ sometimes adds one or more spaces after the comma in .Dq Ar major , Ns Ar minor for device nodes): .Bd -literal -offset indent -\*[Gt] stat -f "%7i %6b %-11Sp %3l %-17Su %-17Sg %9Z %Sm %N%SY" /tmp/bar +> stat -f "%7i %6b %-11Sp %3l %-17Su %-17Sg %9Z %Sm %N%SY" /tmp/bar 78852 0 -rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 0 Jul 8 10:26:03 2004 /tmp/bar -\*[Gt] find /tmp/bar -ls -exit +> find /tmp/bar -ls -exit 78852 0 -rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 0 Jul 8 2004 /tmp/bar .Ed .Pp @@ -514,10 +514,10 @@ adds at least one space after the comma in .Dq Ar major , Ns Ar minor for device nodes): .Bd -literal -offset indent -\*[Gt] stat -f "%-11Sp %l %Su %Sg %Z %Sm %N%SY" /tmp/bar +> stat -f "%-11Sp %l %Su %Sg %Z %Sm %N%SY" /tmp/bar -rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 0 Jul 8 10:26:03 2004 /tmp/bar -\*[Gt] ls -lTd /tmp/bar +> ls -lTd /tmp/bar -rw-r--r-- 1 root wheel 0 Jul 8 10:26:03 2004 /tmp/bar .Ed .Pp @@ -531,10 +531,10 @@ you would use .Nm as follows: .Bd -literal -offset indent -\*[Gt] stat -F /tmp/foo -lrwxrwxrwx 1 jschauma cs 1 Apr 24 16:37:28 2002 /tmp/foo@ -\*[Gt] / +> stat -F /tmp/foo +lrwxrwxrwx 1 jschauma cs 1 Apr 24 16:37:28 2002 /tmp/foo@ -> / -\*[Gt] stat -LF /tmp/foo +> stat -LF /tmp/foo drwxr-xr-x 16 root wheel 512 Apr 19 10:57:54 2002 /tmp/foo/ .Ed .Pp @@ -542,12 +542,12 @@ To initialize some shell-variables, you could use the .Fl s flag as follows: .Bd -literal -offset indent -\*[Gt] csh +> csh % eval set `stat -s .cshrc` % echo $st_size $st_mtime 1148 1015432481 -\*[Gt] sh +> sh $ eval $(stat -s .profile) $ echo $st_size $st_mtime 1148 1015432481 @@ -557,10 +557,10 @@ In order to get a list of the kind of files including files pointed to if the file is a symbolic link, you could use the following format: .Bd -literal -offset indent $ stat -f "%N: %HT%SY" /tmp/* -/tmp/bar: Symbolic Link -\*[Gt] /tmp/foo +/tmp/bar: Symbolic Link -> /tmp/foo /tmp/output25568: Regular File /tmp/blah: Directory -/tmp/foo: Symbolic Link -\*[Gt] / +/tmp/foo: Symbolic Link -> / .Ed .Pp In order to get a list of the devices, their types and the major and minor @@ -583,14 +583,14 @@ Name: /dev/zero In order to determine the permissions set on a file separately, you could use the following format: .Bd -literal -offset indent -\*[Gt] stat -f "%Sp -\*[Gt] owner=%SHp group=%SMp other=%SLp" . -drwxr-xr-x -\*[Gt] owner=rwx group=r-x other=r-x +> stat -f "%Sp -> owner=%SHp group=%SMp other=%SLp" . +drwxr-xr-x -> owner=rwx group=r-x other=r-x .Ed .Pp In order to determine the three files that have been modified most recently, you could use the following format: .Bd -literal -offset indent -\*[Gt] stat -f "%m%t%Sm %N" /tmp/* | sort -rn | head -3 | cut -f2- +> stat -f "%m%t%Sm %N" /tmp/* | sort -rn | head -3 | cut -f2- Apr 25 11:47:00 2002 /tmp/blah Apr 25 10:36:34 2002 /tmp/bar Apr 24 16:47:35 2002 /tmp/foo @@ -603,9 +603,9 @@ style, using the .Cm \&# modifier: .Bd -literal -offset indent -\*[Gt] ln -s 'target with spaces' 'link with spaces' -\*[Gt] stat -f "%#N%#SY" 'link with spaces' -link\eswith\esspaces -\*[Gt] target\eswith\esspaces +> ln -s 'target with spaces' 'link with spaces' +> stat -f "%#N%#SY" 'link with spaces' +link\eswith\esspaces -> target\eswith\esspaces .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr basename 1 , diff --git a/usr.bin/systat/systat.1 b/usr.bin/systat/systat.1 index 15c246c060f..1ce04b71daa 100644 --- a/usr.bin/systat/systat.1 +++ b/usr.bin/systat/systat.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: systat.1,v 1.47 2016/12/03 03:26:27 mrg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: systat.1,v 1.48 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ that are runnable (`r'), in page wait (`p'), in disk wait other than paging (`d'), sleeping (`s'). Below the queue length listing is a numerical listing and a bar graph showing the amount of -system (shown as `='), user (shown as `\*[Gt]'), +system (shown as `='), user (shown as `>'), nice (shown as `-'), and idle time (shown as ` '). .Pp To the right of the process statistics is a column that diff --git a/usr.bin/tail/tail.1 b/usr.bin/tail/tail.1 index fb52ec70694..23d53624bad 100644 --- a/usr.bin/tail/tail.1 +++ b/usr.bin/tail/tail.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: tail.1,v 1.15 2014/06/15 11:37:56 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: tail.1,v 1.16 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -135,14 +135,14 @@ option is to display all of the input. .Pp If more than a single file is specified, each file is preceded by a header consisting of the string -.Dq ==\*[Gt] XXX \*[Le]= +.Dq ==> XXX \*[Le]= where .Dq XXX is the name of the file. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr cat 1 , .Xr head 1 , diff --git a/usr.bin/tee/tee.1 b/usr.bin/tee/tee.1 index a02b868a29d..c824c06b9e1 100644 --- a/usr.bin/tee/tee.1 +++ b/usr.bin/tee/tee.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: tee.1,v 1.7 2003/08/07 11:16:07 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: tee.1,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:34:21 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ option. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh STANDARDS The .Nm diff --git a/usr.bin/telnet/telnet.1 b/usr.bin/telnet/telnet.1 index fa946c3ecdd..ff336ee415b 100644 --- a/usr.bin/telnet/telnet.1 +++ b/usr.bin/telnet/telnet.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: telnet.1,v 1.33 2012/04/08 22:00:39 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: telnet.1,v 1.34 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ is invoked without the .Ar host argument, it enters command mode, indicated by its prompt -.Pq Nm telnet\&\*[Gt] . +.Pq Nm telnet\&> . In this mode, it accepts and executes the commands listed below. If it is invoked with arguments, it performs an .Ic open @@ -1224,11 +1224,11 @@ option on output. If this is .Dv TRUE , then carriage returns will be sent as -.Li \*[Lt]CR\*[Gt]\*[Lt]LF\*[Gt] . +.Li <CR><LF> . If this is .Dv FALSE , then carriage returns will be send as -.Li \*[Lt]CR\*[Gt]\*[Lt]NUL\*[Gt] . +.Li <CR><NUL> . The initial value for this toggle is .Dv FALSE . .It Ic crmod diff --git a/usr.bin/tftp/tftp.1 b/usr.bin/tftp/tftp.1 index 5fb1fcb299b..5e4aa8c29d4 100644 --- a/usr.bin/tftp/tftp.1 +++ b/usr.bin/tftp/tftp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: tftp.1,v 1.20 2006/07/23 18:01:58 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: tftp.1,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ turn was based on RFC2026. Once .Nm is running, it issues the prompt -.Ql tftp\*[Gt] +.Ql tftp> and recognizes the following commands: .Pp .Bl -tag -width verbose -compact diff --git a/usr.bin/tip/tip.1 b/usr.bin/tip/tip.1 index 94c125b051a..c18b7659a18 100644 --- a/usr.bin/tip/tip.1 +++ b/usr.bin/tip/tip.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: tip.1,v 1.32 2012/03/22 07:58:20 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: tip.1,v 1.33 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -177,11 +177,11 @@ implies change to your home directory). .It Ic \&~! Escape to a shell (exiting the shell will return you to tip). -.It Ic \&~\*[Gt] +.It Ic \&~> Copy file from local to remote. .Nm prompts for the name of a local file to transmit. -.It Ic \&~\*[Lt] +.It Ic \&~< Copy file from remote to local. .Nm prompts first for the name of the file to be sent, then for @@ -192,14 +192,14 @@ Send a file to a remote host. The put command causes the remote .Ux -system to run the command string ``cat \*[Gt] 'to''', while +system to run the command string ``cat > 'to''', while .Nm sends it the ``from'' file. If the ``to'' file isn't specified the ``from'' file name is used. This command is actually a .Ux -specific version of the ``~\*[Gt]'' command. +specific version of the ``~>'' command. .It Ic \&~t Ar from Op Ar to Take a file from a remote .Ux @@ -229,10 +229,10 @@ such as .Tn XMODEM . The child program will be run with the following arrangement of file descriptors: -.Bl -column -offset indent 0 "\*[Lt]-\*[Gt]" "remote tty in" -.It 0 Ta \*[Lt]-\*[Gt] Ta remote tty in -.It 1 Ta \*[Lt]-\*[Gt] Ta remote tty out -.It 2 Ta \*[Lt]-\*[Gt] Ta local tty out +.Bl -column -offset indent 0 "<->" "remote tty in" +.It 0 Ta <-> Ta remote tty in +.It 1 Ta <-> Ta remote tty out +.It 2 Ta <-> Ta local tty out .El .It Ic \&~+ Synonym for \&~C, provided for compatibility with other versions of @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ and by honoring the locking protocol used by During file transfers .Nm provides a running count of the number of lines transferred. -When using the ~\*[Gt] and ~\*[Lt] commands, the ``eofread'' and ``eofwrite'' +When using the ~> and ~< commands, the ``eofread'' and ``eofwrite'' variables are used to recognize end-of-file when reading, and specify end-of-file when writing (see below). File transfers normally depend on tandem mode for flow control. @@ -396,11 +396,11 @@ waiting for the echo of the last character transmitted; default is .Ar off . .It Ar eofread (str) The set of characters which signify an end-of-transmission -during a ~\*[Lt] file transfer command; abbreviated +during a ~< file transfer command; abbreviated .Ar eofr . .It Ar eofwrite (str) The string sent to indicate end-of-transmission during -a ~\*[Gt] file transfer command; abbreviated +a ~> file transfer command; abbreviated .Ar eofw . .It Ar eol (str) The set of characters which indicate an end-of-line. diff --git a/usr.bin/tr/tr.1 b/usr.bin/tr/tr.1 index e21c006fe31..fa9d1217470 100644 --- a/usr.bin/tr/tr.1 +++ b/usr.bin/tr/tr.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: tr.1,v 1.21 2013/08/10 20:59:27 dholland Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: tr.1,v 1.22 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -143,13 +143,13 @@ A backslash followed by certain special characters maps to special values. .sp .Bl -column cc -.It \ea \*[Lt]alert character\*[Gt] -.It \eb \*[Lt]backspace\*[Gt] -.It \ef \*[Lt]form-feed\*[Gt] -.It \en \*[Lt]newline\*[Gt] -.It \er \*[Lt]carriage return\*[Gt] -.It \et \*[Lt]tab\*[Gt] -.It \ev \*[Lt]vertical tab\*[Gt] +.It \ea <alert character> +.It \eb <backspace> +.It \ef <form-feed> +.It \en <newline> +.It \er <carriage return> +.It \et <tab> +.It \ev <vertical tab> .El .sp A backslash followed by any other character maps to that character. @@ -160,18 +160,18 @@ Represents all characters belonging to the defined character class. Class names are: .sp .Bl -column xdigit -.It alnum \*[Lt]alphanumeric characters\*[Gt] -.It alpha \*[Lt]alphabetic characters\*[Gt] -.It blank \*[Lt]blank characters\*[Gt] -.It cntrl \*[Lt]control characters\*[Gt] -.It digit \*[Lt]numeric characters\*[Gt] -.It graph \*[Lt]graphic characters\*[Gt] -.It lower \*[Lt]lower-case alphabetic characters\*[Gt] -.It print \*[Lt]printable characters\*[Gt] -.It punct \*[Lt]punctuation characters\*[Gt] -.It space \*[Lt]space characters\*[Gt] -.It upper \*[Lt]upper-case characters\*[Gt] -.It xdigit \*[Lt]hexadecimal characters\*[Gt] +.It alnum <alphanumeric characters> +.It alpha <alphabetic characters> +.It blank <blank characters> +.It cntrl <control characters> +.It digit <numeric characters> +.It graph <graphic characters> +.It lower <lower-case alphabetic characters> +.It print <printable characters> +.It punct <punctuation characters> +.It space <space characters> +.It upper <upper-case characters> +.It xdigit <hexadecimal characters> .El .Pp .\" All classes may be used in @@ -245,18 +245,18 @@ Create a list of the words in .Ar file1 , one per line, where a word is taken to be a maximal string of letters: .sp -.D1 Li "tr -cs \*q[:alpha:]\*q \*q\en\*q \*[Lt] file1" +.D1 Li "tr -cs \*q[:alpha:]\*q \*q\en\*q < file1" .sp Translate the contents of .Ar file1 to upper-case: .sp -.D1 Li "tr \*q[:lower:]\*q \*q[:upper:]\*q \*[Lt] file1" +.D1 Li "tr \*q[:lower:]\*q \*q[:upper:]\*q < file1" .sp Strip out non-printable characters from .Ar file1 : .sp -.D1 Li "tr -cd \*q[:print:]\*q \*[Lt] file1" +.D1 Li "tr -cd \*q[:print:]\*q < file1" .Sh COMPATIBILITY .At V has historically implemented character ranges using the syntax diff --git a/usr.bin/tset/tset.1 b/usr.bin/tset/tset.1 index 30e23ba0b02..d8b6fcccd08 100644 --- a/usr.bin/tset/tset.1 +++ b/usr.bin/tset/tset.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: tset.1,v 1.21 2012/05/12 14:52:57 reed Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: tset.1,v 1.22 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ newline translation and resets any unset special characters to their default values before doing the terminal initialization described above. This is useful after a program dies leaving a terminal in a abnormal state. Note, you may have to type -.Dq Li \*[Lt]LF\*[Gt]reset\*[Lt]LF\*[Gt] +.Dq Li <LF>reset<LF> (the line-feed character is normally control-J) to get the terminal to work, as carriage-return may no longer work in the abnormal state. Also, the terminal will often not echo the command. @@ -242,14 +242,14 @@ type. The port type is a string (delimited by either the operator or the colon character). The operator may be any combination of: -.Dq Li \&\*[Gt] , -.Dq Li \&\*[Lt] , +.Dq Li \&> , +.Dq Li \&< , .Dq Li \&@ , and .Dq Li \&! ; -.Dq Li \&\*[Gt] +.Dq Li \&> means greater than, -.Dq Li \&\*[Lt] +.Dq Li \&< means less than, .Dq Li \&@ means equal to @@ -268,11 +268,11 @@ in the mapping replaces the current type. If more than one mapping is specified, the first applicable mapping is used. .Pp For example, consider the following mapping: -.Dq Li dialup\*[Gt]9600:vt100 . +.Dq Li dialup>9600:vt100 . The port type is .Dq Li dialup , the operator is -.Dq Li \*[Gt] , +.Dq Li > , the baud rate specification is .Dq Li 9600 , and the terminal type is diff --git a/usr.bin/tty/tty.1 b/usr.bin/tty/tty.1 index 4f12dfd0950..5b65d663550 100644 --- a/usr.bin/tty/tty.1 +++ b/usr.bin/tty/tty.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: tty.1,v 1.8 2003/08/07 11:16:51 agc Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: tty.1,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ command. .Pp .Nm exits 0 if the standard input is a terminal, 1 if the standard input is -not a terminal, and \*[Gt]1 if an error occurs. +not a terminal, and >1 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr test 1 , .Xr ttyname 3 diff --git a/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.1 b/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.1 index fb75d851c1b..73192454879 100644 --- a/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.1 +++ b/usr.bin/unifdef/unifdef.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: unifdef.1,v 1.12 2009/06/11 03:16:34 ginsbach Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: unifdef.1,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ the .Fn defined operator applied to symbols defined or undefined on the command line, the operators -.Ic \&! , \*[Lt] , \*[Gt] , \*[Lt]= , \*[Gt]= , == , != , \*[Am]\*[Am] , || , +.Ic \&! , < , > , <= , >= , == , != , && , || , and parenthesized expressions. Anything that it does not understand is passed through unharmed. It only processes diff --git a/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.1 b/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.1 index 2ce995f3b63..fabd310ef3b 100644 --- a/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.1 +++ b/usr.bin/uuencode/uuencode.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: uuencode.1,v 1.26 2014/09/06 21:21:36 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: uuencode.1,v 1.27 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1990, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ The .Nm uudecode and .Nm -utilities exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utilities exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh EXAMPLES The following example packages up a source tree, compresses it, uuencodes it and mails it to a user on another system. diff --git a/usr.bin/vacation/vacation.1 b/usr.bin/vacation/vacation.1 index f49ea11cd56..2e5ded5fa4c 100644 --- a/usr.bin/vacation/vacation.1 +++ b/usr.bin/vacation/vacation.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: vacation.1,v 1.29 2013/03/24 21:00:22 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: vacation.1,v 1.30 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1985, 1987, 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ Precedence: bulk I am on vacation until July 22. Your mail regarding "$SUBJECT" will be read when I return. If you have something urgent, please contact Keith Bostic -\*[Lt]bostic@CS.Berkeley.EDU\*[Gt]. +<bostic@CS.Berkeley.EDU>. --eric .Ed .Pp diff --git a/usr.bin/wc/wc.1 b/usr.bin/wc/wc.1 index 5c222252b58..60454a396e8 100644 --- a/usr.bin/wc/wc.1 +++ b/usr.bin/wc/wc.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: wc.1,v 1.16 2014/09/19 16:02:59 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: wc.1,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ utility displays the number of lines, words, bytes and characters contained in e input .Ar file (or standard input, by default) to the standard output. -A line is defined as a string of characters delimited by a \*[Lt]newline\*[Gt] +A line is defined as a string of characters delimited by a <newline> character, and a word is defined as a string of characters delimited by white space characters. diff --git a/usr.bin/what/what.1 b/usr.bin/what/what.1 index bbb4113245c..4a96a7ac7d1 100644 --- a/usr.bin/what/what.1 +++ b/usr.bin/what/what.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: what.1,v 1.14 2015/12/12 09:52:40 dholland Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: what.1,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ operand and searches for sequences of the form as inserted by SCCS and SCCS-compatible version control systems. It prints the remainder of the string following this marker, up to a null character, newline, double quote, backslash, or -.Dq \&\*[Gt] +.Dq \&> character. .Pp If the diff --git a/usr.bin/xstr/xstr.1 b/usr.bin/xstr/xstr.1 index dd0e9813c56..ef3265f3438 100644 --- a/usr.bin/xstr/xstr.1 +++ b/usr.bin/xstr/xstr.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: xstr.1,v 1.18 2005/09/11 23:29:44 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: xstr.1,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:34:22 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ will extract the strings from the C source or the standard input .Pq Fl , replacing -string references by expressions of the form (\*[Am]xstr[number]) +string references by expressions of the form (&xstr[number]) for some number. An appropriate declaration of .Nm @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ does not parse the file properly so it does not know not to process: .Ed into: .Bd -literal - char var[] = (\*[Am]xstr[N]); + char var[] = (&xstr[N]); .Ed .Pp These must be changed manually into an appropriate initialization for diff --git a/usr.sbin/ac/ac.8 b/usr.sbin/ac/ac.8 index 910568f3ae5..1abcb9ddf83 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ac/ac.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/ac/ac.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ac.8,v 1.18 2016/12/21 22:49:14 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ac.8,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:35:29 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ No login times are collected, however, if the file does not exist. .Pp For example, .Bd -literal -offset indent -ac -p -t "ttyd*" \*[Gt] modems -ac -p -t "!ttyd*" \*[Gt] other +ac -p -t "ttyd*" > modems +ac -p -t "!ttyd*" > other .Ed .Pp allows times recorded in diff --git a/usr.sbin/acpitools/amldb/amldb.8 b/usr.sbin/acpitools/amldb/amldb.8 index 8335aaac62b..69da7d1966a 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/acpitools/amldb/amldb.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/acpitools/amldb/amldb.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: amldb.8,v 1.6 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: amldb.8,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:35:29 wiz Exp $ .\" ACPI (ACPI Package) .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2000 Takanori Watanabe <takawata@FreeBSD.org> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ In reading from a certain region, it fetches the value in the memory .Pq Em region contents , prompts with it as the following: .Bd -literal -offset indent -DEBUG[read(0, 0x100b6813)\*[Am]mask:0x1](default: 0x1 / 1) \*[Gt]\*[Gt] +DEBUG[read(0, 0x100b6813)&mask:0x1](default: 0x1 / 1) >> .Ed .Pp for users to have the opportunity to modify it, and hands it to @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ Control Method by the AML interpreter. .Bd -literal -offset indent % amldb p2b.dsdt.dat Loading p2b.dsdt.dat...done -AML\*[Gt]f _PRS +AML>f _PRS \\_SB_.PCI0.ISA_.PS2M._PRS. \\_SB_.PCI0.ISA_.IRDA._PRS. \\_SB_.PCI0.ISA_.UAR2._PRS. @@ -282,49 +282,49 @@ AML\*[Gt]f _PRS \\_SB_.LNKC._PRS. \\_SB_.LNKB._PRS. \\_SB_.LNKA._PRS. -AML\*[Gt]r _PTS +AML>r _PTS Method: Arg 1 From 0x2805f0a3 To 0x2805f0db Enter argument values (ex. number 1 / string foo). 'q' to quit. Arg0 ? n 5 ==== Running _PTS. ==== -AML\*[Gt]s +AML>s [\\_PTS. START] If(LNot(LEqual(Arg0, 0x5))) -AML\*[Gt] +AML> If(LEqual(Arg0, 0x1)) -AML\*[Gt] +AML> If(LEqual(Arg0, 0x2)) -AML\*[Gt] +AML> Store(One, TO12) [aml_region_write(1, 1, 0x1, 0xe42c, 0x18, 0x1)] amldb: region.ini: No such file or directory - [1:0x00@0xe42f]-\*[Gt][1:0x01@0xe42f] + [1:0x00@0xe42f]->[1:0x01@0xe42f] [write(1, 0x1, 0xe42f)] [aml_region_read(1, 1, 0xe42c, 0x18, 0x1)] [1:0x01@0xe42f] -DEBUG[read(1, 0xe42f)\*[Am]mask:0x1](default: 0x1 / 1) \*[Gt]\*[Gt] -[read(1, 0xe42f)-\*[Gt]0x1] -AML\*[Gt] +DEBUG[read(1, 0xe42f)&mask:0x1](default: 0x1 / 1) >> +[read(1, 0xe42f)->0x1] +AML> Or(Arg0, 0xf0, Local2)[Copy number 0xf5] -AML\*[Gt]t +AML>t _PTS Method: Arg 1 From 0x2805f0a3 To 0x2805f0db Arg0 Num:0x5 Local2 Num:0xf5 -AML\*[Gt]s +AML>s Store(Local2, DBG1) [aml_region_write(1, 1, 0xf5, 0x80, 0x0, 0x8)] - [1:0x00@0x80]-\*[Gt][1:0xf5@0x80] + [1:0x00@0x80]->[1:0xf5@0x80] [write(1, 0xf5, 0x80)] [aml_region_read(1, 1, 0x80, 0x0, 0x8)] [1:0xf5@0x80] -DEBUG[read(1, 0x80)\*[Am]mask:0xf5](default: 0xf5 / 245) \*[Gt]\*[Gt] -[read(1, 0x80)-\*[Gt]0xf5] -AML\*[Gt] +DEBUG[read(1, 0x80)&mask:0xf5](default: 0xf5 / 245) >> +[read(1, 0x80)->0xf5] +AML> [\\_PTS. END] _PTS Method: Arg 1 From 0x2805f0a3 To 0x2805f0db NO object ==== _PTS finished. ==== -AML\*[Gt]q +AML>q % .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/usr.sbin/altq/altqd/altq.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/altq/altqd/altq.conf.5 index e90c034cd89..d68f52b02b3 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/altq/altqd/altq.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/altq/altqd/altq.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: altq.conf.5,v 1.15 2013/09/08 19:12:18 jakllsch Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: altq.conf.5,v 1.16 2017/07/03 21:35:29 wiz Exp $ .\" $KAME: altq.conf.5,v 1.15 2002/11/17 02:51:49 kjc Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (C) 2000 @@ -1330,14 +1330,14 @@ interface fxp0 # a simple dropper # discard all packets from 192.168.0.83 # -conditioner fxp0 dropper \*[Lt]drop\*[Gt] +conditioner fxp0 dropper <drop> filter fxp0 dropper 0 0 192.168.0.83 0 0 # # EF conditioner # mark EF to all packets from 192.168.0.117 # -conditioner pvc1 ef_cdnr \*[Lt]tbmeter 6M 64K \*[Lt]mark 0xb8\*[Gt]\*[Lt]drop\*[Gt]\*[Gt] +conditioner pvc1 ef_cdnr <tbmeter 6M 64K <mark 0xb8><drop>> filter fxp0 ef_cdnr 0 0 192.168.0.117 0 0 # @@ -1347,7 +1347,7 @@ conditioner pvc1 ef_cdnr \*[Lt]tbmeter 6M 64K \*[Lt]mark 0xb8\*[Gt]\*[Lt]drop\*[ # AF12 (medium drop precedence): more than 3Mbps and less than 10Mbps # AF13 (high drop precedence): more than 10Mbps # -conditioner fxp0 af1x_cdnr \*[Lt]trtcm 3M 32K 10M 64K \*[Lt]mark 0x28\*[Gt]\*[Lt]mark 0x30\*[Gt]\*[Lt]mark 0x38\*[Gt]\*[Gt] +conditioner fxp0 af1x_cdnr <trtcm 3M 32K 10M 64K <mark 0x28><mark 0x30><mark 0x38>> filter fxp0 af1x_cdnr 0 0 192.168.0.178 0 0 .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/usr.sbin/bad144/bad144.8 b/usr.sbin/bad144/bad144.8 index 74f018e5b21..b5308787061 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/bad144/bad144.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/bad144/bad144.8 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)bad144.8 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 -.\" $NetBSD: bad144.8,v 1.16 2008/09/25 22:44:51 reed Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bad144.8,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:35:29 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd June 6, 1993 .Dt BAD144 8 @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ The bad sector structure is as follows: struct dkbad { int32_t bt_csn; /* cartridge serial number */ u_int16_t bt_mbz; /* unused; should be 0 */ - u_int16_t bt_flag; /* -1 =\*[Gt] alignment cartridge */ + u_int16_t bt_flag; /* -1 => alignment cartridge */ struct bt_bad { u_int16_t bt_cyl; /* cylinder number of bad sector */ u_int16_t bt_trksec; /* track and sector number */ diff --git a/usr.sbin/bootp/bootpd/bootpd.8 b/usr.sbin/bootp/bootpd/bootpd.8 index 45093108aff..570515a9bcf 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/bootp/bootpd/bootpd.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/bootp/bootpd/bootpd.8 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 1988, 1989, 1991 Carnegie Mellon University .\" -.\" $NetBSD: bootpd.8,v 1.10 2006/06/17 04:58:15 reed Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bootpd.8,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .TH BOOTPD 8 "November 06, 1993" "Carnegie Mellon University" .SH NAME @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ If the client is known, composes a BOOTREPLY packet using the database entry found above, and sends the reply to the client (possibly using a gateway). If the client is unknown, the request is discarded -(with a notice if debug \*[Gt] 0). +(with a notice if debug > 0). .PP If .I bootpd @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ Individual host entries must not exceed 1024 characters. .SH CREDITS .PP This distribution is currently maintained by -Walter L. Wimer \*[Lt]walt+@cmu.edu\*[Gt]. +Walter L. Wimer <walt+@cmu.edu>. .PP The original BOOTP server was created by Bill Croft at Stanford University in January 1986. @@ -276,19 +276,19 @@ at Carnegie Mellon University. Enhancements and bug\-fixes have been contributed by: (in alphabetical order) .br -Danny Backx \*[Lt]db@sunbim.be\*[Gt] +Danny Backx <db@sunbim.be> .br -John Brezak \*[Lt]brezak@ch.hp.com\*[Gt] +John Brezak <brezak@ch.hp.com> .br -Frank da Cruz \*[Lt]fdc@cc.columbia.edu\*[Gt] +Frank da Cruz <fdc@cc.columbia.edu> .br -David R. Linn \*[Lt]drl@vuse.vanderbilt.edu\*[Gt] +David R. Linn <drl@vuse.vanderbilt.edu> .br -Jim McKim \*[Lt]mckim@lerc.nasa.gov\*[Gt] +Jim McKim <mckim@lerc.nasa.gov> .br -Gordon W. Ross \*[Lt]gwr@mc.com\*[Gt] +Gordon W. Ross <gwr@mc.com> .br -Jason Zions \*[Lt]jazz@hal.com\*[Gt] +Jason Zions <jazz@hal.com> .SH "SEE ALSO" .LP bootptab(5), inetd(8), tftpd(8) diff --git a/usr.sbin/bootp/bootptest/bootptest.8 b/usr.sbin/bootp/bootptest/bootptest.8 index b4ad4bab3c5..18ee4d1f9db 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/bootp/bootptest/bootptest.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/bootp/bootptest/bootptest.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: bootptest.8,v 1.4 2002/02/08 01:38:47 ross Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: bootptest.8,v 1.5 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" bootptest.8 .TH BOOTPTEST 8 "10 June 1993" "MAINTENANCE COMMANDS" .SH NAME @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ area of the request packet. .LP The bootptest program is a combination of original and derived works. The main program module (bootptest.c) is original work by -Gordon W. Ross \*[Lt]gwr@mc.com\*[Gt]. +Gordon W. Ross <gwr@mc.com>. The packet printing module (print-bootp.c) is a slightly modified version of a file from the BSD tcpdump program. .LP diff --git a/usr.sbin/crash/crash.8 b/usr.sbin/crash/crash.8 index 30dbff239ff..966e569efb3 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/crash/crash.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/crash/crash.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: crash.8,v 1.6 2016/12/10 23:21:02 mrg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: crash.8,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -80,8 +80,8 @@ However, by using the pipe symbol, output may be sent to commands available from the shell. For example: .Bd -literal -offset abcd -crash\*[Gt] ps | more -crash\*[Gt] ps | grep ioflush +crash> ps | more +crash> ps | grep ioflush .Ed .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr ps 1 , diff --git a/usr.sbin/dev_mkdb/dev_mkdb.8 b/usr.sbin/dev_mkdb/dev_mkdb.8 index 1ac74ef2e6b..005ed05f1bc 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/dev_mkdb/dev_mkdb.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/dev_mkdb/dev_mkdb.8 @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" .\" from: @(#)dev_mkdb.8 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/6/93 -.\" $NetBSD: dev_mkdb.8,v 1.13 2012/06/03 21:42:47 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: dev_mkdb.8,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd June 1, 2012 .Dt DEV_MKDB 8 @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ directory is used. .Pp Keys are a structure containing a mode_t followed by a dev_t, with any padding zero'd out. -The former is the type of the file (st_mode \*[Am] S_IFMT), +The former is the type of the file (st_mode & S_IFMT), the latter is the st_rdev field. .Pp The options are as follows: diff --git a/usr.sbin/eeprom/eeprom.8 b/usr.sbin/eeprom/eeprom.8 index 129d3e57073..a4ed025c7bc 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/eeprom/eeprom.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/eeprom/eeprom.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: eeprom.8,v 1.16 2009/12/19 23:10:57 nakayama Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: eeprom.8,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ for all Sun keyboards. .It console Specifies the console type. Valid values are -.Dq b\*[Am]w , +.Dq b&w , .Dq ttya , .Dq ttyb , .Dq color , diff --git a/usr.sbin/envstat/envsys.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/envstat/envsys.conf.5 index 1ec55da1454..7073afc8189 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/envstat/envsys.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/envstat/envsys.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: envsys.conf.5,v 1.14 2012/02/09 18:10:26 riz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: envsys.conf.5,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" - .\" Copyright (c) 2007, 2008 Juan Romero Pardines. @@ -123,8 +123,8 @@ You only have to find the object in the appropriate dictionary. The object will be shown as: .Bd -literal -offset indent - \*[Lt]key\*[Gt]index\*[Lt]/key\*[Gt] - \*[Lt]string\*[Gt]sensor2\*[Lt]/string\*[Gt] + <key>index</key> + <string>sensor2</string> .Ed .Pp Invalid sensors and devices will be detected by the @@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ object is defined as on its dictionary. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent - \*[Lt]key\*[Gt]want-percentage\*[Lt]/key\*[Gt] - \*[Lt]true/\*[Gt] + <key>want-percentage</key> + <true/> .Ed .Pp Only a value between 0 and 100 is allowed. @@ -186,8 +186,8 @@ object is defined as on its dictionary. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent - \*[Lt]key\*[Gt]want-percentage\*[Lt]/key\*[Gt] - \*[Lt]true/\*[Gt] + <key>want-percentage</key> + <true/> .Ed .Pp Only a value between 0 and 100 is allowed. @@ -220,8 +220,8 @@ object is defined as on its dictionary. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent - \*[Lt]key\*[Gt]want-percentage\*[Lt]/key\*[Gt] - \*[Lt]true/\*[Gt] + <key>want-percentage</key> + <true/> .Ed .Pp Only a value between 0 and 100 is allowed. @@ -254,8 +254,8 @@ object is defined as on its dictionary. For example: .Bd -literal -offset indent - \*[Lt]key\*[Gt]want-percentage\*[Lt]/key\*[Gt] - \*[Lt]true/\*[Gt] + <key>want-percentage</key> + <true/> .Ed .Pp Only a value between 0 and 100 is allowed. diff --git a/usr.sbin/grfconfig/grfconfig.8 b/usr.sbin/grfconfig/grfconfig.8 index a543e4871ef..23e2801965e 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/grfconfig/grfconfig.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/grfconfig/grfconfig.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: grfconfig.8,v 1.16 2008/09/27 04:16:15 reed Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: grfconfig.8,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -118,12 +118,12 @@ Composite sync on green | | vbe ! | | | | ! | | | | ! | | - |\*[Lt]-hse |\*[Lt]-hbe ! |\*[Lt]-hbs | | | - | | ! | hss-\*[Gt]| hse-\*[Gt]| hbe-\*[Gt]| + |<-hse |<-hbe ! |<-hbs | | | + | | ! | hss->| hse->| hbe->| | | hi | | | | | | ! | | | | ! | | - | |\*[Lt]============ wid =========+=====\*[Gt]| | + | |<============ wid =========+=====>| | | | ! | | | | ! | | | | ! | | diff --git a/usr.sbin/installboot/installboot.8 b/usr.sbin/installboot/installboot.8 index 93593ce72c8..32e529a6428 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/installboot/installboot.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/installboot/installboot.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: installboot.8,v 1.92 2017/03/15 11:22:47 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: installboot.8,v 1.93 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002-2015 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -257,27 +257,27 @@ which must be a regular file in this case. .Dq boot.cfg file. . -.It Sy command=\*[Lt]boot command\*[Gt] +.It Sy command=<boot command> .Sy [ amiga ] Modify the default boot command line. . -.It Sy console=\*[Lt]console name\*[Gt] +.It Sy console=<console name> .Sy [ amd64 , .Sy i386 ] -Set the console device, \*[Lt]console name\*[Gt] must be one of: +Set the console device, <console name> must be one of: pc, com0, com1, com2, com3, com0kbd, com1kbd, com2kbd, com3kbd or auto. . -.It Sy ioaddr=\*[Lt]ioaddr\*[Gt] +.It Sy ioaddr=<ioaddr> .Sy [ amd64 , .Sy i386 ] Set the IO address to be used for the console serial port. Defaults to the IO address used by the system BIOS for the specified port. . -.It Sy keymap=\*[Lt]keymap\*[Gt] +.It Sy keymap=<keymap> .Sy [ amd64 , .Sy i386 ] Set a boot time keyboard translation map. -Each character in \*[Lt]keymap\*[Gt] will be replaced by the one following it. +Each character in <keymap> will be replaced by the one following it. For example, an argument of .Dq zyz would swap the lowercase letters @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ and .Sy i386 ] (Don't) load kernel modules. . -.It Sy password=\*[Lt]password\*[Gt] +.It Sy password=<password> .Sy [ amd64 , .Sy i386 ] Set the password which must be entered before the boot menu can be accessed. @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ Set the password which must be entered before the boot menu can be accessed. .Sy i386 ] Reset the video before booting. . -.It Sy speed=\*[Lt]baud rate\*[Gt] +.It Sy speed=<baud rate> .Sy [ amd64 , .Sy i386 ] Set the baud rate for the serial console. @@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ The existing .Nx Ns Tn /sparc disklabel should use no more than 4 partitions. . -.It Sy timeout=\*[Lt]seconds\*[Gt] +.It Sy timeout=<seconds> .Sy [ amd64 , .Sy i386 ] Set the timeout before the automatic boot begins to the given number of seconds. @@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ These are: .El .Pp .Nm -exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. . .Sh ENVIRONMENT .Nm @@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ which is not a problem for a floppy disk. .Ed .Dl Ic mount /dev/fd0a /mnt .Dl Ic cp /usr/mdec/boot /mnt/boot -.Dl Ic gzip -9 \*[Lt] sys/arch/i386/compile/mykernel/netbsd \*[Gt] /mnt/netbsd.gz +.Dl Ic gzip -9 < sys/arch/i386/compile/mykernel/netbsd > /mnt/netbsd.gz .Dl Ic umount /mnt .Dl Ic installboot -v /dev/rfd0a /usr/mdec/bootxx_ffsv1 . diff --git a/usr.sbin/isdn/dtmfdecode/dtmfdecode.1 b/usr.sbin/isdn/dtmfdecode/dtmfdecode.1 index 2ea6afdf1ba..cc284d28d66 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/isdn/dtmfdecode/dtmfdecode.1 +++ b/usr.sbin/isdn/dtmfdecode/dtmfdecode.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: dtmfdecode.1,v 1.7 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: dtmfdecode.1,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 Hellmuth Michaelis. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $Id: dtmfdecode.1,v 1.7 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $Id: dtmfdecode.1,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ employed to provide hysteresis and anti-bounce for the detected signals. .Sh EXAMPLES The command: .Bd -literal -offset indent -dtmfdecode \*[Lt] beep.al +dtmfdecode < beep.al .Ed .Pp will print a "1" to stdout. diff --git a/usr.sbin/isdn/isdnd/isdnd.8 b/usr.sbin/isdn/isdnd/isdnd.8 index 7bc13f22028..b8d87ced594 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/isdn/isdnd/isdnd.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/isdn/isdnd/isdnd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: isdnd.8,v 1.14 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: isdnd.8,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 2000 Hellmuth Michaelis. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $Id: isdnd.8,v 1.14 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $Id: isdnd.8,v 1.15 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Charging information from the kernel. .Ss OUTGOING CALLS Currently the only possibility to trigger an outgoing call is that an isdn4bsd network driver -.Em ( isdn\*[Lt]n\*[Gt] ) +.Em ( isdn<n> ) sends a .Em MSG_DIALOUT_IND to the diff --git a/usr.sbin/isdn/isdnd/isdnd.rc.5 b/usr.sbin/isdn/isdnd/isdnd.rc.5 index 52b4cd96963..7230c0c433f 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/isdn/isdnd/isdnd.rc.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/isdn/isdnd/isdnd.rc.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: isdnd.rc.5,v 1.20 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: isdnd.rc.5,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 2000 Hellmuth Michaelis. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $Id: isdnd.rc.5,v 1.20 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $Id: isdnd.rc.5,v 1.21 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ The rate entry used from the rates file. .Pp For example, ratetype=0 selects lines beginning "ra0" in /etc/isdn/isdnd.rates; (typically ra0 lines are a set of tables for local call rates on different -days of the week \*[Am] times per day). +days of the week & times per day). .It Li recoverytime The time in seconds to wait between dial retries. (optional) @@ -907,12 +907,12 @@ must be greater than 0 (zero); .Em earlyhangup must be \*[Ge] 0 (zero). .Bd -literal -|\*[Lt]unchecked-window\*[Gt]|\*[Lt]checkwindow\*[Gt]|\*[Lt]safetywindow\*[Gt]| +|<unchecked-window>|<checkwindow>|<safetywindow>| | | | | +------------------+-------------+--------------+ | | | | -| |\*[Lt]-idle-time-\*[Gt]|\*[Lt]earlyhangup-\*[Gt]| -|\*[Lt]--------------unitlength---------------------\*[Gt]| +| |<-idle-time->|<earlyhangup->| +|<--------------unitlength--------------------->| .Ed .Pp During the unchecked window which is (unitlength - (idle-time+earlyhangup)) @@ -961,10 +961,10 @@ period if there is no traffic for seconds the call is disconnected. .Pp .Bd -literal -|\*[Lt]---unchecked------------------\*[Gt]|\*[Lt]------checked------\*[Gt] +|<---unchecked------------------>|<------checked------> +------------------+-------------+ -| |\*[Lt]-idle-time-\*[Gt]| -|\*[Lt]--------------unitlength-------\*[Gt]| +| |<-idle-time->| +|<--------------unitlength------->| .Ed .Pp Experience shows that useful values for idle-time are from 15 to 30 seconds. diff --git a/usr.sbin/isdn/isdntel/isdntel.8 b/usr.sbin/isdn/isdntel/isdntel.8 index 32546acaa9e..9e3015db330 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/isdn/isdntel/isdntel.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/isdn/isdntel/isdntel.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: isdntel.8,v 1.7 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: isdntel.8,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1999 Hellmuth Michaelis. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" -.\" $Id: isdntel.8,v 1.7 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $Id: isdntel.8,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .Dd July 11, 1998 .Dt ISDNTEL 8 @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ as the command string to execute for playing a voice message to some audio output facility. The characters .Em %s are replaced by the currently selected filename. The default string is -.Em cat %s | alaw2ulaw \*[Gt]/dev/audio +.Em cat %s | alaw2ulaw >/dev/audio .It Fl t The value for .Ar timeout diff --git a/usr.sbin/isdn/isdntelctl/isdntelctl.8 b/usr.sbin/isdn/isdntelctl/isdntelctl.8 index 8d5766c3ae3..ffacb6248bb 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/isdn/isdntelctl/isdntelctl.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/isdn/isdntelctl/isdntelctl.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: isdntelctl.8,v 1.10 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: isdntelctl.8,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 1999 Hellmuth Michaelis. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $Id: isdntelctl.8,v 1.10 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $Id: isdntelctl.8,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:35:30 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" @@ -61,9 +61,9 @@ unit number. The default value is zero to access device .Pa /dev/isdntel0 . .It Fl A -Do A-law (ISDN line) -\*[Gt] mu-law (userland) conversion. +Do A-law (ISDN line) -> mu-law (userland) conversion. .It Fl U -Do mu-law (ISDN line) -\*[Gt] A-law (userland) conversion. +Do mu-law (ISDN line) -> A-law (userland) conversion. .It Fl N Set sound conversion to do no format conversion. .El @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ or no conversion at all in the isdntel driver by using the .Nm utility. .Sh FILES -.Pa /dev/isdntel\*[Lt]n\*[Gt] +.Pa /dev/isdntel<n> .Sh EXAMPLES The command .Bd -literal -offset indent diff --git a/usr.sbin/isdn/isdntrace/isdntrace.8 b/usr.sbin/isdn/isdntrace/isdntrace.8 index 6129e555308..27946c80f4e 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/isdn/isdntrace/isdntrace.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/isdn/isdntrace/isdntrace.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: isdntrace.8,v 1.8 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: isdntrace.8,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997, 2000 Hellmuth Michaelis. All rights reserved. .\" @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ .\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF .\" SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.\" $Id: isdntrace.8,v 1.8 2014/03/18 18:20:46 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $Id: isdntrace.8,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" $FreeBSD$ .\" @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ switch D channel tracing off (default on). Use .Ar filename as the name of a file into which to write tracing output (default filename is -isdntrace\*[Lt]n\*[Gt] where n is the number of the unit to trace). +isdntrace<n> where n is the number of the unit to trace). .It Fl h switch display of header off (default on). .It Fl i @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ switch off writing trace output to a file (default on). Use .Ar filename as the name of a file used for the -B and -P options (default filename -is isdntracebin\*[Lt]n\*[Gt] where n is the number of the unit to trace). +is isdntracebin<n> where n is the number of the unit to trace). .It Fl r Switch off printing a raw hexadecimal dump of the packets preceding the decoded protocol information (default on). @@ -177,8 +177,8 @@ automatically detects the layer 3 protocol being used by looking at the Protocol Discriminator (see: Q.931/1993 pp. 53). .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width daddeldi -compact -.It Pa /dev/isdntrc\*[Lt]n\*[Gt] -The device file(s) used to get the trace messages for ISDN card unit \*[Lt]n\*[Gt] +.It Pa /dev/isdntrc<n> +The device file(s) used to get the trace messages for ISDN card unit <n> out of the kernel. .El .Sh EXAMPLES diff --git a/usr.sbin/link/link.8 b/usr.sbin/link/link.8 index 85dd5134135..79dece9196a 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/link/link.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/link/link.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: link.8,v 1.6 2008/04/30 13:11:02 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: link.8,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ to be created. The .Nm utility -exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr ln 1 , .Xr link 2 , diff --git a/usr.sbin/lockstat/lockstat.8 b/usr.sbin/lockstat/lockstat.8 index 6063bd9b492..a714a3377f7 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/lockstat/lockstat.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/lockstat/lockstat.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: lockstat.8,v 1.10 2013/03/06 11:49:06 yamt Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: lockstat.8,v 1.11 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2006, 2007, 2009 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ Elapsed time: 10.01 seconds. Total% Count Time/ms Lock Caller ------ ------- --------- ---------------------- ------------------------------ -100.00 1281 0.78 uvm_pageqlock \*[Lt]all\*[Gt] +100.00 1281 0.78 uvm_pageqlock <all> 39.81 385 0.31 uvm_pageqlock uvm_fault_internal+11cc 30.98 358 0.24 uvm_pageqlock uvm_fault_internal+bb1 28.06 522 0.22 uvm_pageqlock uvm_anfree+132 diff --git a/usr.sbin/lpr/lpd/lpd.8 b/usr.sbin/lpr/lpd/lpd.8 index 5590901d3ee..b8ae0d8e9eb 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/lpr/lpd/lpd.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/lpr/lpd/lpd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: lpd.8,v 1.35 2011/11/09 14:16:00 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: lpd.8,v 1.36 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ The default is 120 seconds. The .Fl W option will instruct lpd not to verify a remote tcp connection -comes from a reserved port (\*[Lt]1024). +comes from a reserved port (<1024). .El .Pp If the @@ -380,4 +380,4 @@ but not under same administrative control. .Sh HISTORY An .Nm -daemon appeared in Version 6 AT\*[Am]T UNIX. +daemon appeared in Version 6 AT&T UNIX. diff --git a/usr.sbin/lptctl/lptctl.8 b/usr.sbin/lptctl/lptctl.8 index d4c2125c55e..4c69ba34e62 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/lptctl/lptctl.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/lptctl/lptctl.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: lptctl.8,v 1.12 2014/09/19 16:06:16 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: lptctl.8,v 1.13 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2004 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ Enables or disables (default) automatic LF on CR for data transfers. .El .Sh EXIT STATUS .Nm -returns 0 on success, \*[Gt]0 on failure. +returns 0 on success, >0 on failure. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr ioctl 2 , .Xr lpt 4 , diff --git a/usr.sbin/mailwrapper/mailwrapper.8 b/usr.sbin/mailwrapper/mailwrapper.8 index 827d6a6706b..007edc4a068 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/mailwrapper/mailwrapper.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/mailwrapper/mailwrapper.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mailwrapper.8,v 1.16 2014/09/19 16:05:55 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mailwrapper.8,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1998 .\" Perry E. Metzger. All rights reserved. @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ is typically set up as a symlink to which is not usually invoked on its own. .Sh EXIT STATUS .Nm -exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh DIAGNOSTICS .Nm will print a diagnostic if its configuration file is missing or malformed, diff --git a/usr.sbin/mdconfig/mdconfig.8 b/usr.sbin/mdconfig/mdconfig.8 index 6451b2141ae..4d9492c8d79 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/mdconfig/mdconfig.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/mdconfig/mdconfig.8 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" -.\" $NetBSD: mdconfig.8,v 1.9 2002/02/08 01:38:50 ross Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mdconfig.8,v 1.10 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995 Gordon W. Ross .\" All rights reserved. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ process started earlier. .It Pa /dev/md?? .El .Sh EXAMPLES -.Dl mdconfig /dev/md0c 2048 \*[Am] +.Dl mdconfig /dev/md0c 2048 & .Pp Configures the memory disk .Pa md0c diff --git a/usr.sbin/mld6query/mld6query.8 b/usr.sbin/mld6query/mld6query.8 index 7779281e1bf..e29d7be8e51 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/mld6query/mld6query.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/mld6query/mld6query.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mld6query.8,v 1.7 2002/02/08 01:38:51 ross Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mld6query.8,v 1.8 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" $KAME: mld6query.8,v 1.5 2000/12/04 06:28:23 itojun Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, and 1998 WIDE Project. @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ similarly, MLD report packet will be transmitted. options are for debugging purposes only. .\" .Sh EXIT STATUS -The program exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 on failures. +The program exits 0 on success, and >0 on failures. .\" .\" .Sh SEE ALSO .\" diff --git a/usr.sbin/mrinfo/mrinfo.8 b/usr.sbin/mrinfo/mrinfo.8 index 489d3495a1e..bdf0a68d649 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/mrinfo/mrinfo.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/mrinfo/mrinfo.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mrinfo.8,v 1.8 2003/03/31 01:34:57 perry Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mrinfo.8,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Written Wed Mar 24 1993 by Van Jacobson (adapted from the .\" multicast mapper written by Pavel Curtis). @@ -127,10 +127,10 @@ reply. Default timeout is 4 seconds. .nf .I mrinfo mbone.phony.dom.net 127.148.176.10 (mbone.phony.dom.net) [version 3.3]: - 127.148.176.10 -\*[Gt] 0.0.0.0 (?) [1/1/querier] - 127.148.176.10 -\*[Gt] 127.0.8.4 (mbone2.phony.dom.net) [1/45/tunnel] - 127.148.176.10 -\*[Gt] 105.1.41.9 (momoney.com) [1/32/tunnel/down] - 127.148.176.10 -\*[Gt] 143.192.152.119 (mbone.dipu.edu) [1/32/tunnel] + 127.148.176.10 -> 0.0.0.0 (?) [1/1/querier] + 127.148.176.10 -> 127.0.8.4 (mbone2.phony.dom.net) [1/45/tunnel] + 127.148.176.10 -> 105.1.41.9 (momoney.com) [1/32/tunnel/down] + 127.148.176.10 -> 143.192.152.119 (mbone.dipu.edu) [1/32/tunnel] .fi .PP For each neighbor of the queried multicast router, the IP of the queried router diff --git a/usr.sbin/mrouted/mrouted.8 b/usr.sbin/mrouted/mrouted.8 index 52fe034e9f3..dcbdd1e96fa 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/mrouted/mrouted.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/mrouted/mrouted.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: mrouted.8,v 1.17 2009/03/15 10:16:28 joerg Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: mrouted.8,v 1.18 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" $OpenBSD: mrouted.8,v 1.11 2003/03/03 15:14:28 deraadt Exp $ .\" The mrouted program is covered by the license in the accompanying file .\" named "LICENSE". Use of the mrouted program represents acceptance of @@ -123,24 +123,24 @@ option). There are four types of configuration commands: .Bl -item -offset indent .It -.Tn phyint \*[Lt]local-addr\*[Gt] [disable] [metric \*[Lt]m\*[Gt]] +.Tn phyint <local-addr> [disable] [metric <m>] .Bl -tag -width flag -compact -offset indent -.It [threshold \*[Lt]t\*[Gt]] [rate_limit \*[Lt]b\*[Gt]] -.It [boundary (\*[Lt]boundary-name\*[Gt]|\*[Lt]scoped-addr\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]mask-len\*[Gt])] -.It [altnet \*[Lt]network\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]mask-len\*[Gt]] +.It [threshold <t>] [rate_limit <b>] +.It [boundary (<boundary-name>|<scoped-addr>/<mask-len>)] +.It [altnet <network>/<mask-len>] .El .It .Bl -tag -width flag -compact -offset indent -.It Tn tunnel \*[Lt]local-addr\*[Gt] \*[Lt]remote-addr\*[Gt] [metric \*[Lt]m\*[Gt]] -.It [threshold \*[Lt]t\*[Gt]] [rate_limit \*[Lt]b\*[Gt]] -.It [boundary (\*[Lt]boundary-name\*[Gt]|\*[Lt]scoped-addr\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]mask-len\*[Gt])] +.It Tn tunnel <local-addr> <remote-addr> [metric <m>] +.It [threshold <t>] [rate_limit <b>] +.It [boundary (<boundary-name>|<scoped-addr>/<mask-len>)] .El .It -.Tn cache_lifetime \*[Lt]ct\*[Gt] +.Tn cache_lifetime <ct> .It -.Tn pruning \*[Lt]off/on\*[Gt] +.Tn pruning <off/on> .It -.Tn name \*[Lt]boundary-name\*[Gt] \*[Lt]scoped-addr\*[Gt]/\*[Lt]mask-len\*[Gt] +.Tn name <boundary-name> <scoped-addr>/<mask-len> .El .Pp The file format is free-form; whitespace (including newlines) is not @@ -153,11 +153,11 @@ options may be specified as many times as necessary. .Pp The phyint command can be used to disable multicast routing on the physical interface identified by local IP address -.Ar \*[Lt]local-addr\*[Gt] , +.Ar <local-addr> , or to associate a non-default metric or threshold with the specified physical interface. The local IP address -.Ar \*[Lt]local-addr\*[Gt] +.Ar <local-addr> may be replaced by the interface name (e.g., le0). If a phyint is attached to multiple IP subnets, describe each additional subnet with the altnet keyword. @@ -165,15 +165,15 @@ Phyint commands must precede tunnel commands. .Pp The tunnel command can be used to establish a tunnel link between local IP address -.Ar \*[Lt]local-addr\*[Gt] +.Ar <local-addr> and remote IP address -.Ar \*[Lt]remote-addr\*[Gt] , +.Ar <remote-addr> , and to associate a non-default metric or threshold with that tunnel. The local IP address -.Ar \*[Lt]local-addr\*[Gt] +.Ar <local-addr> may be replaced by the interface name (e.g., le0). The remote IP address -.Ar \*[Lt]remote-addr\*[Gt] +.Ar <remote-addr> may be replaced by a host name, if and only if the host name has a single IP address associated with it. The tunnel must be set up in the mrouted.conf files of both routers before @@ -396,14 +396,14 @@ The cache tables look like this: Multicast Routing Cache Table (147 entries) Origin Mcast-group CTmr Age Ptmr IVif Forwvifs 13.2.116/22 224.2.127.255 3m 2m - 0 1 -\*[Gt]13.2.116.19 -\*[Gt]13.2.116.196 +>13.2.116.19 +>13.2.116.196 138.96.48/21 224.2.127.255 5m 2m - 0 1 -\*[Gt]138.96.48.108 +>138.96.48.108 128.9.160/20 224.2.127.255 3m 2m - 0 1 -\*[Gt]128.9.160.45 +>128.9.160.45 198.106.194/24 224.2.135.190 9m 28s 9m 0P -\*[Gt]198.106.194.22 +>198.106.194.22 .Ed .Pp Each entry is characterized by the origin subnet number and mask and the @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ members of the particular group on that subnet. A "b" on an interface indicates that it is a boundary interface, i.e., traffic will not be forwarded on the scoped address on that interface. -An additional line with a "\*[Gt]" as the first character is printed for +An additional line with a ">" as the first character is printed for each source on the subnet. Note that there can be many sources in one subnet. .Sh SEE ALSO diff --git a/usr.sbin/npf/npfctl/npf.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/npf/npfctl/npf.conf.5 index 8a97923e185..193a0dc166f 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/npf/npfctl/npf.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/npf/npfctl/npf.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: npf.conf.5,v 1.48 2017/01/20 08:48:14 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: npf.conf.5,v 1.49 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2009-2017 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Common variable definitions are for IP addresses, networks, ports, and interfaces. .Ss Tables Tables are specified using a name between angle brackets -\*[Lt] and \*[Gt]. +< and >. The following is an example of table definition: .Bd -literal table <black> type hash dynamic @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ alg = "alg" alg-name ; Table definition. Table ID shall be numeric. Path is in the double quotes. -table-id = \*[Lt]table-name\*[Gt] +table-id = <table-name> table-def = "table" table-id "type" ( "hash" | "tree" | "cdb" ) ( "dynamic" | "file" path ) @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ procedure "log" { group "external" on $ext_if { pass stateful out final all - block in final from \*[Lt]blacklist\*[Gt] + block in final from <blacklist> pass stateful in final family inet4 proto tcp to $ext_if port ssh apply "log" pass stateful in final proto tcp to $ext_if port $services_tcp pass stateful in final proto udp to $ext_if port $services_udp @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ group "external" on $ext_if { group "internal" on $int_if { block in all - block in final from \*[Lt]limited\*[Gt] + block in final from <limited> # Ingress filtering as per BCP 38 / RFC 2827. pass in final from $localnet diff --git a/usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall.8 b/usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall.8 index 97fc67806ff..6fe190828f4 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: postinstall.8,v 1.18 2014/12/21 21:10:13 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: postinstall.8,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2005-2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Same as .Sh EXIT STATUS The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs or a problem was found. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr etcupdate 8 diff --git a/usr.sbin/pstat/pstat.8 b/usr.sbin/pstat/pstat.8 index 593ec55989c..5d7516cbc15 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/pstat/pstat.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/pstat/pstat.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: pstat.8,v 1.41 2015/04/20 19:36:56 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: pstat.8,v 1.42 2017/07/03 21:35:31 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1991, 1993, 1994 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ retyping suspended input .Pq PENDIN .It N counting tab width, ignore FLUSHO -.It \&\*[Gt] +.It \&> tty used for dialout .El .It SESS diff --git a/usr.sbin/sa/sa.8 b/usr.sbin/sa/sa.8 index 204b34cddef..655424f866a 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/sa/sa.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/sa/sa.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sa.8,v 1.18 2014/09/19 16:05:55 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sa.8,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1994 Christopher G. Demetriou .\" All rights reserved. @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ flags are honored. .Pp The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width /var/account/usracct -compact .It Pa /var/account/acct diff --git a/usr.sbin/sunlabel/sunlabel.8 b/usr.sbin/sunlabel/sunlabel.8 index dd334d1a51e..c73fffb8fb4 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/sunlabel/sunlabel.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/sunlabel/sunlabel.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sunlabel.8,v 1.8 2014/03/18 18:20:47 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sunlabel.8,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ Synthesize a new label rather than reading what is there. .It Fl q Quiet mode - don't print unnecessary babble (currently this suppresses the -.Dq sunlabel\*[Gt] +.Dq sunlabel> prompt). .It Fl s Ignore checksum errors when reading the label. @@ -80,13 +80,13 @@ and the partition table printed by .Pp .Nm prints a prompt -.Dq sunlabel\*[Gt] +.Dq sunlabel> and expects commands. The following commands are understood: .Bl -tag -width 16n -offset indent .It \&? Show a short help message. -.It Ic [abcdefghijklmnop] Ar \*[Lt]cylno\*[Gt] Ar \*[Lt]size\*[Gt] +.It Ic [abcdefghijklmnop] Ar <cylno> Ar <size> Change partition (see below). .It Ic L Print label, except for the partition table. @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ Quit program (unconditionally) [EOF also quits]. .It Ic S Set label in the kernel (orthogonal to .Ic W ) . -.It Ic V Ar \*[Lt]name\*[Gt] Ar \*[Lt]value\*[Gt] +.It Ic V Ar <name> Ar <value> Change a non-partition label value. .It Ic W Write (possibly modified) label out. @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ The through .Ic p commands will accept, for the -.Ar \*[Lt]size\*[Gt] +.Ar <size> parameter, the .Ar nnn/nnn/nnn syntax used by @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ if .Fl n is used), this syntax is not very useful. Some additional strings are accepted. For the -.Ar \*[Lt]cylno\*[Gt] +.Ar <cylno> parameter, .Dq end-X (where @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ indicates that the partition should start at the same place as partition .Ar X . For the -.Ar \*[Lt]size\*[Gt] +.Ar <size> parameter, .Dq end-X indicates that the partition should end at the same place as partition diff --git a/usr.sbin/sup/source/sup.1 b/usr.sbin/sup/source/sup.1 index 34ebb20d837..ec0fd1b6bfe 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/sup/source/sup.1 +++ b/usr.sbin/sup/source/sup.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: sup.1,v 1.22 2013/04/09 16:39:19 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: sup.1,v 1.23 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1992 Carnegie Mellon University .\" All Rights Reserved. @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ subdirectory of the .I base directory. If it exists it may contain any of the following files: .TP -.B when.\*[Lt]rel-suffix\*[Gt] +.B when.<rel-suffix> This file is automatically updated by .I sup when a collection is successfully upgraded and contains the @@ -433,7 +433,7 @@ preventing more than one .I sup from upgrading the same collection at the same time. .TP -.B last.\*[Lt]rel-suffix\*[Gt] +.B last.<rel-suffix> This file contains a list of files and directories, one per line, that have been upgraded by .I sup @@ -668,16 +668,16 @@ file collection, in a format described below. This file describes any releases that the collection may have. Each line starts with the release name and then may specify any of the following files: -.I prefix=\*[Lt]dirname\*[Gt] +.I prefix=<dirname> to use a different parent directory for the files in this release. -.I list=\*[Lt]listname\*[Gt] +.I list=<listname> to specify the list of files in the release. -.I scan=\*[Lt]scanfile\*[Gt] +.I scan=<scanfile> must be used in multi-release collections that are scanned to keep the scan files for the different releases separate. -.I host=\*[Lt]hostfile\*[Gt] +.I host=<hostfile> to allow different host restrictions for this release. -.I next=\*[Lt]release\*[Gt] +.I next=<release> used to chain releases together. This has the effect of making one release be a combination of several other releases. @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ allows several different named collections to use the same base directory. Separate encryption, remote host access, and file lists are used for each collection, since these files reside in subdirectories -.I \*[Lt]basedir\*[Gt]/sup/\*[Lt]coll.name\*[Gt]. +.I <basedir>/sup/<coll.name>. The list file is a text file with one command on each line. Each command @@ -843,19 +843,19 @@ supfile used for -s flag when -t flag is also specified .B /etc/supfiles/coll.host host name list for system collections .TP -\*[Lt]\fIbase-directory\fR\*[Gt]\fB/sup/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt]\fB/last\fR\*[Lt]\fI.release\fR\*[Gt] +<\fIbase-directory\fR>\fB/sup/\fR<\fIcollection\fR>\fB/last\fR<\fI.release\fR> recorded list of files in collection as of last upgrade .TP -\*[Lt]\fIbase-directory\fR\*[Gt]\fB/sup/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt]\fB/lock +<\fIbase-directory\fR>\fB/sup/\fR<\fIcollection\fR>\fB/lock file used to lock collection .TP -\*[Lt]\fIbase-directory\fR\*[Gt]\fB/sup/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt]\fB/refuse +<\fIbase-directory\fR>\fB/sup/\fR<\fIcollection\fR>\fB/refuse list of files to refuse in collection .TP -\*[Lt]\fIbase-directory\fR\*[Gt]\fB/sup/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt]\fB/when\fR\*[Lt]\fI.release\fR\*[Gt] +<\fIbase-directory\fR>\fB/sup/\fR<\fIcollection\fR>\fB/when\fR<\fI.release\fR> recorded time of last upgrade .TP -\fB/usr/sup/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt] +\fB/usr/sup/\fR<\fIcollection\fR> default base directory for file collection .DT .PP @@ -866,33 +866,33 @@ Files needed on each repository machine for the file server: base directory list for system collections .TP -\*[Lt]\fIbase-directory\fR\*[Gt]\fB/sup/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt]\fB/crypt +<\fIbase-directory\fR>\fB/sup/\fR<\fIcollection\fR>\fB/crypt data encryption key for a collection. the owner of this file is the default account used when data encryption is specified .TP -\*[Lt]\fIbase-directory\fR\*[Gt]\fB/sup/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt]\fB/host +<\fIbase-directory\fR>\fB/sup/\fR<\fIcollection\fR>\fB/host list of remote hosts allowed to upgrade a collection .TP -\*[Lt]\fIbase-directory\fR\*[Gt]\fB/sup/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt]\fB/list +<\fIbase-directory\fR>\fB/sup/\fR<\fIcollection\fR>\fB/list list file for a collection .TP -\*[Lt]\fIbase-directory\fR\*[Gt]\fB/sup/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt]\fB/lock +<\fIbase-directory\fR>\fB/sup/\fR<\fIcollection\fR>\fB/lock lock file for a collection .TP -\*[Lt]\fIbase-directory\fR\*[Gt]\fB/sup/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt]\fB/logfile +<\fIbase-directory\fR>\fB/sup/\fR<\fIcollection\fR>\fB/logfile log file for a collection .TP -\*[Lt]\fIbase-directory\fR\*[Gt]\fB/sup/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt]\fB/prefix +<\fIbase-directory\fR>\fB/sup/\fR<\fIcollection\fR>\fB/prefix file containing the name of the prefix directory for a collection .TP -\*[Lt]\fIbase-directory\fR\*[Gt]\fB/sup/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt]\fB/scan +<\fIbase-directory\fR>\fB/sup/\fR<\fIcollection\fR>\fB/scan scan file for a collection .TP -\fB/usr/\fR\*[Lt]\fIcollection\fR\*[Gt] +\fB/usr/\fR<\fIcollection\fR> default base directory for a file collection .DT .PP diff --git a/usr.sbin/sup/source/supservers.8 b/usr.sbin/sup/source/supservers.8 index 664eb048646..c9d6630d35c 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/sup/source/supservers.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/sup/source/supservers.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: supservers.8,v 1.11 2013/05/28 20:13:16 spz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: supservers.8,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1992 Carnegie Mellon University .\" All Rights Reserved. @@ -210,18 +210,18 @@ base directory list for system collections /etc/supfiles/coll.host host name list for system collections .TP -\*[Lt]base-directory\*[Gt]/sup/\*[Lt]collection\*[Gt]/* +<base-directory>/sup/<collection>/* files used by file server (see .I sup(1)) .TP -\*[Lt]base-directory\*[Gt]/sup/\*[Lt]collection\*[Gt]/list +<base-directory>/sup/<collection>/list list file used by .I supscan to create file list .TP -\*[Lt]base-directory\*[Gt]/sup/\*[Lt]collection\*[Gt]/scan +<base-directory>/sup/<collection>/scan file list created by .I supscan diff --git a/usr.sbin/syslogd/syslog.conf.5 b/usr.sbin/syslogd/syslog.conf.5 index 0f4ed6e7f46..2f4f44e715b 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/syslogd/syslog.conf.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/syslogd/syslog.conf.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: syslog.conf.5,v 1.24 2017/02/21 18:36:39 abhinav Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: syslog.conf.5,v 1.25 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1990, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ are encoded as a a period .Pq Sq \&. , an optional set of comparison flags -.Pq Bo ! Bc Bq \*[Lt]=\*[Gt] , +.Pq Bo ! Bc Bq <=> , and a .Em level , with no intervening white-space. @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ The .Em comparison flags may be used to specify exactly what levels are logged. If unspecified, the default comparison is -.Sq \*[Gt]= +.Sq >= .Pq greater than or equal to , or, if the .Fl U @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Thus, means all levels except info and .Sq !notice has the same meaning as -.Sq \*[Lt]notice . +.Sq <notice . .Pp The .Em level diff --git a/usr.sbin/syslogd/syslogd.8 b/usr.sbin/syslogd/syslogd.8 index d4bdd09e500..200764bdfbb 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/syslogd/syslogd.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/syslogd/syslogd.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: syslogd.8,v 1.54 2013/01/14 03:05:41 dholland Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: syslogd.8,v 1.55 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1983, 1986, 1991, 1993 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ configuration file. Without this option, messages at the specified priority or higher are logged. This option changes the default priority comparison from -.Sq \*[Gt]= +.Sq >= to .Sq = . .It Fl v diff --git a/usr.sbin/traceroute/traceroute.8 b/usr.sbin/traceroute/traceroute.8 index 0ed6f2b596b..308e91467de 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/traceroute/traceroute.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/traceroute/traceroute.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: traceroute.8,v 1.29 2011/09/11 01:06:26 christos Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: traceroute.8,v 1.30 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1995, 1996, 1997 .\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ packets with a small ttl (time to live) then listening for an ICMP "time exceeded" reply from a gateway. We start our probes with a ttl of one and increase by one until we get an ICMP "port unreachable" (which means we got to "host") or hit a max (which -defaults to 30 hops \*[Am] can be changed with the +defaults to 30 hops & can be changed with the .B \-m flag). Three probes (change with @@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ traceroute to nis.nsf.net (35.1.1.48), 30 hops max, 38 byte packet .fi .RE -Note that lines 2 \*[Am] 3 are the same. This is due to a buggy +Note that lines 2 & 3 are the same. This is due to a buggy kernel on the 2nd hop system \- lilac-dmc.Berkeley.EDU \- that forwards packets with a zero ttl (a bug in the distributed version of 4.3BSD). Note that you have to guess what path @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ traceroute to allspice.lcs.mit.edu (18.26.0.115), 30 hops max .fi .RE -Note that the gateways 12, 14, 15, 16 \*[Am] 17 hops away +Note that the gateways 12, 14, 15, 16 & 17 hops away either don't send ICMP "time exceeded" messages or send them with a ttl too small to reach us. 14 \- 17 are running the MIT C Gateway code that doesn't send "time exceeded"s. God @@ -370,8 +370,8 @@ or (host precedence violation), .B !C (precedence cutoff in effect), or -.B !\*[Lt]N\*[Gt] -(ICMP unreachable code \*[Lt]num\*[Gt]). +.B !<N> +(ICMP unreachable code <num>). These are defined by RFC1812 (which supersedes RFC1716). If almost all the probes result in some kind of unreachable, traceroute will give up and exit. diff --git a/usr.sbin/traceroute6/traceroute6.8 b/usr.sbin/traceroute6/traceroute6.8 index 2dae22b9c09..2e47d19fec5 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/traceroute6/traceroute6.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/traceroute6/traceroute6.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: traceroute6.8,v 1.13 2011/05/12 08:42:24 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: traceroute6.8,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" $KAME: traceroute6.8,v 1.8 2000/06/12 16:29:18 itojun Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, and 1998 WIDE Project. @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ Specify the delay time between probes. .Sh EXIT STATUS The .Nm -command exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 on errors. +command exits 0 on success, and >0 on errors. .\" .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr ping 8 , diff --git a/usr.sbin/unlink/unlink.8 b/usr.sbin/unlink/unlink.8 index 7dc0787b147..0896f2e06fb 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/unlink/unlink.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/unlink/unlink.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: unlink.8,v 1.6 2008/04/30 13:11:03 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: unlink.8,v 1.7 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1999 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ must be the pathname of an existing file. .Sh EXIT STATUS The .Nm -utility exits 0 on success, and \*[Gt]0 if an error occurs. +utility exits 0 on success, and >0 if an error occurs. .Sh SEE ALSO .Xr rm 1 , .Xr rmdir 1 , diff --git a/usr.sbin/wlanctl/wlanctl.8 b/usr.sbin/wlanctl/wlanctl.8 index e9d00355c3e..2940fb575c2 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/wlanctl/wlanctl.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/wlanctl/wlanctl.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: wlanctl.8,v 1.8 2014/03/18 18:20:47 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: wlanctl.8,v 1.9 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" Copyright (c) 2004 David Young. All rights reserved. .\" .\" This code was written by David Young. @@ -64,28 +64,28 @@ may print this node table, for example: .Pp .Bd -literal -offset indent -compact atw0: mac 00:02:6f:20:f6:2e bss 02:02:6f:20:f6:2e - node flags 0001\*[Lt]bss\*[Gt] - ess \*[Lt]netbsd\*[Gt] - chan 11 freq 2462MHz flags 00a0\*[Lt]cck,2.4GHz\*[Gt] - capabilities 0022\*[Lt]ibss,short preamble\*[Gt] + node flags 0001<bss> + ess <netbsd> + chan 11 freq 2462MHz flags 00a0<cck,2.4GHz> + capabilities 0022<ibss,short preamble> beacon-interval 100 TU tsft 18425852102545544165 us rates [1.0] 2.0 5.5 11.0 assoc-id 0 assoc-failed 0 inactivity 0s rssi 161 txseq 10 rxseq 1420 atw0: mac 00:02:2d:2e:3c:f4 bss 02:02:6f:20:f6:2e node flags 0000 - ess \*[Lt]netbsd\*[Gt] - chan 11 freq 2462MHz flags 00a0\*[Lt]cck,2.4GHz\*[Gt] - capabilities 0002\*[Lt]ibss\*[Gt] + ess <netbsd> + chan 11 freq 2462MHz flags 00a0<cck,2.4GHz> + capabilities 0002<ibss> beacon-interval 100 TU tsft 18425852105450086784 us rates [1.0] 2.0 5.5 11.0 assoc-id 0 assoc-failed 0 inactivity 0s rssi 159 txseq 2 rxseq 551 atw0: mac 00:02:6f:20:f6:2e bss 02:02:6f:20:f6:2e node flags 0000 - ess \*[Lt]netbsd\*[Gt] - chan 11 freq 2462MHz flags 00a0\*[Lt]cck,2.4GHz\*[Gt] - capabilities 0022\*[Lt]ibss,short preamble\*[Gt] + ess <netbsd> + chan 11 freq 2462MHz flags 00a0<cck,2.4GHz> + capabilities 0022<ibss,short preamble> beacon-interval 100 TU tsft 18425852102558548069 us rates [1.0] 2.0 5.5 6.0 9.0 11.0 12.0 18.0 24.0 36.0 48.0 54.0 assoc-id 0 assoc-failed 0 inactivity 145s diff --git a/usr.sbin/wsmoused/wsmoused.8 b/usr.sbin/wsmoused/wsmoused.8 index 1a08eae0859..6a4276c2a9d 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/wsmoused/wsmoused.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/wsmoused/wsmoused.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: wsmoused.8,v 1.18 2012/01/02 18:04:34 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: wsmoused.8,v 1.19 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 2002, 2003 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ when using the .Xr rc.subr 8 framework. You should set -.Sq wsmoused_user="\*[Lt]some_user\*[Gt]" +.Sq wsmoused_user="<some_user>" in .Xr rc.conf 5 to a safer user (and adjust file permissions accordingly) if the commands diff --git a/usr.sbin/ypbind/ypbind.8 b/usr.sbin/ypbind/ypbind.8 index 98b470552d7..c5f4e4c940d 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ypbind/ypbind.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/ypbind/ypbind.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ypbind.8,v 1.21 2014/09/20 11:16:05 wiz Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ypbind.8,v 1.22 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ that particular domain and which port the server is using. This information is stored in the directory .Pa /var/yp/binding in a file named with the convention -.Pa \*[Lt]domain\*[Gt].version , +.Pa <domain>.version , where .Aq domain is the relevant domain. @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ option, steps through the list of .Tn NIS servers specified in -.Pa /var/yp/binding/\*[Lt]domain\*[Gt].ypservers +.Pa /var/yp/binding/<domain>.ypservers and contacts each in turn attempting to bind to that server. It is strongly recommended that these hosts are in the local hosts file, and that hosts are looked up in local files before @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ If is started with the .Fl broadcast option, or if -.Pa /var/yp/binding/\*[Lt]domain\*[Gt].ypservers +.Pa /var/yp/binding/<domain>.ypservers does not exist, .Nm broadcasts to find a process willing to serve maps for the @@ -140,10 +140,10 @@ Use this to resume immediately after a long network outage is resolved. .El .Sh FILES -.Pa /var/yp/binding/\*[Lt]domain\*[Gt].version -- binding file for \*[Lt]domain\*[Gt]. -.Pa /var/yp/binding/\*[Lt]domain\*[Gt].ypservers -- explicit list of servers to bind to for \*[Lt]domain\*[Gt]. +.Pa /var/yp/binding/<domain>.version +- binding file for <domain>. +.Pa /var/yp/binding/<domain>.ypservers +- explicit list of servers to bind to for <domain>. .Sh DIAGNOSTICS Messages are sent to .Xr syslogd 8 diff --git a/usr.sbin/ypserv/mknetid/netid.5 b/usr.sbin/ypserv/mknetid/netid.5 index f7b8db62b03..ffc2aefdae9 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ypserv/mknetid/netid.5 +++ b/usr.sbin/ypserv/mknetid/netid.5 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: netid.5,v 1.11 2014/03/18 18:20:48 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: netid.5,v 1.12 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1996 Mats O Jansson <moj@stacken.kth.se> .\" All rights reserved. @@ -44,12 +44,12 @@ there are three kind of records. .Pp The first type is information about which gids a uid has: .Bd -literal -unix.\*[Lt]uid\*[Gt]@\*[Lt]yp-domain\*[Gt] \*[Lt]uid\*[Gt]:\*[Lt]gid\*[Gt],\*[Lt]gid\*[Gt] +unix.<uid>@<yp-domain> <uid>:<gid>,<gid> .Ed .Pp The second type has informations about hosts: .Bd -literal -unix.\*[Lt]hostname\*[Gt]@\*[Lt]yp-domain\*[Gt] 0:\*[Lt]hostname\*[Gt] +unix.<hostname>@<yp-domain> 0:<hostname> .Ed .Pp The third type is records from a diff --git a/usr.sbin/ypserv/revnetgroup/revnetgroup.8 b/usr.sbin/ypserv/revnetgroup/revnetgroup.8 index 94b342d8506..217dae5b804 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ypserv/revnetgroup/revnetgroup.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/ypserv/revnetgroup/revnetgroup.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: revnetgroup.8,v 1.13 2014/03/18 18:20:48 riastradh Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: revnetgroup.8,v 1.14 2017/07/03 21:35:32 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1995 .\" Bill Paul <wpaul@ctr.columbia.edu>. All rights reserved. @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ The .Nm command prints its results on the standard output. It is usually called only by -.Pa /var/yp/\*[Lt]domain\*[Gt]/Makefile +.Pa /var/yp/<domain>/Makefile when rebuilding the .Tn NIS netgroup maps. @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ to read from the standard input. .El .Sh FILES .Bl -tag -width Pa -compact -.It Pa /var/yp/\*[Lt]domain\*[Gt]/Makefile +.It Pa /var/yp/<domain>/Makefile The Makefile that calls .Nm makedbm and diff --git a/usr.sbin/ypserv/ypinit/ypinit.8 b/usr.sbin/ypserv/ypinit/ypinit.8 index 417a0b3d939..27eb347cc45 100644 --- a/usr.sbin/ypserv/ypinit/ypinit.8 +++ b/usr.sbin/ypserv/ypinit/ypinit.8 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $NetBSD: ypinit.8,v 1.16 2008/04/30 13:11:03 martin Exp $ +.\" $NetBSD: ypinit.8,v 1.17 2017/07/03 21:35:33 wiz Exp $ .\" .\" Copyright (c) 1997 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc. .\" All rights reserved. @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Create a .Tn NIS client. Initializes -.Pa /var/yp/binding/\*[Lt]domain\*[Gt].ypservers +.Pa /var/yp/binding/<domain>.ypservers to contain a list of ypservers for .Xr ypbind 8 to connect to. @@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ server. .Pp To rebuild or refresh the maps for the .Tn NIS -domain \*[Lt]domain\*[Gt], change to the -.Pa /var/yp/\*[Lt]domain\*[Gt] +domain <domain>, change to the +.Pa /var/yp/<domain> directory and run .Ic make . .Sh FILES @@ -103,11 +103,11 @@ directory and run master .Tn NIS directory; contains the template makefiles. -.It Pa /var/yp/\*[Lt]domain\*[Gt] +.It Pa /var/yp/<domain> directory to store .Tn NIS -maps for \*[Lt]domain\*[Gt]. -.It Pa /var/yp/binding/\*[Lt]domain\*[Gt].ypservers +maps for <domain>. +.It Pa /var/yp/binding/<domain>.ypservers list of .Tn NIS servers to bind to. |
